ABOUT THE COMMISSION
The Broadband Commission for Digital Development was launched by the International
Telecommunication Union (ITU) and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization (UNESCO) in response to UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon’s call to step
up efforts to meet the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). Established in May 2010,
the Commission unites top industry executives with government leaders, thought leaders,
policy pioneers, international agencies and organizations concerned with development.
The Broadband Commission embraces a range of different perspectives in a multi-
stakeholder approach to promoting the roll-out of broadband, as well as providing
a fresh approach to UN and business engagement. To date, the Commission has
published a number of high-level policy reports, best practices and case studies.
More information about the Commission is available at www.broadbandcommission.org.
Printed in Switzerland, Geneva, September 2013
Photo credits: Shutterstock
Chapter
The State of
Broadband 2013:
Universalizing
Broadband
A report by the Broadband Commission
SEPTEMBER 2013
Acknowledgements
This Report has been written collaboratively, drawing on insights and rich
contributions from a range of Commissioners and their organizations. It
has been compiled and edited by the chief editor and co-author, Phillippa
Biggs of ITU. Xianghong Hu and Irmgarda Kasinskaite are gratefully
acknowledged as the main authors of Chapter 6. Antonio García Zaballos
and Felix Gonzalez Herranz of the Inter-American Development Bank
(IDB) are gratefully acknowledged as the main authors of Chapter 7.
Design concepts were developed by Ahone Njume-Ebong and
Jie Huang of ITU, with support from Simon de Nicola. Anna Polomska,
Lorrayne Porciuncula, and Nancy Sundberg provided regulatory
analysis of Broadband Plans. Esperanza Magpantay and Dr. Susan
Teltscher provided statistical insight and data. Preparation of
this report has been overseen by Doreen Bogdan-Martin.
We wish to thank the following people for their kind review and comments
(in alphabetical order of institution, followed by alphabetical order of surname):
Guillermo Alarcon, Mirela Doicu and Florence Gaudry-Perkins (Alcatel
Lucent); Deepak Dehury, Ratika Jain and Koustuv Kakati (Bharti); Paul
Budde (Paul Budde Communications); John Garrity and Dr. Robert Pepper
(Cisco); Dr. Joanna Rubinstein (the Earth Institute); Heather Johnson, Elaine
Weidman-Grunewald and Lasse Wieweg (Ericsson); EURid; Christian Roisse
(EUTELSAT IGO); Margaret Lancaster and Arthur Lechtman (FCC); Dr.
Anne Bouverot, Belinda Exelby and Arran Riddle (GSMA); Ivan Huang and
Daniel Kelly (Huawei); Dr. Hoda Baraka, Elaine Farah and Aminah Hamam
(ICT Qatar); Daniel Lim and Melanie Yip (IDA Singapore); Antonio García-
Zaballos and Felix Gonzalez-Herranz (IDB); Dr. Esteban Pacha Vicente
(IMSO); Dr. Bruno Lanvin (INSEAD); John Davies, Shannon Johnson,
Christoph Legutko, Carlos Martinez, Nuno Martins and John Roman
(Intel); Renata Brazil-David and José Toscano (ITSO); Paul Conneally, Gary
Fowlie, Yvon Henri, Tomas Lamanauskas, Piers Letcher, Youlia Lozanova,
Nelson Malaguti, Sarah Parkes, Anna Polomska, Lorrayne Porciuncula,
Nancy Sundberg, Susan Teltscher and Ivan Vallejo (ITU); Paul Mitchell
(Microsoft Corp.); Dr. Seang-Tae Kim and Gregory Pokorny (NIA, Rep. of
Korea); Brigitte Acoca, Sam Paltridge and Agustín Díaz-Pinés (OECD);
the Qualcomm team; Carlos Slim Helú (the Slim Foundation); Natalia
Moreno-Rigollot (Telefonica); David Achoarena, Guy Berger, Xianghong
Hu, Janis Karklins, Irmgarda Kasinskaite and Francesc Pedro (UNESCO);
Mr. Ali Jazairy, Victor Vázquez-Lopez and Michele Woods (WIPO).
Special thanks are due to Elaine Weidman (Ericsson), Margaret
Lancaster (FCC), Paul Mitchell (Microsoft), Lorrayne Porciuncula,
Ivan Vallejo and Esperanza Magpantay (ITU) and Qualcomm
for their thorough and dedicated review of the report.
Chapter
1.	 Executive Summary 	 08
2.	 The Promise of Mobile	 12
2.1	 The Internet Marries Mobile	 12
2.2	 The Growing Demand for Spectrum	 18
2.3	 Broadband and Innovation	 21
3. Broadband for Achieving the Millennium Development Goals 	 26
4.	 Evaluating Global Growth in Broadband			 40
4.1	 Target 1: Making broadband policy universal	 40
4.2	 Target 2: Making broadband affordable	 44
4.3	 Target 3: Connecting homes to broadband	 46
4.4	 Target 4: Getting people online	 	 50
4.5	 Target 5: Achieving gender equality	
	 in access to broadband by 2020		 52
5.	 Universalizing Broadband	 54
6.	 Trends in Expression via Content 	 68
6.1	 Freedom of Expression on the Internet	 68
6.2	 Multilingualism and IDN Uptake	 75
7.	 Policy Recommendations to Maximize the Impact of
Broadband	 						 78
List of Annexes
Annex 1: List of National Broadband Plans		 	 86
Annex 2: Fixed Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, 2012 (ITU)	 92
Annex 3: Mobile Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, 2012 (ITU)	 94
Annex 4: Percentage of Households with Internet, 	
Developing Countries, 2012 (ITU)			 96
Annex 5: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet,
Worldwide, 2012 (ITU)	 				 98
Annex 6: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet,
Developing Countries, 2012 (ITU)		 100
Annex 7: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Least
Developed Countries, 2012 (ITU)		 101
List of Acronyms and Abbreviations 			 103
Contents
5
List of Featured Insights
Featured Insight 1: Mobile Internet as a Game-changer (Sunil Bharti Mittal,
Chairman, Bharti Airtel Ltd.)
Featured Insight 2: Inventing Connectivity, Improving the Lives of Billions (Dr.
Paul Jacobs, CEO, Qualcomm)
Featured Insight 3: Towards Universal Broadband – The Case for Exclusive
Licensing for Mobile Spectrum (Dr. Anne Bouverot, Director General, GSMA)
Featured Insight 4: Feeding the Growing Need for Spectrum in the US (FCC)
Featured Insight 5: Broadband Driving Innovation (Dr. Bruno Lanvin, Executive
Director ECI, INSEAD)
Featured Insight 6: Socio-Economic Benefits of Mobile and Broadband
Services (Alcatel Lucent)
Featured Insight 7: The Socio-Economic Effects of Broadband Speed Upgrades
(Ericsson)
Featured Insight 8: Innovation in Spectrum Helping Promote Development
(Microsoft)
Featured Insight 9: Delivering the Benefits of Broadband to the Unconnected
(Cisco)
Featured Insight 10: Broadband for Education (UNESCO)
Featured Insight 11: The Experience of the Digital Culture Programme
(Technological Institute of Telmex)
Featured Insight 12: Millennium@EDU Programme (Intel)
Featured Insight 13: M-Commerce driving Socio-Economic Development
(Ericsson)
Featured Insight 14: Satellite at the Service of Developing Countries (José
Toscano, Director-General of ITSO, Esteban Pacha, Director-General of IMSO
and Christian Roisse, Executive Secretary, EUTELSAT IGO)
Featured Insight 15: Qatar’s National ICT Plan 2015 and its Experience with
Qnbn (ICT Qatar)
Featured Insight 16: Policy-Driven Broadband Innovation in Malaysia (Huawei)
Featured Insight 17: New Homes in Singapore to have In-Built FTTH Broadband
(Mr. Leong Keng Thai, Deputy Chief Executive/Director-General (Telecoms and
Post), IDA Singapore)
Featured Insight 18: Connecting People in Korea (Dr. Seang-Tae Kim, NIA, Rep.
of Korea)
Featured Insight 19: Wayra – Supporting Entrepreneurship (Telefónica)
Featured Insight 20: Universal Access & Service (UAS) Programmes (IDB)
Featured Insight 21: USFs and Other Subsidies to Promote Broadband
Adoption (Intel)
Featured Insight 22: Universal Service Reform in the United States (FCC)
Featured Insight 23: The Backhaul Gap to Reach the Next Billion Broadband
Users (Alcatel Lucent)
Featured Insight 24: Next-Generation Satellite Networks (José Toscano,
Director-General of ITSO, Esteban Pacha, Director-General of IMSO and
Christian Roisse, Executive Secretary of EUTELSAT IGO)
Featured Insight 25: Digital Content Products (OECD)
Featured Insight 26: Intellectual Property and Broadband (WIPO)
Featured Insight 27: Harnessing the Digital Dividend for Broadband Coverage
(Dr. Anne Bouverot, Director General, GSMA)
6
List of Figures
Figure 1: The Structure of this Report (ITU/UNESCO Broadband Commission
for Digital Development)
Figure 2: Mobile Broadband Bridges the Gap: Fixed Broadband and Mobile
Subscriptions, 2009-2018 (Ericsson)
Figure 3: The Internet of Things – Invisible, but Connected (ITU, ABI Research)
Figure 4: Growth in National Broadband Plans, 2005-2013 (Broadband
Commission)
Figure 5: Status of National Broadband Plans, mid-2013 (Broadband
Commission)
Figure 6: Fixed Broadband Sub-Basket for Developing Countries, 2012 (ITU)
Figure 7: Proportion of Households with Internet Access in Developing
Countries, 2002-2015 (ITU)
Figure 8: Global Broadband Market Share by Technology, 2011-2013 (Point
Topic)
Figure 9: Internet User Penetration, 2000-2015 (ITU)
Figure 10: The Gender Gap: Men and Women Online, Totals and Penetration
Rates, 2013 (ITU)
Figure 11: The Costs of Connecting the Last Subscribers (Australian NBN
Project)
Figure 12: Targets set by National Broadband Plans (ITU)
Figure 13: Choosing a Policy Instrument (ITU)
Figure 14: The Ecology of Freedom of Expression on the Internet (UNESCO)
List of Boxes
Box 1: The Locus of Filtering Technologies
Box 2: Privacy and Freedom of Expression on the Internet
List of Tables
Table 1: Summary Statistics for High-Speed Connectivity, 2013 (ITU)
Table 2: Broadband and the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs)
Table 3: Barriers to Access and Strategies to Overcome Barriers
7
1Affordable broadband connectivity,
services and applications are
essential to modern society,
offering widely recognized social
and economic benefits. The
Broadband Commission for
Digital Development promotes the
adoption of broadband-friendly
practices and policies for all, so
everyone can take advantage of
the benefits offered by broadband.
With this Report, the Broadband
Commission expands awareness
and understanding of the
importance of broadband networks,
services, and applications for
generating economic growth, and
for achieving social progress. In
its work, the Commission has not
defined ‘broadband’ in terms of
specific minimum transmission
speeds, in recognition of the
range of market definitions in
different countries. Rather, the
Commission views broadband
as a cluster of concepts: always-
on, high-capacity connectivity
enabling combined provision of
multiple services simultaneously1
.
This Report has been written
collaboratively, drawing
on contributions from the
Commission’s leading array of
executives, thought leaders and
their organizations, foremost in
their fields. And yet, the question
persists – how best to connect
everyone? This Report seeks to
answer a number of questions
(Figure 1), the answers to which
can help us to realize the potential
of broadband connectivity.
It explores the questions of
whether, and how, everyone
can be connected to broadband
Internet, and if so, by when:
–– Why should everyone
be connected?
–– Is there a viable business
case to connect the last
5-10% of the population?
–– How can we connect
women, minorities, and
disadvantaged groups?
–– Have Universal Service
Funds (USFs) been extended
to include broadband?
8
Executive
Summary
1. “A 2010 Leadership Imperative: The Future Built on Broadband” (Broadband Commission,
2010), available at: www.broadbandcommission.org/Reports/Report_1.pdf
How is broadband
evolving?
Mobile Technologies
(Chapter 2)
Why do we need it?
Benefits of broadband
Broadband for Development
& the MDGs (Chapter 3)
How far have we
come? How far to go?
Evaluating Global
Growth (Chapter 4)
How can we generate
demand for broadband?
How can we universalize
broadband?
Content Driving
Demand & Freedom of
Content (Chapter 6)
Policy Recommendations
(Chapter 7)
How can we get there? Universalizing
Broadband (Chapter 5)
Figure 1: The Structure of this Report
9
Chapter1
Source: ITU/UNESCO Broadband
Commission for Digital Development.
10
Chapter 2 explores key trends
and developments in broadband,
especially growth in mobile
broadband as today’s fastest-
growing Information and
Communication Technology (ICT).
Over the last two years, the mobile
industry has added one billion more
subscriptions, with hundreds of
millions more people learning to
use a mobile phone. This Chapter
explores the implications of putting
mobile phones into the hands of
every person on the planet, as well
as embedding wireless connectivity
into the environment around us
in a growing ‘Internet of Things’.
It finds strong implications for
broadband accelerating innovation.
Chapter 3 examines the all-
important benefits of broadband
in accelerating development
and achieving the Millennium
Development Goals (MDGs).
Broadband enables the introduction
of innovative new services, but it
can also enhance the delivery of
existing services in many areas,
including education, healthcare,
and banking. The Chapter finds
that broadband connectivity is
not a panacea, and that the best
results may be achieved when
broadband is integrated carefully
and effectively into existing systems.
Chapter 4 tracks progress towards
universalizing broadband using the
Commission’s advocacy targets for
2015. It finds good progress in the
first target of making broadband
policy universal, with 134 countries
having a National Broadband
Plan (NBP) in place by mid-2013.
Progress in Target 2, making
broadband services affordable, is
mixed – the number of countries
with affordable services is static,
but there is good progress with
a rising number of countries
approaching the target. Targets
3 and 4 (Internet usage and
household connectivity) are unlikely
to be achieved by the target date
of 2015 at current growth rates.
In March 2013, the Commission
introduced a new advocacy target
calling for gender equality in
access to broadband by 2020.
Despite difficulties in measurement,
indicators imply good progress.
Chapter 5 explores the means by
which broadband can be made
universal. The commercial costs
of broadband provision rise
significantly for connecting final
subscribers, for a range of reasons
(e.g. remote areas, identifying last
subscribers etc). There are different
mechanisms for achieving universal
broadband, including universal
Chapter1
11
Chapter1
service regulations, Universal
Service Funds (USFs), national
targets and other incentives, as well
as new and improved technologies,
such as latest-generation satellite.
For best results, government and
industry and other stakeholders
should work in partnership.
Supply-side considerations
are important, but demand-
side considerations are also
vital. Competition is still widely
recognized as the most effective
mechanism to date to lower
prices and increase affordability
for the majority of the population.
Ultimately, however, there is no
single recipe that is likely to work
for all countries – instead, countries
need to relate the options which
they choose for universalizing
broadband to their market needs.
Chapter 6 examines issues relating
to content as an all-important
driver of demand. It considers
trade-offs between freedom of
expression, privacy and filtering,
as both societies and individuals
get to grips with the emerging
issues of a hyperconnected
society. It also considers the
role of Internationalized Domain
Names (IDNs) and multilingual
content in boosting demand.
The chapter finds that there is
a strong correlation between
local infrastructure and local
content, and that multilingual
content plays a vital role in driving
demand for broadband services.
Chapter 7 concludes the Report
with policy recommendations on
how broadband can be extended.
The Broadband Commission for
Digital Development advocates
digital inclusion for all, on the basis
that the benefits of broadband
for improving people’s lives
should also be universal.
Finally, the Annexes provide
detailed data for each target,
and vividly demonstrate the
incredible progress countries are
making towards universalizing
broadband and achieving
digital inclusion for all.
The Report finds that, in our
converged broadband environment,
the roles of the public and private
sectors are changing rapidly, and
that all stakeholders must work
together towards a common vision
to achieve universal broadband.
22.1   The Internet
  Marries Mobile
Today, we are embarked on
a journey – a journey from a
past where ICT infrastructure
operated on instruction, to a world
where ICTs and the Internet are
integrated into the fabric of the
environment surrounding us –
invisible, embedded, exchanging
data and information, constantly
and automatically. Historically,
technology followed the lead
and instructions of users. In
the future, whether locating
ourselves, navigating a route,
parking, accessing messages,
users will increasingly follow
the lead of technology.
Globally, we are embarked on
this journey, although progress
is uneven across countries,
across regions, and even across
user groups or generations.
Mass connectivity via basic and
advanced data access technologies
seems assured, with the number of
mobile subscriptions set to exceed
7 billion1
and overtake the total
world population in 20142
. Mobile
subscriptions in Africa and the
Middle-East alone exceeded one
billion in Q1 20133
. The industry has
added one billion mobile cellular
subscriptions to the global mobile
market over the last two years4
–
equivalent to hundreds of millions
more people learning to use, love,
and live with their mobile phones,
for everything from talking and
sending texts, to buying goods and
services, or transferring money.
The marriage of mobile with
modern-day Internet via mobile
broadband is opening up new
vistas of opportunity – mobile
broadband may well ‘bridge the
gap’ between the connected and
the unconnected (Figure 2). Mobile
broadband subscriptions overtook
fixed broadband subscriptions in
20085
, and show an astonishingly
high growth rate of some 30%
per year, the highest growth
rate of any ICT, exceeding fixed
broadband subscriptions by a
ratio of 3:1 (up from 2:1 just two
years ago). By the end of 2013,
ITU predicts there will be 2.1 billion
mobile broadband subscriptions,
equivalent to one third of the total
global stock of mobile cellular
subscriptions (up from one fifth
in 2011 – Table 1 & Figure 2).
The implications are far-reaching.
Mobile phone users will no longer
be physically constrained by
location. Instead of having to
physically attend work, banks, post
offices or clinics, mobile phones
now act as a gateway to money
and communication services, as
well as the online world of content,
12
The Promise
of Mobile
13
Chapter2
bringing services, books, education
and work to mobile phone users,
wherever they are. The Internet
and mobile were widely credited
with the death of distance6
– in
future, mobile broadband may be
credited with the death of location,
as our societies become as mobile
as our devices and users.
Nevertheless, our future is
undoubtedly based on broadband.
Although some end-users may
believe broadband is about
downloading bigger files more
rapidly, broadband actually
represents so much more7
.
Broadband is introducing new
ways of doing things across our
personal and professional lives,
in the many and varied ways
we communicate – integrating
information infrastructure into the
world around us through seamless,
always-on connectivity delivering a
range of services simultaneously.
Governments, health managers,
businesses, consumers and
teachers are all getting to grips with
the positive and transformational
impact of broadband for improving
economic and social welfare.
Source: Ericsson Mobility Report,
June 2013.
0
2009
Fixed broadband Mobile broadband Mobile subscriptions
Mobile PCs, tablets and mobile routers
Subscriptions/lines(millions)
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
1,000
2,000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9,000
10,000
Figure 2: Mobile Broadband Bridges the Gap: Fixed Broadband and
Mobile Subscriptions, 2009-2018
14
Chapter2
This stellar growth in mobile
is helping bridge the basic
digital divide in access to ICT
services (Figure 2). However, the
World Economic Forum (2013)
notes a lack of progress in
bridging the “new digital divide”,
extending basic ICT access to
the networked readiness of the
whole ICT ecosystem8
. Indeed, the
number of unique mobile users
is estimated to be considerably
lower than the total number of
mobile subscriptions for various
reasons – for example, mobile
phone subscriptions may be shared
between two or more users in
low-income communities (Table 1).
Morgan Stanley (2012) estimates
that the number of unique
smartphone users is around 1.5
billion in 20139
, with smartphone
subscriptions estimated to exceed
4 billion by 2018 (Ericsson,
201310
). The industry is now
shipping 700 million smartphones
a year11
, with around 40% of
all handsets shipped in 2012
being smartphones12
. Looking
to the future, mobile broadband
is projected to reach 7 billion
subscriptions in 201813
. Long-
Term Evolution (LTE) Advanced
alone may account for 500
million subscriptions by 201814
,
while Pyramid (2013) projects
that, globally, 4G subscriptions
are expected to grow tenfold
over five years, from 88 million
in 2012 to 864 million in 201715
.
In 2012, sales of smartphones
outstripped the sales of all other
phones for the first time in some
countries (e.g. Argentina and
Chile – Pyramid Research, 201316
).
Informa (2013) predicts that basic
entry-level and super-smartphones
will continue growing steadily in
popularity, while middle ‘core
smartphones’ are expected to
peak in popularity around 2014,
and subsequently be squeezed17
.
Total
end 2013
Broadband
Total, end 2013
% Global Total
high-speed,
end 2013
Internet users 2.749 billion -/- -/-
Fixed Internet
subscriptions
-/- 696 million (2013) -/-
Mobile
subscriptions
6.835 billion 2.096 billion 30.7%***
Unique mobile
users *
3.3* - 5 billion** 1.5 billion** 30%
Handset
shipments
1.736 billion
(2012)****
712.6 million
smartphones
(2012)****
41.1%18
(2012)
44.5%19
(2012)
Sources: ITU.
Smartphone shipments
from IDC 2013
* GSMA
** Morgan Stanley estimates quoted
in Internet Trends 20139
.
*** Mobile-broadband
subscriptions are not strictly a
sub-category of mobile-cellular
subscriptions,as they include USB/
dongles (which are excluded from
mobile-cellular).
**** The difference between
stock of handset shipments and
smartphones is attributable
to feature phones.
Table 1: Summary Statistics for High-Speed Connectivity, 2013
(unless otherwise indicated)
Chapter
15
Chapter2
Even more significantly, by the end
of 2013, the number of broadband
subscriptions in the developing
world will exceed the number
of broadband subscriptions in
the developed world for the first
time, in both fixed and mobile,
respectively. Much of this fresh
growth is located in emerging
markets – Budde Communications
(2013) notes that Africa is the
region with the largest remaining
growth potential in the world,
and estimates that the market
in telecom services will grow by
1.5 billion people, almost half the
remaining market worldwide,
by 205020
.
Such strong global growth in
mobile broadband is also evident
in national markets. In China,
75% of all Internet users now
access the Internet via a mobile
device, exceeding the proportion
of users accessing the Internet
via a fixed connection (at 71%)
for the first time in 201221
.
Even if the future is mobile, fixed
broadband will still play a vital role.
For operators, fixed networks and
backhaul networks are helping
accommodate growth in mobile
traffic (Featured Insight 23), with
a third of all mobile data traffic
offloaded to fixed networks in
2012, according to Cisco (2012)22
.
For consumers, fixed broadband
subscriptions worldwide have
been growing more slowly, but
steadily, and will reach 696 million
by end 201323
, corresponding to a
global penetration rate of 9.8%24
,
with over one hundred million
subscriptions added over the last
two years, and three times the
total number of subscriptions in
2005 (220 million). Much of this
growth is located in developing
countries, which now account for
over half of all fixed broadband
subscriptions. However, overall,
fixed broadband penetration rates
remain low, at 6.1% in developing
countries, compared with 27.2%
in developed countries in 201325
.
These global statistics do not do
justice to the far-reaching change
brought about by the smartphone.
Combining the functions of
navigation, address book, wallet,
camera, personal organizer,
notepad, email and social
conversation, broadband-enabled
devices are already indispensable
to modern lifestyles, especially
in industrialized countries. Now,
however, mobile Internet promises
to be a significant ‘game-changer’
in countries around the world,
driving far-reaching social and
economic transformations through
new services and changes in
consumer habits in developing
and developed countries alike
(Featured Insights 1 and 2).
16
Featured Insight 1:
Mobile Internet as a
Game-changer
The impact of mobile over the past
decade has been nothing short of a
game-changer. By 2012, the mobile
industry had created a connected
world with global mobile penetration
touching nearly 100%26
. Ubiquitous
mobile connectivity is driving
tectonic cultural changes, with 2.7
billion people using the Internet, but
there is a unique prospect of creating
something much larger.The marriage
of mobile and the Internet will
transform how we do things, and help
many economies leapfrog the PC era.
The Internet is now driving change
through ‘network effects’ and
pervasive smartphones, tablets and
other new devices with Internet
access – we are moving swiftly
from the era of voice to that of the
mobile Internet. Mobile Internet
subscriptions have increased nearly
tenfold over the last six years, from
268 million in 2007 to 2.1 billion in
201327
.With developing countries
accounting for over half or 1.16
billion of these subscriptions,
many citizens are gaining their first
experience of the Internet through
a mobile device – a significant shift
in consumer habits. Since 2007,
the mobile Internet has driven
far-reaching social and economic
benefits, helping transcend the
resource deficiencies by which many
economies are constrained.Whether
in health, education, retail, payments,
public services or improved
productivity, the impact of mobile
Internet is universally evident.
McKinsey (2013) estimates the annual
economic benefit of the mobile
Internet as between US$3.7 trillion to
US$10.8 trillion globally by 202528
.
An excellent showcase of this
potential is the education system in
India. India has one of the largest
education systems in the world,
with over one million schools and
18,000 higher education institutes.
With quality a growing concern,
Internet connectivity offers a unique
platform for new service delivery.
The Airtel Classroom is a virtual
learning platform that can be
accessed by customers via mobile.
India is one of the first countries to
launch LTE, which will accelerate
service delivery in sectors ranging
from health to public infrastructure,
and drive a significant structural
shift in consumer behavior over the
next few years, given that nearly 200
operators in 75 countries may offer
LTE services by the end of 201329
.
As we continue to make advances
in network management and
connectivity, we are paving the way
for the ‘Internet of Things’.Today,
there are around 9 billion connected
devices, which could reach a trillion
connected devices by 2025. Although
in its early stages, the ‘Internet of
Things’ has the potential to tackle a
wide range of applications.To ensure
this vision becomes a reality, it is vital
to ensure affordability and create
the necessary supportive ecosystem,
including: a conducive regulatory
environment; reduced disparities
in access, speed, and functionality;
improved availability of spectrum at
reasonable cost; affordable devices;
more local language content; and
a range of new apps. At Mobile
World Congress 2012, I urged
manufacturers to introduce a
US$ 50 smartphone (when the
average price was around US$150)
to bring the next billion people into
the digital sphere. One year on, this
is a distinct reality. I believe the
mobile Internet revolution presents
new vistas of economic opportunity
and a pragmatic approach to
addressing fundamental social issues
of improving equity and promoting
inclusive growth.
Sunil Bharti Mittal,Chairman,Bharti Airtel
Ltd.
Chapter2
17
ChapterChapter2
There is growing diversity
in devices in terms of both
dimensions and functionality, with
laptops shrinking in dimensions
and with the tablet form factor
becoming popular. There is
most likely an important role
for the various devices (such as
smartphones, tablets, netbooks,
PCs, fixed devices), with
consumers choosing the most
appropriate device according
to their needs and mobility. In
fact, the strongest growth in
connected devices may not even
be visible, as we are now moving
towards a pervasive ‘Internet of
Things’, with specialized devices
‘vanishing’, as they become
embedded across different
sectors (Figure 3). McKinsey
(2013) estimates the economic
impact of the ‘Internet of Things’
as US$ 2.7-6.2 trillion by 202530
,
significantly less than that of the
mobile Internet (Featured Insight 1).
According to industry forecasts,
the number of networked devices
(mobile plus connected objects)
overtook the global population in
2011 and will potentially reach 50
billion connected objects by 2020
(Ericsson, 201031
) (see Figure 3,
top). Although mobile phones and
PCs will clearly remain large and
important market segments (Figure
3, bottom), there will be growing
connectivity across other sectors
in m-health, connected homes and
automobiles, transportation and
logistics, as our whole environment
becomes as smart as our phones.
Projected Estimates of
Number of Connected
Devices, 2010-2020
Source: ITU,based on various.
Numberofconnecteddevices(billions)Numberofconnecteddevices(billions)
2010
Cisco EricssonIntelGSMA Google
0
10
20
30
40
50
2012 2014 2016 2018 2020
Upper limit
Others Smart cities mHealthRetail & advertising
Government, aerospace & defense Automative & transportHome & PCs
Mobile devices
2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35 Installed Base of Wireless
Connected Devices by
Vertical Market, World
Market Forecast,
2012-2020
Source:ABI Research,Business
Insider,15 May 2013.
Figure 3: The Internet of Things – Invisible, but Connected
* ITU
*
18
Featured Insight 2:
Inventing Connectivity,
Improving the Lives
of Billions
Nowhere is the impact of mobile
broadband more important than
in the developing world.We have
already reached a point where
wireless connections have surpassed
fixed connections, and by 2016, over
80% of broadband is expected to
be mobile. For many people, their
first and only access to the Internet
will be via a mobile device. Such
connectivity, combined with low-
cost but advanced devices, provides
unprecedented opportunities
to empower individuals across
society.With 3G devices, doctors
are remotely monitoring cardiac
patients in rural villages; farmers
are accessing weather information
and sales prices to increase their
income and improve their standard
of living; women entrepreneurs are
lifting themselves out of poverty by
harnessing the economic benefits
of wireless to start businesses
and access banking services; and
children everywhere can access
educational content in and out of the
classroom, 24 hours a day.
While we are seeing tremendous
benefits in key areas such as
education, healthcare and commerce,
more needs to be done. For example,
many women in the developing world
are still not fully benefitting from
mobile technology.Women in many
countries suffer from an “access
gender gap” – lacking access
to skills, education, technology,
networks and capital. A woman in
the developing world is 21% less
likely to own a mobile phone than
her male counterpart, while a woman
in South-East Asia is 37% less likely
to own a phone (GSMA/Cherie Blair
Foundation for Women, 2010). Closing
the gender gap would bring the
benefits of wireless to an additional
300 million women, linking them with
the tools, mentors and opportunities
to fully participate in the economy
and unlock their potential.
The cellphone is the largest
technological platform in history, and
its potential to significantly improve
people’s lives is just starting to be
realized. We need to remember
the underpinnings of this ‘invisible
technology’ transforming our world
– spectrum and the protection of
inventions. Without sound spectrum
policy and a regulatory environment
that supports and encourages the
inventors of today and tomorrow,
the promise of mobile cannot be
fully realized. At Qualcomm, we
know wireless is changing lives,
and we look forward to working
with organizations around the globe
to bring the benefits of mobile
broadband to everyone.
Dr.Paul Jacobs,CEO,Qualcomm.
2.2 The Growing Demand for Spectrum
The explosive growth of mobile
and wireless, in both the number of
connections and the sophistication
of devices for accessing advanced
data-heavy applications and
services, is leading to strong and
continuing growth in mobile data
traffic. Cisco (2012) estimated
that global mobile data traffic
grew 70% in 2012, reaching 885
petabytes per month at the end
of 2012. Mobile data traffic will
increase 13-fold between 2012
and 2017, growing at a compound
annual growth rate (CAGR) of 66%
from 2012 to 2017, reaching 11.2
exabytes per month by 201732
.
This strong growth in mobile
data traffic is generating growing
demand for mobile bandwidth
and spectrum resources, which
are in finite and fixed supply,
necessitating an increase in
spectrum efficiency by up to a
factor of ten to accommodate
Chapter2
Chapter
19
Chapter2
the present growth in demand33
.
ITU is conducting technical studies
to see how this step-increase in
spectral efficiency can best be
achieved. The extent of growth
in demand for spectrum varies
between different regions34
.
For the international allocation of
spectrum, ITU organizes the World
Radiocommunication Conference
(WRC)35
, held every three to four
years. At the WRC, ITU Member
States debate, review and, if
necessary, revise by consensus the
Radio Regulations, the international
treaty governing the use of radio-
frequency spectrum and the
geostationary satellite and non-
geostationary satellite orbits, on the
basis of technical and regulatory
studies and expert advice.
ITU is the guardian of this
international treaty, which
represents the international
agreement for the allocation
and harmonization of spectrum
to ensure the smooth operation
of wireless, mobile and
radiocommunication devices, free
from harmful interference. This
treaty also signifies a commitment
on the part of ITU Member State
Governments and regulators that
spectrum will be used for the
purposes and under the conditions
stated, to ensure security of
tenure. Harmonization of spectrum
enables economies of scale in the
use of spectrum. The allocation of
spectrum for mobile services will be
considered in Agenda Items 1.136
and 1.237
of WRC-15, to be held in
Geneva on 2-27 November 2015.
Although licensed spectrum has
underpinned the growth of the
mobile industry to date and most
global connections for mobile
broadband still operate through
licensed spectrum (Featured Insight 3),
important new developments
are now happening directly in
mobile and spectrum, to the
benefit of development projects
(Featured Insights 8 and 9). One
key development is the use of
and growth in WiFi offload to
fixed networks to accommodate
growth in mobile data traffic.
Different definitions of offloading
exist. Cisco (2012) estimates that
a third of traffic to mobile devices
is offloaded38
, while the OECD
(2013) cites studies suggesting
that up to 80% of traffic to all
wireless devices (mobile + WiFi
only devices) may be offloaded39
.
Furthermore, innovation in the
use of unlicensed and unused
spectrum (or so-called ‘white
spaces’40
) is now in early trials –
Featured Insight 8 describes a pilot
being undertaken by the Kenyan
Government in partnership with
Microsoft and other partners.
Dynamic Spectrum Access
(DSA) is based on access to
spectrum not in use in real-time,
usually via intelligent cognitive
radio, or using a database (an
approach being trialed in some
municipalities in the U.S. and
elsewhere, including the UK41
).
In one example, the FCC is
conducting a rulemaking that
would utilize an “incentive
auction” to offer broadcasters the
opportunity to sell their licenses
to clear broadcast spectrum and
repurpose it for mobile broadband
use. Featured Insight 4 examines
how the U.S. is responding to
the growing need for spectrum.
In any (and every) country,
spectrum is a vital part of a
coordinated broadband policy for
universalizing broadband, and
deserves careful consideration
at the national and international
levels, in addition to other aspects
of broadband policy (Chapter 7).
20
Chapter2
Featured Insight 3:
Towards Universal
Broadband – The Case
for Exclusive Licensing
for Mobile Spectrum
The licensed use of spectrum, on
an exclusive basis, is a time-tested
approach for ensuring that spectrum
users — including mobile operators
— can deliver a high quality of
service to consumers without
interference. As mobile technologies
have proliferated, demand for access
to radio spectrum has intensified,
generating considerable debate
and advocacy for new approaches
to spectrum management, including
proposals for the use of TV ‘white
spaces’ and other spectrum-sharing
arrangements.While these
innovations may find a viable niche
in future, pursuit of these options
today risks deflecting attention from
the release of sufficient, licensed
spectrum for mobile broadband.
Exclusive licensing is a model
that works, and it underpins the
undeniable benefits of mobile
technology.Through mobile, whole
societies are being transformed,
putting connectivity into the hands
of office workers and farmers,
salespeople and schoolchildren —
raising productivity and closing the
digital divide. Globally, the mobile
industry supports nearly 7 billion
mobile connections, representing
nearly 3.3 billion people, as many
consumers use multiple devices and/
or multiple SIM cards.These numbers
are growing rapidly, particularly as
mobile penetration in developing
economies catches up with more
developed markets. Mobile
connections in Asia, for example, are
increasing at 49% a year, while Africa
is experiencing 80% year-on-year
growth in mobile (GSMA Intelligence,
2013).
By 2017, around half or 4.25 billion
of 8.5 billion mobile connections will
be 3G or 4G (GSMA).To maintain this
momentum and expand the impact
of broadband access everywhere,
the mobile industry requires access
to sufficient spectrum in harmonized
bands and a regulatory framework
that creates the certainty needed to
attract further investment in networks.
Spectrum licenses provide this certainty.
In mobile, broadband service is not
simply about giving people access to
search engines and social networks –
mobile broadband is about enabling
mobile solutions that can change
entire sectors. In healthcare, mobile
solutions are connecting doctors and
patients through wireless devices
(such as heart monitors), enabling
elderly people to live at home, self-
sufficiently, for longer. Automotive
applications are beginning to save
lives through automated emergency
call services. Smart meters are
raising sector efficiency and could
potentially save millions of tonnes of
carbon emissions. Mobile broadband
is fundamental in a world where
everything connects intelligently.
Dr.Anne Bouverot,Director General,GSMA.
Featured Insight 4:
Feeding the Growing
Need for Spectrum in
the United States
In 2009, the iPad hadn’t been
introduced.Tablets and e-readers
are being adopted faster than any
communications or computing
device in history, with one-third of
Americans now using one, boosting
demand for spectrum. U.S. mobile
data traffic grew by 300% in 2012,
and mobile traffic is projected to
grow an additional 16-fold by 2016.
In 2010, the U.S. National Broadband
Plan set aggressive targets for freeing
up licensed and unlicensed spectrum
for broadband, and new ideas
(e.g., the use of incentive auctions
to encourage the repurposing of
broadcast spectrum).The FCC’s
Incentive Auction is anticipated in
2014. Meanwhile, the FCC is looking
at new ways to unleash the airwaves
for broadband.
In 2012, the FCC made progress on
several major policy and technology
innovations, such as small cells,
spectrum-sharing and flexible use.
Small cells are key elements of
mobile NGN, providing additional
coverage in underserved areas and
additional capacity where macro
networks are overburdened, and
improving the user experience
for consumers and businesses. In
future, millions more small cells
will be deployed, adding capacity
Chapter
21
Chapter2
and addressing increased data
demand.The FCC has put forward
a comprehensive spectrum-sharing
proposal that sets out a three-
tiered spectrum access model for
sharing between government and
commercial users.The three tiers
of service are Incumbent Access,
Priority Access, and General
Authorized Access.The General
Authorized Access tier will permit
innovative uses of small-cell
technology by the general public.
The quality-assured Priority Access
tier will be available on a hyper-local
basis to important facilities (such
as hospitals, utilities, government
facilities), and public safety entities
for applications such as private
broadband networks. Application of
this three-tiered access model would
be managed and controlled by a geo-
location enabled dynamic spectrum
access (DSA) system, building on
database technology used in TV
White Spaces.
The FCC is making every effort
to remove regulatory barriers to
mobile broadband use in certain
spectrum bands (e.g., 2 GHz Band),
and adopt service, technical, and
licensing rules that encourage
innovation and investment in mobile
broadband, and provide certainty
and a stable regulatory regime in
which broadband deployment can
rapidly occur. Pursuant to its National
Broadband Plan, the U.S. hopes to free
up 500 MHz of spectrum by 2020.
Source: FCC.
2.3 Broadband and Innovation
As technology enters the lives
of many more people for the
first time, innovation and the
rate of technological change are
accelerating. Today, internally-
focused, proprietary approaches to
Research and Development (R&D)
are competing with more open,
networked methods of innovation,
as useful knowledge becomes
more dispersed (both within and
outside firms), while the speed
of doing business has increased.
In models of open innovation,
partners, customers, researchers
and even competitors find new
ways to collaborate, with firms
using external, as well as internal,
ideas and paths to market to
advance technology (for example,
the use of social media to accept
suggestions from customers – most
famously, Lego’s crowdsourced
site for suggestions42
). To capitalize
on fresh opportunities, innovators
must find ways to integrate
their ideas, expertise and skills
with those of others outside the
organization to deliver the best
results to the marketplace43
.
Collaborative approaches to
innovation also offer new ways
to create value, especially in
fast-changing industries. On
the one hand, broadband is
itself accelerating innovation,
by facilitating the exchange of
ideas in the broad ecosystem
for innovation (Featured Insight
5). On the other hand, there
is growing innovation within
broadband itself – in technologies,
devices, throughput speeds,
business models and spectrum.
Policy-makers need to support
innovation, entrepreneurship
and talent, through educational
measures, fiscal incentives and
industrial policy. Public-Private
Partnerships (PPPs) can also
transfer skills, capabilities and
technologies: by creating local
ICT ecosystems with technology
hubs and innovation incubators;
by supporting long-term innovation
capacity through the enhancement
of skills and knowledge; by
empowering citizens through
access to information and apps;
or by opening up new financing
for start-up businesses. Featured
Insight 5 explores how broadband
is acting as an ‘accelerator’, driving
change across all four major
pillars of innovation – people, ideas,
finance, as well as markets.
22
Chapter2
Featured Insight 5:
Broadband Driving
Innovation
Successful innovation is based on
a complex eco-system in which
investments in R&D take place
against a background of efficient
infrastructure, talent, and a socio-
economic environment rewarding
creativity and risk as paramount.
Where such an eco-system is lacking,
investments in R&D do not generate
their full returns. Indeed, the ‘middle-
income trap’ risks becoming a
‘middle innovation ranking trap’:
many emerging economies that
had made spectacular progress in
innovation rankings over the last
few years have proved unable to
maintain their rate of progress,
despite continuing or accelerating
investments in R&D (Cornell
University, INSEAD & WIPO, 201344
).
Ecosystems of innovation do not
happen overnight. Efficient financial,
educational, legal and regulatory
frameworks are needed, which
typically take more than a generation
to build. Innovation is a four-facetted
mindset, involving people, ideas,
finance, and market.Yet, history
often provides ‘accelerators’ which
have proven beneficial to innovation.
Broadband is one such accelerator,
driving rapid change across the
four pillars of innovation (see Figure
below).
Broadband deployment can
accelerate innovation by promoting
academia-business alliances,
leadership across borders,
metrics and local dynamics. For
people, ubiquitous broadband
will benefit first and foremost the
education sector, by contributing
to the detection, stimulation and
blossoming of talent. Combined with
cloud computing, broadband could
generate ‘innovation-as-a-service’ in
ideas across emerging economies
via telepresence, crowd-sourcing
and remote collaboration. Broadband
also improves financing by allowing
innovators to reach venture
capitalists in other regions more
easily. Broadband enables firms and
individuals to ‘move beyond mere
web presence’ and reach consumers
worldwide through secure platforms,
interactive virtual shop-windows,
local and targeted advertising.
Dr.Bruno Lanvin,Executive Director ECI,
INSEAD.
Education/
Talent
Knowledge
management/
Ideas
Networking/
Business
alliances
Outreach/
Global
presence
People
Finance
Ideas
Market
Box Figure: The Four Pillars of Innovation
Chapter
23
Chapter2
Ultimately, despite accelerating
innovation and technological
advances, mobile technologies are
still predominantly used and owned
by people. As noted above, people
are the users and innovators of
new technologies and applications.
There is a risk, however, that
people’s mindsets may not
always develop in pace with the
technological developments.
Today, there are growing concerns
about consumer data protection
and freedom of expression online.
In a mobile and hyperconnected
world, there is much that is known
– and knowable – about Internet
users, in both communities/
groups and as individuals, and
consumers need to be increasingly
aware of this dawning reality,
as explained in Chapter 6.
Consumers are just beginning to
realize the predictive power and
potential of new media – including
the opportunities of tailored
advertisements on the basis of
cookie information and location-
based mobile advertising, or the
possibility to track down and
reunite with old school-friends
from decades back through
social networks. Consumers,
Governments, policy-makers
and industry all need to assess
the implications. It is not entirely
clear whether consumers will
fully control the technology, or
what influence the technology
may have over consumers.
However, our broadband future
is undoubtedly a future worth
fighting for, and privacy and the
protection of users (and their data)
should form the core values of an
interconnected future to maximize
the benefits of broadband
to consumers and citizens.
Privacy and user protection are
fundamental and core values,
which concern not only high-
income countries at the forefront
of the broadband revolution; these
values need to be integrated into
the design of broadband policy
for all countries, regardless of
their level of development. The
next Chapter examines the
evolving relationship between
broadband and development, and
the important uses of broadband
for achieving the MDGs.
24
Endnotes
1.	 ITU (2013), available at: http://www.itu.int/net/pressoffice/press_
releases/2013/05.aspx
2.	 ITU (2013), ICT Facts and Figures.
3.	 ITU (2013) - http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/stat/default.aspx
and “Pyramid Perspective 2013: Top Trends in the Global Communications
Industry”, available from: http://www.pyramidresearch.com/2013-Top-
Trends.htm?sc=GL011513_TRENDS. Africa and the Middle-East was the
second geographical area to exceed one billion mobile subscribers, after
Asia-Pacific.
4.	 http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/statistics/2013/ITU_
Key_2005-2013_ICT_data.xls
5.	 ITU (2013): http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/
statistics/2013/ITU_Key_2005-2013_ICT_data.xls Infonetics offers lower
estimates for mobile broadband and a later date of 2010 for this transition,
potentially because they may exclude data-only subscriptions – see: http://
www.infonetics.com/pr/2011/Fixed-and-Mobile-Subscribers-Market-
Highlights.asp
6.	 Frances Cairncross, “The Death of Distance: How the Communications
Revolution is Changing our Lives” (1997).
7.	 “A 2010 Leadership Imperative: The Future Built on Broadband”, available
at: http://www.broadbandcommission.org/Reports/Report_1.pdf
8.	 World Economic Forum (2013), The Global Information Technology Report
(GITR) 2013.
9.	 Internet Trends 2013, presentation by Mary Meeker/Liang Wu, Internet
Trends D11 Conference, 29/5/2013.
10.	Ericsson Mobility Report 2013.
11.	“Global Smartphone Shipments Reach a Record 700 Million Units in
2012”, Strategy Analytics, 24 January 2013, available at: http://blogs.
strategyanalytics.com/WSS/post/2013/01/25/Global-Smartphone-
Shipments-Reach-a-Record-700-Million-Units-in-2012.aspx
12.	Internet Trends 2013, presentation by Mary Meeker, Web 2.0 Summit,
18/10/2011, available from: http://www.slideshare.net/marketingfacts/
internet-trends-2011-by-mary-meeker
13.	Ericsson Mobility Report, 2013.
14.	“LTE-Advanced Subscriptions to Reach 500 Million by the End of 2018”,
ABI Research, 21 June 2013, available at: http://www.abiresearch.com/
press/lte-advanced-subscriptions-to-reach-500-million-by
15.	Pyramid Research’s quarterly mobile data forecast, February 2013.
16.	Pyramid Points: Argentina and Chile Become Smart(phone) markets,
January 2013, available at: http://www.pyramidresearch.com/points/
item/130115.htm
17.	Informa (2013): “Global, Basic, Feature & Smartphone Handset Sales
Volumes, 2011-2017” projections, mobile database update 2013.
18.	“Strong Demand for Smartphones and Heated Vendor Competition
Characterize the Worldwide Mobile Phone Market at the End of 2012,
IDC Says”, IDC Press Release, 24 January 2103, at: http://www.idc.com/
getdoc.jsp?containerId=prUS23916413#.US6A9zd4Dla
19.	“Global Smartphone Shipments Reach a Record 700 Million Units in
2012”, Strategy Analytics, 24 January 2013, available at: http://blogs.
strategyanalytics.com/WSS/post/2013/01/25/Global-Smartphone-
Shipments-Reach-a-Record-700-Million-Units-in-2012.aspx
20.	“Telecoms and broadband are fuelling Africa’s economic boom”, Paul
Budde Communications Pty Ltd, 2013.
Chapter2
Chapter
25
21.	Chinese Internet Center, CNNIC, January 2013.
22.	Cisco Visual Networking Index (2012), : Global Mobile Data Traffic
Forecast Update, 2012–2017, available at: http://www.cisco.com/
en/US/solutions/collateral/ns341/ns525/ns537/ns705/ns827/white_
paper_c11-520862.html
23.	“ICT Facts and Figures”, ITU, Geneva, 2013.
24.	“ICT Facts and Figures”, ITU, Geneva, 2013.
25.	“ICT Facts and Figures”, ITU, Geneva, 2013.
26.	ITU “ICT Facts and Figures 2013”, available from http://www.itu.int/en/
ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/facts/ICTFactsFigures2013.pdf.
27.	ITU “ICT Facts and Figures 2013”, available from http://www.itu.int/en/
ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/facts/ICTFactsFigures2013.pdf.
28.	McKinsey, Disruptive Technologies, May 2013.
29.	Deloitte, Technology, Media & Telecommunications (TMT) Predictions
2013.
30.	McKinsey, Disruptive Technologies, May 2013.
31.	Ericsson (TELECOM World 2011 & “Ericsson CEO predicts 50 Bn
Connected Devices by 2020”, Tech News, 2010, at: http://gigaom.
com/2010/04/14/ericsson-sees-the-internet-of-things-by-2020/).
32.	“Cisco Visual Networking Index: Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast
Update, 2012–2017”, available at : http://www.cisco.com/en/US/
solutions/collateral/ns341/ns525/ns537/ns705/ns827/white_paper_
c11-520862.html
33.	Remarks by Mr. François Rancy, Director of ITU’s Radiocommunication
Bureau, at the Global Symposium for Regulators (GSR) 2013.
34.	Remarks accompanying the presentation by Mr. Cristian Gomez
(ITU-BR), Global Symposium for Regulators (GSR) 2013, presentation
available at: http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Conferences/GSR/
Documents/presentation_Session_1_Gomez_TVWS.pdf
35.	http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-R/conferences/wrc/2015/Pages/default.aspx
36.	Agenda Item 1.1. reads “to consider additional spectrum allocations
to the mobile service on a primary basis and identification of additional
frequency bands for International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) and
related regulatory provisions, to facilitate the development of terrestrial
mobile broadband Applications, in accordance with Resolution 233
(WRC-12)” – available at: http://www.itu.int/oth/R1201000001/en
37.	Agenda Item 1.2 reads “to examine the results of ITU-R studies,
in accordance with Resolution 232 (WRC-12), on the use of the
frequency band 694-790 MHz by the mobile, except aeronautical
mobile, service in Region 1 and take the appropriate measures”,
available at: http://www.itu.int/oth/R1201000001/en
38.	Mobile VNI forecast, Figure 8, http://www.cisco.com/en/US/solutions/
collateral/ns341/ns525/ns537/ns705/ns827/white_paper_c11-520862.
html
39.	Page 15, OECD Communications Outlook, 2013.
40.	See the GSR (2013) Discussion Paper, “White Spaces: Managing
Spaces or Better Managing Inefficiencies?”, by Cristian Gomez,
available at: http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Conferences/GSR/
Documents/GSR_paper_WhiteSpaces_Gomez.pdf
41.	http://media.ofcom.org.uk/2013/04/26/ofcom-invites-industry-to-pilot-
%E2%80%98white-space%E2%80%99-devices/
42.	http://lego.cuusoo.com/guidelines and http://lego.cuusoo.com/
43.	Chesbrough, Henry (2003) “The Era of Open Innovation.” MIT Sloan
Management Review; Vol. 44 Issue 3, 35-41
44.	“Global Innovation Index Report 2013”, Cornell University, INSEAD &
WIPO, Geneva, 2013.
Chapter2
3In the year 2000, when the MDGs
were established1
, broadband
was in its infancy, and little
tangible evidence existed with
regard to how broadband would
impact social and economic
development. Today, ICTs have
grown considerably, more and
more people are connected, and
broadband is improving people’s
lives, expanding their choices,
and accelerating progress
towards achieving the MDGs.
As prices drop, the mobile
revolution means that more people
are now connected – people in
the poorest parts of the world
are gaining access to knowledge
and beginning to participate in
the global economy, to learn
from others, and to solve their
own problems2
. This Chapter
explains WHY broadband should
become universal, and why
connecting more people with
broadband (and potentially, richer
and improved education and
healthcare services) benefits the
economy, as well as society.
Broadband is helping deliver a wide
range of services, from services
directly related to the MDGs
(Table 2), to services in support of
broader citizen participation (such
as e-government), or services
leveraged across different sectors
to bring more people into the
formal economy, or earn money
from different sources/abroad (such
as m-money and m-commerce).
Broadband services and
smartphones link health workers
to the national health system
and allow for real-time disease
surveillance, child and maternal
health monitoring, and supply
chain management, resulting in
the delivery of quality healthcare
to underserved rural communities.
Going forward, the challenge is to
find sustainable business models
to leverage broadband in a way
that helps accelerate development
where it is most needed.
The previous Chapter noted
that mobile solutions are key
for extending broadband, with
mobile broadband subscriptions
already exceeding fixed broadband
subscriptions in most developing
countries. In addition to GDP
growth, mobile broadband services
provide significant social and
development opportunities.
Featured Insight 6 underlines how
mobile broadband can improve
people’s lives, through applications
in education, health and rural
development. Featured Insight 7
describes recent research into
the socio-economic impact of
upgrades to broadband speed for
individuals and their households,
as well as at the level of
the national economy.
26
Broadband for
Achieving the MDGs
27
Chapter3
Featured Insight 6:
Socio-Economic
Benefits of Mobile and
Broadband Services
Mobile services generate significant
economic and social benefits, in both
developed and developing countries,
either directly by investment in
infrastructure deployment, or through
the use of the infrastructure to start
new business activities, improve
efficiency and productivity. Internet
infrastructure contributes towards
economic development by facilitating
access to information, IT literacy,
news, current events and links to
remote markets.
The use of digital dividend spectrum
for mobile broadband will boost
accessibility and speed.These
bands offer attractive propagation
characteristics and an optimal
balance between transmission
capacity and coverage, of great
advantage for remote and poorly
connected rural areas. In developing
nations, mobile broadband can
connect remote populations and
strengthen health, education,
livelihoods, financial inclusion and
access to government services for
marginalized populations:
•	 Education – Awareness is growing
of the possibilities offered by
m-learning. The falling cost of
smartphones, the advent of lower
priced tablets, cloud-computing
and the rise of Open Education
Resources (OERs) can increase
access to education in underserved
areas.
•	 Health – Health applications
available via mobile broadband
can reduce costs (e.g., through
access to health records); allow
physicians to provide care remotely
via remote monitoring and
diagnosis; and support preventative
care3
. GSMA/PWC (2013) estimate
that mobile health could save
developed countries US$400 billion
in 2017 and save one million lives
over five years in Sub-Saharan
Africa.
•	 SME growth, entrepreneurship and
job growth – Mobile broadband
can open up regional and global
markets to local entrepreneurs.
SMEs can generate more revenue,
lower costs, higher productivity,
and jobs. SMEs which spend
more than 30% of their budget
on web technologies grow their
revenue nine times as fast as SMEs
spending less than 10%
(McKenzie, 20124
).
28
Chapter3
•	 Agriculture – Vodafone & Accenture
(2011) note that mobiles boost
revenue by improving access to
financial services/agricultural
information and by promoting
supply chain efficiencies.
•	 Financial Inclusion – Mobile
technologies offer a way to access
banking services which have
been traditionally unavailable
to large parts of the population.
It is estimated that 2.5 billion
individuals are unbanked
worldwide. Mobile financial
services represent an opportunity
for many nations to achieve
financial inclusion of the poor.
•	 Government Services – Local and
national governments can keep
citizens up-to-date with new and
events and offer immediate and
interactive access to services (e.g.
for licenses or voting).
Source:Alcatel Lucent.
Featured Insight 7: The
Socio-economic Effects of
Broadband Speed Upgrades
Interest in the economic impact of
ICT is increasing as governments
seek new paths to growth. Ericsson
therefore initiated a joint research
project with Arthur D. Little and
Chalmers University of Technology
to quantify the economic impact of
broadband speed upgrades, at both
the country and household levels,
using a comprehensive scientific
method based on empirical data from
both OECD and BRIC countries.
On a country level, the main finding
was that doubling the broadband
speed for an economy can increase
GDP growth by 0.3% on average
in OECD economies.This study
confirmed that broadband speed is
an important factor to spur economic
growth in the overall economy.
Findings from the household level
show that, after controlling for
different factors influencing income
(e.g. age, sex/gender, education,
household size, skills and type of
occupation):
•	 The average increase in household
income for a broadband speed
upgrade of 4 - 8 Mbps is US$120
per month in OECD countries.
•	 BRIC households benefit most by
upgrading from 0.5 to 4 Mbps, at
US$46 per month.
For households in OECD countries,
there is a threshold broadband
access speed to increase in earnings,
somewhere between 0.5 Mbps and
2 Mbps on average.The greatest
expected increase in income is for
the transition from being without
broadband to gaining 4 Mbps, the
difference being around US$2,100
per household per year (equivalent
to US$182 per month). For BRIC
country households, the threshold
level seems to be 0.5 Mbps. Around
US$800 additional annual household
income is expected to be gained by
introducing 0.5 Mbps broadband
connection in BRIC country
households, equivalent to US$70/
month per household.
Thus, both governments and
households should keep up
investments to continue to gain
benefits and stay competitive in
a globalized economy and on the
labor market.This study supports
that broadband speed upgrades
are a real opportunity for economic
development, for households, access
providers and regulators.
Source:“The Socio-economic Effects of
Broadband Speed Upgrades” (2013),
Ericsson.
Chapter
29
Although access networks may
be mobile, backhaul networks
may be based on wireless, fibre,
WiFi or satellite, or a combination
of other technologies to provide
services lower income communities
in remote areas. OECD (2013)
notes that “fixed networks have,
in effect, become the backhaul
for mobile and wireless devices,
with some studies claiming that
80% of data used on mobile
devices is received via Wi-Fi
connections to fixed networks”5
.
Today, low-speed connectivity
and Short Message Service
(SMS) systems are improving
development work, but even
more could be achieved with
broadband connectivity, partly
due to higher throughput and
new services, but also due to
improvements in existing education
and health systems. Broadband
connectivity is not a panacea,
but when integrated with existing
systems, it can facilitate new
services and deliver effective
results for achieving the MDGs.
Broadband solutions tailored to
address the MDGs need to be
relevant and appropriate for users
in any given setting. Davis (2013)
notes that it is easy to be seduced
by high-tech solutions, but calls
for enthusiasm to be anchored in
reality6
— technologies are used
by people, and hence embedded
in a psychological and social
setting at any point in time.
Davis (2013) calls for development
solutions to invest in local
innovation. Although poor and
marginalized people may not have
attended school, they can still be
experts in innovating local solutions
to their own, local problems. For
any situation in which technology
is used, the human dimensions
also need to be taken into
consideration, and technological
solutions should remain sensitive to
the uncertainty of new innovations,
(such as replacing tangible
microfinance paper passbooks
with digital money). In some cases,
low-tech piecemeal solutions may
go further — and may be more
easily scaled-up — than high-tech
solutions by R&D-centric outsiders.
Ultimately, however, representing
technology as an “either - or”
choice between broadband or
lower tech, low-speed solutions
is a false distinction – often, the
combination of broadband and
other technologies can yield
the best results. Broadband
connectivity in the backhaul
network can underpin lower tech
solutions in access networks.
Table 2 outlines some of the
ways in which broadband is
underpinning progress towards
achieving the MDGs. Featured
Insights 8 and 9 describe how rural
communities can be connected to
benefit from broadband, through
innovative uses of spectrum,
including the use of TV white
spaces and ‘long-distance’ WiFi.
Chapter3
30
Table 2: Broadband ICTs and the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs)
End Poverty
& Hunger
Growing evidence suggests that broadband can boost GDP, jobs and incomes, helping
to combat poverty and hunger. In the Dominican Republic, a 10% increase in broadband
penetration could reduce unemployment by 2.9%7
. In Indonesia, mobile broadband could
boost GDP by 2.9% or US$22.6 bn8
. In India, broadband has already generated nearly
9 million direct and indirect jobs9
, while a 1% increase in broadband penetration could
add US$2.7 bn or 0.11% to Indian GDP in 201510
. In South Africa, wireless broadband
and related industries may generate US$7.2bn and a further 28,000 jobs by 201511
.
Universal
Education
Governments and NGOs are providing schools with PCs and connectivity to foster primary
education. In Turkey, the FATIH project will equip 42,000 schools, 17 million students and
1 million teachers with computers12
. In Nigeria, the USF has teamed up with Intel to deploy
computers in over 1,000 schools since 2008, helping improve exam results13
. In Argentina, San
Luis Province established an All Kids Online Initiative to deliver a PC and educational software
to every child of 6-1214
. In Uruguay, there is a policy of one computer per child in primary and
secondary education. In Singapore, Infocomm@All Schools15
promotes ICT usage by deploying
teaching, learning and assessment systems, with 17 apps deployed in 95% of schools.
Gender Equality
Closing the mobile gender gap and bringing 600 million more women online could
increase global GDP by US$13-18 billion16
. Connect To Learn (CTL) has equipped
10,000 students (especially girls) in schools in Brazil, Chile, China, Djibouti, Ghana,
India, Malawi, Kenya, Senegal, South Sudan, Tanzania and Uganda17
. In the
Democratic Republic of Congo, IFDAP has trained women on Internet research
so they can learn about diseases affecting their crops, improving yields.
Child Health
Mobile applications are also assisting parents in adding and monitoring information
such as immunizations, height, weight, and other development milestones. Aggregated
data collected through public health applications are allowing health professionals to
access child health and wellbeing, compare indicators across localities and regions,
and make better-informed public policy decisions. Online communities of parents and/
or pediatricians19
facilitate exchange between experts and parents and contribute to
the attainment of physical, mental and social well-being for infants. The One Million
Community Health Workers Campaign (1mCHW) is making strides in accelerating
CHW programmes in sub-Saharan Africa to meet the health-related MDGs.
Maternal health
Ultrasound tests through telemedicine can play a key role in the monitoring20
of
maternal health via text21
, voice messaging and mobile apps22
. Online platforms23
are also serving as an information and communication hub for health facilities
and supporting conversations between community health workers, midwives,
clinicians, and expectant mothers. The Mobile Midwives project allows healthcare
workers to monitor records of expectant mothers in Ghana via mobiles24
.
HIV/AIDS
For healthcare workers, web-based applications are hubs for HIV information and capacity
building25
. Computer-based surveys are changing the scope of HIV research and prevention26
.
Broadband allows collaborative research of scientists around the world by integrating
data27
much faster than previously, where repositories were isolated. Patients can share
stories and experiences28
, support each other29
, reach counselors30
, manage their personal
health records and receive reminders for appointments/medication via mobile31
.
Environment
Smart use of ICTs can reduce GHG emissions by up to 25% (Broadband Bridge
report32
). Mobile technology alone could lower GHGs by 2% by 202033
. E-commerce
could lower energy consumption and GHG emissions by 30% over traditional retail34
.
Teleconferencing and telecommuting could replace air and land travel via video/
audio conferences. ICTs could potentially save up to 7.8 Gigatons of carbon dioxide
emissions by 2020 (GESI, 201235
). Shifting newspapers online could potentially
save 57.4 million tons of CO2 emissions over the next decade (ACI, 2007).
Partnership

The benefits of new technologies, especially ICTs, should be made available by Governments
in cooperation with the private sector36
. ICTs are facilitating and enabling new global
partnerships, including crowd-sourcing, collaborative authoring, teleconferencing and
teleworking37
. The UN Secretary-General’s Panel of High-Level Eminent Persons recently
renewed calls for global partnerships as part of the post-2015 development agenda.
Chapter3
Chapter
31
Chapter3
Featured Insight 8:
Innovation in Spectrum
Helping Promote
Development
Even in developed economies,
there are gaps in wireless coverage,
access points and base stations may
become overloaded in busy areas,
and broadband may be unaffordable
for many. Hundreds of millions of
wirelessly-connected devices are
coming online, needing wireless
connectivity and bandwidth and
increasing the demand for spectrum
resources. Microsoft believes
innovation in Dynamic Spectrum
Access (DSA) and TV White Spaces
can help connect billions more
people and devices to the Internet.
In February 2013, a partnership was
announced between Microsoft, the
Kenyan Ministry of Information and
Communications, Indigo Telecom
(a Kenyan ISP), and Adaptrum, a
pioneer in white space technologies.
The Mawingu project (or “cloud”
in Swahili) will deliver low-cost,
high-speed wireless broadband
to locations unserved by even
electricity, connecting poor, remote
or low population areas.
While they have ample unused
radio spectrum, the areas of Kenya
chosen for the Mawingu pilot lack
access to affordable or reliable
broadband. Most of these locations
also lack basic infrastructure (such as
electricity and paved roads) and are
difficult to serve with existing
wireline and wireless technologies.
To serve these areas more affordably,
a new approach is needed.The
Mawingu network relies on
‘unlicensed’ or ‘license-exempt’
wireless technologies (e.g.,Wi-Fi and
TV white space base stations/end-
user devices).To maximize coverage
and bandwidth, while reducing
costs, radios use complementary
spectrum bands available to license-
exempt devices, including 13 GHz,
5 GHz, 2.4 GHz, and unused UHF TV
band spectrum. When complete,
the network will cover some 67,000
people.To reduce operating costs
and to introduce power, with 75% of
Kenyans lacking access to electricity,
the project uses solar energy to
power base stations and charge
devices.
Availability and affordability gaps
affect people in Africa, Asia, and
Latin America disproportionately.
Mawingu aims to reduce access
costs, so more people can come
online affordably. Project partners are
working to identify the most crucial
services and ensure their delivery
and deployment via low-cost,
affordable Internet access.The social
impact will also be significant. From
e-health to education to improved
communications, Mawingu is
delivering teacher training and other
educational benefits via computer
labs and tablets. Since February,
broadband has now reached three
remote schools, a Red Cross outpost,
a health clinic near Nanyuki, an
Internet kiosk, and local government
offices. Students at Gakawa School
now have a computer lab, teacher
training, and can connect with
the world.
Source: Microsoft.
Featured Insight 9:
Delivering the Benefits
of Broadband to the
Unconnected
Connecting the 4-plus billion people
not yet connected to the Internet
will require creativity, greater
investment in wireless networks
and innovation in service delivery.
Most of the unconnected live in rural
emerging economies.To bridge
the connectivity gap in rural areas,
more wireless networks are needed
to extend the reach of the Internet.
Organizations such as Inveneo, a
non-profit social enterprise, are
demonstrating that with creative and
innovative design, implementation
and management, remote wireless
networks can bring the promise of
the Internet to rural areas.
Inveneo has successfully connected
distant communities to the Internet,
32
Chapter3
such as the remote island of
Mfangano located at the mouth of
the Winam Gulf on the Kenyan side
of Lake Victoria.There, Inveneo
partnered with a local NGO,
Organic Health Response (OHR), to
design, build and support wireless
connectivity that relies on a 90
kilometer wireless highly directional
5.8 GHz WiFi link (travelling mostly
over water) and powered by a hybrid
solar/wind electrical system38
,
serving the Ekialo Kiona (EK) center,
a computer center, library and
training facility available for use by
all of the island inhabitants.
Inveneo has engaged in similar
remote wireless network
deployments around the world,
including connecting schools
over long-distance Wi-Fi across
islands in Micronesia; connecting
a network of 100 ICT centers in
rural Uganda providing ICT data
services, agricultural education
and crop pricing information; and
an initiative to connect over 20% of
Haiti’s population outside Port-au-
Prince to 1+ Mbps enterprise-grade
broadband. In the Dadaab region in
northern Kenya, Inveneo partnered
with NetHope (a consortium of
NGOs) and Cisco to bring better,
more reliable Internet and inter-
agency communications to the many
humanitarian agencies working in
relief efforts in what was the largest
refugee camp in the world with close
to 500,000 refugees.The partnership
designed the “DadaabNet”,
extending Orange’s licensed service
with Inveneo’s long-distance WiFi
to connect relief agencies allowing
them to employ bandwidth-intensive
applications (such as file-sharing,
video conferencing and VOIP).
Source: Cisco.
A holistic approach should be
adopted to face the different
challenges of the telecom sector,
taking into account infrastructure
deployment and also the feasibility
of acquiring devices such as tablets
and smartphones, and ensuring
that those accessing the networks
have the right skills to access
content that adds value. A good
example of this approach is the
free Digital Libraries programme
launched in Latin America, which
has proved a very successful
experience in terms of digital
inclusion, and is still expanding
and growing in different countries.
Education is the foundation stone
for development and other goals.
The Broadband Commission’s
Working Group on Education,
chaired by UNESCO, noted the
vital role of ICTs in improving
and enhancing educational
outcomes: “in the twenty-first
century, education can no longer
be separated from technology…
Access to quality education for
all – which includes access to
ICT – is an imperative for building
inclusive and participatory
knowledge societies”39
.
As the digital world surrounds
us, technological literacy is
increasingly vital for participation
in everyday life. Education should
empower learners to interpret
and actively engage in the new
formats and content of digital
culture. Although these benefits
are far from automatic, given
the right conditions, broadband
can help enhance the quality of
education, create more interactive
learning opportunities and
contribute to lifelong learning
(Featured Insights 10 and 11).
Featured Insight 12 details the
experience of the Millennium@
EDU programme involving some
of the largest firms in education
and technology for improving
education through broadband.
Chapter
33
Chapter3
Featured Insight 10:
Broadband for Education
Broadband connectivity alone will
not improve the quality of education.
Governments need to enable the
conditions for technology use in
schools (i.e., networking classrooms,
training teachers and supplying
educational resources).The real
challenge is to help teachers and
students use ICTs and broadband
in relevant and authentic ways
that actually improve learning and
foster the knowledge and skills
necessary for participation in
knowledge societies. As new ICTs
are introduced, governments must
support educators while they explore
what works best in the context of
their classrooms, schools and regions,
and help them share their knowledge
to contribute to the body of evidence
regarding best practices for ICT in
education.Teachers should be the
first beneficiaries of this opportunity
to get support. As Open Educational
Resources (OERs) expand, the
availability of free quality resources
increases.
While many countries have
broadband policies in place and
many Ministries of Education have
called for broadband in all schools,
progress towards reaching these
goals is difficult to track, especially
because many developing countries
do not distinguish between
connection types when collecting
data related to ICT access and use.
One study that used this level of
precision was conducted by the
UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS)
in Latin America and the Caribbean
in 2010/2011, and in Arab States in
2013. Of the twenty-two countries and
territories in the region that provide
data disaggregated according to
bandwidth, the study found some
with impressive strides in broadband
connectivity in schools. Several small
Caribbean countries (including
Barbados, the British Virgin Islands,
Saint Kitts & Nevis, Saint Lucia & Saint
Martin) report that now all primary
and secondary schools have fixed
broadband connections (UIS, 2012).
Uruguay has provided fixed
broadband to 95% of primary schools
and 100% of secondary schools.
Connectivity remains a challenge for
several larger countries in the region,
however. For example, in Colombia,
75% of primary and secondary
schools have Internet connectivity,
but only 9% of all schools are
connected via fixed broadband.
Data on ICT in schools in the Arab
region show a contrasting picture.
While several countries in the Gulf
region have achieved high rates of
ICT access in schools, other countries
in the region face significant barriers
to access ICT in education. For
instance, in Egypt, only 25%, 25% and
11% of computers in primary, lower
secondary and upper secondary
schools respectively are connected,
constraining Egypt in its efforts to
spread a culture of ICT-assisted
instruction by a basic lack of devices
and Internet connectivity40
.
Source: Broadband CommissionWorking
Group on Education,chaired by UNESCO.
Featured Insight 11:
THE experience OF
THE Digital Culture
ProgramME
Digital inclusion is crucial for
sustained economic growth and
social development.Telmex, through
the Education and Digital Culture
Programme coordinated with the Slim
Foundation, is pioneering the digital
inclusion agenda in Mexico, through
initiatives such as the Technological
Institute of Telmex.This Institute
offers free education and digital
inclusion activities and has benefited
more than 3.6 million people of
all ages, levels of education, and
socio-economic segments of the
population.
Major categories of the Programme
include (among others):
Aldea Digital (Digital Village)
This is an inclusive and open access
34
Chapter3
space, where people belonging to
all sectors of  society develop skills
for the digital era.The last event
in March 2013 was visited by over
154,000 people and 103,011 of them
were trained in 4,292 workshops. It
obtained the Guinness World Record
as the “Largest Digital Inclusion
World Event”.
Digital Classrooms and Libraries
These classrooms and libraries (more
than 3,600) are located in schools
and public places, where best
practices for digital education are
applied and innovative ICT projects
implemented.These spaces provide
developmental and educational
opportunities for children, youth
and adults through computers, with
specialized software in education and
connectivity. Additionally, they offer
the possibility to borrow computer
equipment for free, just as traditional
libraries operate with books.This
promotes the inclusion of students,
teachers and parents in the digital
culture.The programme contributes
to the education of a new generation
of highly qualified people in science,
technology and other sectors.
Innovation Hub
This is a technological innovation
space where digital and face-
to-face human networks can
meet and interlink, with next-
generation equipment and very
high connectivity, aiming at
youth and adults interested in
generating and sharing knowledge
in active participation with virtual
communities.This programme also
encourages entrepreneurship and
innovation in the digital age.
Source:Technological Institute of Telmex.
Featured Insight 12:
Millennium@EDU
Programme
The Millennium@EDU Programme
was launched in January 2013 at
the Education World Forum in
London and it will last until end
2015. It aims to touch the life of 15
million students around the world,
1% of the total student population,
by providing a comprehensive
solution that encompasses specific
education hardware, two choices of
operating systems, productivity tools,
educational software, and services,
including the Intel Teach Elements
Online Professional Development
Courses. Millennium@EDU is a
multi-stakeholder initiative led by
the private sector including large
multinationals involved in education
and technology to help achieve the
MDGs.The initiative includes the
establishment of National Projects led
by local promoters from the public
and private sector to boost the local
tech industry with the support of
global companies by responding to
the needs of communities.
Promoters of Millennium@EDU
include: Intel, SanDisk®, Pasco®, ECS
Elite Group,Video Net, Microsoft,
JP,Triple C, 1 Global Economy,
Converge, and Be Bright, which
are participating with a full range
of complementary solutions that
constitute the ‘Millennium@EDU
Educational Package’. Education
devices and productivity tools
offer two operating systems,
educational content, a warranty,
a deployment plan and transport
to destination. In the Philippines,
‘Philippine Normal’ helps teachers
to integrate technology into
classrooms. A local education
solutions provider delivered
Millennium packages and financing
through a local bank to make them
affordable. Launched in June 2013,
the programme reaches at least
1,000 students and will roll out to
13,000 students.The Advanced
Science Technology Institute (ASTI)
runs pilots of hardware, software,
content, and infrastructure solutions
to introduce a new curriculum
and personalized learning
approaches. Intel provides a robust
Intel Celeron Dual Core processor
plus respective chipset, the Intel
Education Software Suite, and Intel
Education Resources, which include
Classroom Mgmt., British Council and
Khan Academy educational videos.
Intel’s professional courses provide
teacher training to over 10 million
teachers across the globe.
Source: Intel.
Chapter
35
Chapter3
Cisco has developed a low-cost
solution to deliver education
activities, skills training and
healthcare services to remote
regions. The low-cost, low power
consumption platform supports
the delivery of educational content
and services developed by
partner education facilities and
healthcare institutions. Already
pilot projects in several States in
India have resulted in over 600,000
student hours of education
delivery, 10-12% improvement in
attendance and a 19% increase in
the performance of nine schools
across three districts of the
state of Karnataka. Healthcare
services have been delivered
via twenty centers, across eight
districts in three states (Karnataka,
Rajasthan and Madhyapradesh),
resulting in over 50,000 patient
consultations, with hundreds
of treatments for malnourished
children and consultations
with expectant mothers.
Perhaps one of the most pivotal
recent developments in broadband
is the use of m-commerce and
mobile money. Exclusion from
formal financial systems is often
identified as a major obstacle to
development41
. At its most basic
level, mobile money is the provision
of financial services through a
mobile device, but it can also
include payments, remittances and
transfers, financial services (e.g.
insurance products) and banking
(e.g. checking account balances).
By 2012, there were already 110
mobile money deployments, with
over 40 million users, and some
US$240 billion worth of items had
already been purchased worldwide
using mobile payment systems
in 2011, rising to US$670 billion
by 2015 (Juniper Research42
).
In areas where it has proved
successful, mobile money has
created a platform for start-ups
to build on, and promises to bring
many more of the world’s unbanked
people into the formal economic
sphere of activity (Featured Insight
13). Enabling cash transfers over
large distances (and between
countries) could prove a major
transformation in modern economic
activity, and another building block
in growing the global economy.
Featured Insight 13:
M-Commerce driving
socio-economic
development
Today, around three-quarters of all
transactions in the world are still
made in cash. Credit and debit cards
are common payment methods in
industrialized countries, but not in
developing countries, where access
to financial services is limited. Mobile
phones are transforming the way
people live, and are a driving force
for socio-economic development
(Featured Insight 7). Mobile
penetration stands at 96% globally,
and higher in emerging markets such
as the Middle East (109%) and Latin
America (114%)43
. There is growing
acceptance of mobiles as enablers of
access to credit and banking services
for improving livelihoods and digital
and financial inclusion, and creating
new financial ecosystems.
Interoperability and regulation affect
the uptake of mobile services, as they
can help interconnect mobile money
services, boost transaction volumes,
and grow the market, as long as
different mobile money services are
compatible. Interconnected networks
increase the value of mobile
financial services, as they add more
connections. Ericsson is trying to
establish a new open ecosystem, with
the common goal of making mobile
money services ubiquitous and
valuable for end-users.
Since the 2010 earthquake in Haiti,
various initiatives have been tested
to distribute financial aid to reach the
people that need it the most. In Haiti,
with fewer than two bank branches
per 100,000 people, four different
electronic distribution solutions have
been tried. Mobile money has been
36
Chapter3
successful in the Haiti, where since
2010, some US$6 million in transfers
have been disbursed to 24,000
beneficiaries via mobile money by
six NGO programmes (Bill & Melinda
Gates Foundation). Mobile money
can help bridge gender gaps in
developing countries, and address
key constraints to women’s access
to financial services. Illiterate, rural
women are perfectly able to learn to
use and appreciate such services.
Ericsson aims to connect banks,
money transfer organizations,
payment service providers and ISPs
to form a flexible, interoperable
ecosystem through its Open
Money vision, and has negotiated
agreements with Western Union,
EuroGiro and others. Ericsson’s
M-Commerce solutions (e.g.,
Ericsson Converged Wallet, Ericsson
Wallet Platform, and Ericsson
M-Commerce Interconnect) create a
seamless platform integration with
money transfer networks, enabling
mobile operators to offer money
transfers and other mobile financial
services. It is our vision that one day
everyone with access to a mobile
phone will be able to spend, send
and receive money, as easily as
sending a text message.
Source: Ericsson.
Satellite technology also offers
strong potential to support
attainment of the MDGs, including
across large and/or remote areas
(Featured Insight 14). Today,
satellite service providers are
playing a vital role in enabling
e-Services to be converted into
mobile services, such as m-Health,
m-Education, m-Government,
and m-Commerce. Satellite
broadband also provides for
safety and security services,
such as early warning and
disaster relief services, ocean or
sky surveillance services, Earth
observation and meteorological
services, for example.
Featured Insight 14:
Satellite at the Service
of Developing Countries
Satellite solutions can bridge vast
distances to bring knowledge and
assistance where they are most
needed.Today, for example, Intelsat’s
fleet of 50+ satellites and robust
terrestrial infrastructure enables
students in outlying areas to access
the same educational opportunities
as people in urban sites.
Intelsat and Mindset (a developer/
distributor of educational materials
in Africa) have partnered to offer
distance learning, conferencing and
telemedicine via satellite through
high-speed Internet access and
educational materials to schools,
hospitals and clinics in South Africa,
as well as homes across Africa44
.
Intelsat provides satellite capacity for
telemedicine in Morocco, enabling
doctors at the Children’s National
Medical Center in Washington D.C.,
U.S., to conduct consultations and
training with healthcare professionals
in Morocco. Intelsat’s satellite
technology is also supporting the
fight against HIV/AIDS in Africa in
Burundi and Burkina Faso45
. Remote
clinics can be connected by the
Internet using DVB/SCPC
technology from Intelsat’s gateway
hub-station in Fuchsstadt, Germany,
to gain access to medical databases,
training and remote diagnosis. Bush
doctors can access high-throughput
IP two-way connectivity with leading
hospitals in Africa and worldwide,
while patients can be monitored
regularly.
SES supports a joint SAHEL-ESA
telemedicine project for e-health
initiatives and has established a pan-
African satellite-enhanced e-Health
platform to bring training and
tailored content to nurses, establish
communications between remote
healthcare facilities and medical
centers of excellence, and collect
health data from pilot sites.
SES is developing a satellite ICT
solution to overcome isolation and
lack of terrestrial infrastructures
Chapter
37
Chapter3
among African communities through:
•	 Rural radio: e.g. assisted radio
services to support agriculture in
the Democratic Rep. of Congo;
•	 Space4Edu: e.g. eLearning service
to support education in rural
schools in South Africa;
•	 Electoral e-Training: e.g. online
services and courses for the
electoral management bodies
of the Economic Community of
Central African States (ECCAS) to
support more transparent elections.
For example, SES facilitated satellite
broadband connectivity during
recent elections in Burkina Faso,
connecting up the Independent
Electoral Commission in Burkina
Faso (CENI) to support local and
legislative elections in December
2012. SES provided satellite
broadband connectivity to election
HQ and 45 district offices, allowing
for the secure collection and transfer
of data. SES is supporting the NGO,
Development Alternatives Inc., and
USAID in Malawi on the ‘Feed the
Future’ project, equipping three
villages with satellite broadband to
educate agricultural communities in
Malawi.
José Toscano,Director-General of ITSO;
Esteban Pacha,Director-General of IMSO;
Christian Roisse,Executive Secretary of
EUTELSAT IGO.
As the 2015 timeline defined to
reach the MDGs approaches, a
global discussion has started on
how to shape the global post-
2015 development agenda,
building on the lessons learned
in the continuing implementation
of the MDGs. The UN is currently
conducting global consultations,
including online consultations,
to take into account the views
of as many stakeholders as
possible on how to build “The
Future We Want”, drawing on the
outcome of the 2012 Conference
on Sustainable Development46
(Rio+20), and ongoing discussions
on the future international
framework for development.
In March 2013, the Broadband
Commission established a Task
Force on Sustainable Development
and the Post-2015 Development
Agenda to explore how broadband
can best contribute to achieve
development goals. In 2013,
the Broadband Commission
issued an Open Letter to the UN
Secretary-General’s High-Level
Panel of Eminent Persons, calling
for broadband to be prominently
recognized in the post-2015
framework for sustainable
development, in recognition of
the pivotal role broadband will
play in our connected future47
.
38
Chapter3
ENDNOTES
1.	 See the Millennium Declaration at: www.un.org/millennium/declaration/ares552e.pdf
2.	 “India’s Tablet Revolution: How a $40 device is going to change the lives of billions”,
Vivek Wadhwa, Foreign Policy, 24 June 2013, at: http://www.foreignpolicy.com/
articles/2013/06/24/indias_tablet_revolution?page=0,0
3.	 BCG & Telenor Group (2012), The Socio-Economic Impact of Mobile Health, http://telenor.
com/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BCG-Telenor-Mobile-Health-Report-May-20121.pdf.
4.	 McKenzie (2012). Internet Impact on Aspiring Countries.
5.	 Page 15, OECD Communications Outlook, 2013.
6.	 Davis, Susan (2013). “Can Technology End Poverty?” Harvard Business Review Blog,
Susan Davis, 22 March 2013, available at: http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/can_
technology_end_poverty.html?goback=%2Egde_3209639_member_226221237.
7.	 Katz et al (2012), “The Impact of Broadband on the economy: research to date and
policy issues”.
8.	 GSMA & Boston Consulting Group (BCG): “Socio-Economic Impact of Allocating 700
MHz Band to Mobile in Asia-Pacific”.
9.	 Katz et al (2012), “The Impact of Broadband on the economy: research to date and
policy issues”.
10.	 GSMA & Boston Consulting Group (BCG): “Socio-Economic Impact of Allocating 700
MHz Band to Mobile in Asia-Pacific”.
11.	 GSMA and Analysys Mason, “Assessment of economic impact of wireless broadband
in South Africa”.
12.	 Aydin, Cengiz Hakan; Evrim Genc Kumtepe; Figen Unal Colak; Alper Tolga Kumtepe
(2012), “Second Phase Evaluation Report of the One Computer Per Child Project in
Kocaeli, Turkey”, January (2012).
13.	 Takang, Armstrong (2012), Intel EMPG Nigeria Academic Impact assessment report,
December 2012.
14.	 Intel Corp. (2010), “Power to a New Generation: San Luis Case Study”.
15.	 Source: http://www.ida.gov.sg/Business-Sectors/Education/Infocomm-All-Schools
16.	 Intel (2013), “Women and the Web” report, available at: http://www.intel.com/content/
dam/www/public/us/en/documents/pdf/women-and-the-web.pdf
17.	 Connect To Learn is a partnership founded by the Earth Institute, Ericsson and the
Millennium Promise, which aims to harness the transformative solutions of the ICT
industry to address global educational issues through the building of powerful PPPs.
See: www.connecttolearn.org/splash and http://www.ericsson.com/thecompany/
sustainability_corporateresponsibility/enabling_communication_for_all/connect_to_learn
18.	 Contribution by the Association of Progressive Communications to the Broadband
Commission, June 2013.
19.	 HealthyChildren.org is the only parenting website backed by 60,000 pediatricians
committed to the well-being of children where parents can find general information
related to child health and specific guidance on parenting issues. More on http://www.
healthychildren.org/english/our-mission/Pages/default.aspx
20.	 OCCAM’s Maternal Health Campaign at: http://www.occam.org/maternal%20
health%20campaign.html
21.	 Text4baby is a service to provide support for pregnant women and with babies
under one-year-old with free SMS on topics related to prenatal care, baby health and
parenting. Available at https://text4baby.org/
22.	 My Pregnancy Today app, for example, is a pregnancy apps with week-by-week foetal
development images, explanations for how your pregnant body will change over time
and a due date calculator.
23.	 Kujua, for example, is a web-application for sending and receiving regular messages and
forms, and also scheduling time-target confirmation message which can run in laptops,
netboooks, , tablets, or smartphones and uses new database technology to provide
scalability and flexibility. More on http://medicmobile.org/2013/06/25/announcing-kujua/
24.	 The Mobile Midwife project aims to improve antenatal and neonatal care among the
rural poor by using voice or text messages to provide relevant health information during
the pregnancy and after the birth. In addition, community health workers can keep
electronic records and retrieve patient information using their mobile phone. More on:
Grameen Foundation 2011, Mobile technology for community health in Ghana: What it
is and what Grameen Foundation has learned so far.
Chapter
39
Chapter3
25.	 See for example the series of HealthHIV Webinars, which are trainings, for HIV/
AIDS primary care providers and free to anyone with an internet connection and an
interest in providing assistance to people at risk for, or living with, HIV. See: http://
www.healthhiv.org/modules/info/webinars.html
26.	 Rosser, Wilkerson, Smolenski, Oakes, Konstan, Horvath, Kilian, Novak, Danilenko
& Morgan (2011). The Future of Internet-based HIV Prevention: A Report on Key
Findings from the Men’s INTernet Sex Studies.
27.	 HIVToolbox is one example of an web application for investigating HIV which
integrates much of the knowledge about HIV proteins and allows virologists and
structural biologists to access sequence, structure, and functional relationships,
available at: http://www.bio-toolkit.com/HIVtoolbox/project/
28.	 The Body-HIV AIDS maintains an interactive discussion board and blogs on HIV/
AIDS related topics, see: http://www.thebody.com/cgi-bin/bbs/ubbthreads.php
29.	 People with HIV/AIDS can join online networks such as HIVAidsTribe and PatientsLikeMe
to interact with others, share stories, commentaries, videos, or news, and discuss issues
of relevance to people with HIV/AIDS while maintaining their privacy. 
30.	 The Terrence Higgins Trust has an online platform with services and information to
people living with HIV/AIDS. They have also launched a mobile application called
Life Plus. Available at: http://www.tht.org.uk/myhiv
31.	 Reminders can be sent via SMS, email or mobile health applications for smartphones
such as the motionPHR. An specific application for patients with HIV/AIDS is, for
example, the Red Ribbon, Your HIV AIDS Health Manager, a secure mobile PHR
that stores information on medications, supplements, immunizations, conditions,
allergies, current problems, procedures, and lab results.  It allows users to access
their health records and receive medication reminders.  
32.	 “The Broadband Bridge: Linking ICT with Climate Action for a Low-Carbon
Economy”, a report by the Broadband Commission for Digital Development,
available at: www.broadbandcommission.org
33.	 GSMA (2009). Mobile’s Green Manifesto. November. http://www.gsmworld.com/
our-work/mobile_planet/mobile_environment/green_manifesto.htm
34.	 Carnegie Mellon, Green Design Institute, “Life Cycle Comparison of Traditional
Retail & E-commerce for Electronic Products”.
35.	 Smarter 2020 report, produced by GESI and launched in 2012, see: http://gesi.
org/SMARTer2020
36.	 MDG Target 8F, as quoted at: www.un.org/millenniumgoals/global.shtml/.
37.	 “Towards a renewed global partnership for development Synthesis Report of UNTT
Thematic Think Pieces”.
38.	 Read more at: www.inveneo.org/2012/08/90km-wireless-link-for-mfangano-island/
39.	 “Technology, Broadband and Education: Advancing the Education for All Agenda”,
the Broadband Commission’s Working Group on Education, chaired by UNESCO,
available at: http://www.broadbandcommission.org/work/working-groups/
education/BD_bbcomm-education_2013.pdf
40.	 UNESCO Institute for Statistics, Information and Communication Technology (ICT)
in Education in Five Arab States, 2013 (forthcoming).
41.	 As an example, see Collins et al. (2009) and the research from the Institute for
Money, Technology & Financial Inclusion (imtfi.uci.edu).
42.	 http://www.juniperresearch.com/viewpressrelease.php?pr=250
43.	 Ericsson Mobility Report 2013.
44.	 See: http://www.intelsat.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/cs-delivering-
education-to-africa.pdf.
45.	 For further information, see: http://www.intelsat.com/wp-content/
uploads/2012/12/cs-education-to-fight-aids.pdf.
46.	 See the outcome document of Rio+20, “The Future We Want”, available at: http://
sustainabledevelopment.un.org/futurewewant.html
47.	 See the Open Letter from the Broadband Commission for Digital Development
to the UN Secretary-General’s High-Level Panel of Eminent Persons, available at:
http://www.broadbandcommission.org/documents/bbcom-OL-EminentPanel.pdf
4In October 2011, the Broadband
Commission for Digital
Development established four
targets for tracking universal
access to broadband and digital
inclusion for all at the Broadband
Leadership Summit. In March 2013,
the Commission added a fifth
target calling for gender equality in
access to broadband by 2020. This
chapter tracks progress towards
achieving these targets to answer
the important question, “How
universal is broadband today?”.
4.1 Advocacy Target 1: Making broadband policy
universal – by 2015, all countries should have a NBP
or strategy or include broadband in their UAS Definition
The vital importance of national
policy leadership is now
increasingly understood by ICT
stakeholders around the world.
Policy leadership provides a clear
vision to identify opportunities,
constraints and actions around the
supply and demand of broadband.
Although in many countries,
broadband deployment has been
realized through the efforts of the
private sector, Governments play an
essential role in ensuring a stable
regulatory and legal framework to
foster and incentivize investments,
create a level playing-field amongst
the different actors present in
the market, establish adequate
spectrum policy and reasonable
spectrum allocation, and ensure
long-term and sustainable
competition. Governments can
also implement programmes
such as e-government, digital
literacy initiatives and connected
public institutions and locations.  
Progress on policy leadership is
relatively recent, with an explosion
in the number of countries
introducing broadband plans in
2009-2010 (Figure 4). Prior to 2006,
most plans focused on information
society issues, with broadband
coming to the fore from 2008
onwards. More recently, Digital
Agendas have grown in popularity,
incorporating a cross-sectoral
perspective. By mid-2013, some
134 or 69% of all countries had a
national plan, strategy, or policy
in place to promote broadband,
and a further 12 countries or 6%
were planning to introduce such
measures in the near future (Figure
5). However, some 47 countries (or
nearly a quarter of all countries)
still do not have any plan, strategy
or policy in place. Even when
40
Evaluating
Global Growth
in Broadband
countries have plans, achieving
progress in implementation may
prove challenging or slow.
Recent ITU/Broadband
Commission/Cisco research
(2013)1
suggests an opportunity
cost associated with the absence
of a broadband plan. Factoring
out the impact of average income
per capita, market concentration
and urbanization, this research
suggested that countries with
Plans are associated with fixed
broadband penetration some
2.5% higher on average than
countries without Plans – a
significant margin of advantage.
In mobile, the impact of a Plan may
be even greater – countries with
Plans are associated with mobile
broadband penetration some 7.4%
higher on average than countries
without Plans2
, suggesting that
national policy leadership can
help establish a positive vision for
the development of broadband
within a national market. Featured
Insight 15 offers insight into
Qatar’s experience with its National
ICT Plan 2015, while Featured
Insight 16 describes Malaysia’s
High-Speed Broadband (HSBB)
project. Annex 1 provides the list
of National Broadband Plans.
41
Chapter4
NumberofCountrieswithNBPs
2006
2010
2007
2011
2008
2012
2005
2009
2013
17
31
38
53
64
102
123
133 134
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Source: ITU/UNESCO
Broadband Commission and ITU
Telecommunication/ICT Regulatory
Database.
Figure 4: Growth in National Broadband Plans, 2005-2013
42
Chapter4
Notes: Based on data for 193 countries.
National broadband plan includes:
a plan,strategy or policy specific
to broadband; digital plan,agenda,
strategy or policy; or an ICT plan,
strategy,or policy.
Yes
134; 69.4%
No
47; 24.4%
Planned
12; 6.2%
Number of Countries
with Plans, mid-2013
World Map, according
to status of National
Broadband Plan (NBP)
NBP - yes NBP - planningNBP - no No data
Figure 5: Status of National Broadband Plans, mid-2013
Source: ITU/UNESCO
Broadband Commission and ITU
Telecommunication/ICT Regulatory
Database.
43
Chapter4
Featured Insight 15:
Qatar’s National
ICT Plan 2015 and its
Experience with Qnbn
Over 100 Governments have now
adopted broadband plans identifying
opportunities, constraints and actions
around the supply and demand of
broadband. Governments can play
a critical role in driving deployment
and adoption by ensuring fair
competition, with low barriers to
entry and encouraging private
investment. A holistic approach
to developing broadband is most
likely to engender success.  Qatar’s
“National ICT Plan 2015: Advancing
the Digital Agenda” is based on five
strategic thrusts:
•	 Improving Connectivity – ensuring
the deployment of advanced,
secure infrastructure.
•	 Boosting Capacity – enhancing
digital literacy and developing
skills to enable innovation.
•	 Fostering Economic Development
– creating an environment for an
innovative & vibrant ICT industry.
•	 Enhancing Public Service Delivery
– ensuring the use of innovative
apps to improve public services.
•	 Advancing Societal Benefits –
leveraging ICT to improve the ways
society and government provide
education, healthcare and services
to Qatar’s people.
Over the next five years, Qatar will
build a world-class broadband ICT
infrastructure with the capacity
and speeds needed to achieve
Qatar Vision 2030. Qatar will invest
US$550 million to accelerate the
roll-out of a nationwide high-
speed, open, reliable, secure and
affordable broadband fibre network
to Qatari homes, businesses and
Government. A number of regulatory
instruments will help equip locations
(including sports venues) and
mega-projects with tools for open
and reliable access in preparation
for the expected growth in new
developments and FIFA 2022-related
venues.
Furthermore, ten programmes have
been developed to unleash the
potential and benefits of broadband,
while realizing the positive
transformational impact on social
and economic welfare: modernizing
the legal and regulatory framework;
cybersecurity; digital inclusion;
ICT human capital; innovation and
entrepreneurship; digital content;
second generation i-Government;
e-Education; e-Health; and Internet
and society.These programmes
demonstrate Qatar’s belief that a
holistic approach can positively
impact all walks of life – from work
and education through to leisure,
health and wellbeing. Qatar topped
the rankings for Arab States in ITU’s
IDI Index and ranked 30th globally.
Qatar’s first National Broadband
Plan is due to be released in 2013,
and reflects the Government’s
commitment to broadband while
providing guidance to the market
to ensure broadband opportunities
are realized and maximized.The
Plan provides policy actions to
maximize the use of broadband in
view of human, social, economic and
environmental development in Qatar.
Qatar ranks in the top ten countries
worldwide for individual Internet
user penetration in Annex 5.
Source: ICT Qatar.
44
Featured Insight 16:
Policy-driven Broadband
Innovation in Malaysia
In 2009, with total broadband
penetration at 9.4%, the Malaysian
Government announced a subsidy of
RM 2.4 billion (US$0.75 billion) for
Telekom’s High-Speed Broadband
(HSBB), aiming to transform Malaysia
into a knowledge society and a
high-income economy. Huawei is
extremely proud to have been chosen
as the broadband infrastructure
partner.The active involvement of
Government and other public policy-
makers is crucial for broadband
innovation. Governments can create
the appropriate conditions and
ensure universal service for all
citizens, including a level playing-
field for competition. Once these
conditions are ripe, the development
of innovation clusters can gather
momentum.
Malaysia’s HSBB project aims to
“expand the communications
network to ensure more equitable
access to Information and Services”,
and to “bridge the digital divide”.
HSBB service offers special packages
for low-income households in both
urban and rural areas.To ensure fair
play and competition for all operators
and providers, the Government
subsidy for Telekom Malaysia, issued
under a PPP agreement, committed
Telekom Malaysia to open its network
up to competitors.This competitive,
open market will help to create
innovation clusters over the long-term.
To improve education and ICT skills,
the Malaysian Government and
Telekom Malaysia introduced partial
waivers for the cost of broadband, as
well as tablets for first- and second-
year university students – over
100,000 students have benefited.
By February 2013, broadband
penetration in Malaysia had doubled,
and the HSBB project may also
increase national GDP by 0.6% and
create 100,000 jobs by 2018.
Source: Huawei.
Chapter4
4.2 Advocacy Target 2: Making broadband affordable –
by 2015, entry-level broadband services should be
made affordable in developing countries.
The affordability of broadband
access plays a critical role in
broadband diffusion and it can
prove a key barrier to extending
access to broadband in developing
countries. Broadband is becoming
more affordable around the world
– over the past five years, fixed-
broadband prices as a share of GNI
per capita have dropped by 82%3
.
By 2012, the majority of countries
had reached the Commission’s
target of offering basic fixed-
broadband services at <5% of
monthly GNI per capita, but
broadband remains unaffordable in
many parts of the developing world.
Huge discrepancies in affordability
persist. By 2012, fixed broadband
services remain expensive,
accounting for 30.1% of average
monthly incomes in developing
countries (compared to just 1.7%
in developed countries)4
. In 2012,
the number of developing countries
where broadband cost less that
5% of average income remained
the same as in 2011, at a total of
48 (with 22 developing countries in
0-2% and 26 in 2-5% in Figure 6).
Assuming that people can afford
broadband when it costs less than
5% of their annual income, fixed
broadband access is unaffordable
Chapter
45
Chapter4
for 3.9 billion people, and mobile
broadband unaffordable for over
2.6 billion people around the
world5
. Availability and affordability
gaps are disproportionately
impacting people in Africa, Asia-
Pacific, and Latin America.
However, more developing
countries are approaching the
target threshold – the number
of developing countries where
broadband cost between 5-10%
of average income has increased
from 15 in 2011 to 24 in 2012 (with
18 developing countries in 5-8%
and 6 in 8-10% in Figure 6). Policy-
makers can address affordability
by regular monitoring, regulation,
potential subsidies, increased
competition, and tiered services.
Many plans recognize affordability
as a key priority. Nevertheless,
effective competition is still widely
recognized as the most effective
mechanism to date to lower prices
and increase affordability for the
majority of the population. Effective
competition reduces the need for
other interventions in the long-
term and can facilitate technology
neutrality, letting markets decide
the dominant technology for the
future. Countries can develop
pro-competitive policies – for
example, through: eliminating
potential distortions in termination
rates; promoting fair and non-
discriminatory access to essential
facilities (such as the local loop or
submarine cables); and facilitating
the entry of new operators in the
market, among other options.
Source: ITU.
36
36
22
22
18
6
19
4 4 7
19
1
5-8 8-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 >502-50-2
0
Numberofcountries
Fixed-broadband sub-basket value 2012
(percentage of monthly GNI per capita)
10
20
30
40
50
60
Developed Developing
Figure 6: Fixed Broadband Sub-Basket for Developing Countries, 2012
46
4.3 Advocacy Target 3: Connecting homes to
broadband – by 2015, 40% of households in
developing countries should have Internet access.
Access to broadband or the Internet
at home is one of the most inclusive
ways of bringing people online. At
home, all household members can
have access – no matter whether
they have jobs, go to school, are
male or female, children, adults,
elderly, or have a disability. Research
has shown that children with Internet
access at home perform better in
school. Globally, 41% of all households
will be connected to the Internet by
end 2013; in the developing world,
28% of households have Internet
access (Figure 7), compared with
over three-quarters or 78% of
all households in the developed
world. Of the 1.1 billion households
still not connected to the Internet,
90% are in the developing world.
At current growth rates, the 40%
target will not be achieved by 2015,
but with the rise of the mobile
Internet, access may improve very
quickly. Annex 4 presents national
rankings. A number of NBPs
specifically include a focus on
household access as a key national
priority – for example, Singapore
revised the Code of Practice for
Info-comm Facilities in Buildings
(‘COPIF’) in May 2013, to require
new residential homes to be
pre-installed with optical fibre
(Featured Insight 17).
In terms of technologies by which
these households are connected,
a growing number of national
surveys accommodate broadband
connectivity via mobile, but a major
target for many NBPs is percentage
of households passed by fixed
broadband technology. In terms of
fixed broadband technology, Point
Topic (2013)6
suggests market
shares have remained remarkably
stable over recent quarters, with
Digital Subscriber Lines (DSL)
accounting for nearly six out of ten
fixed broadband subscriptions,
while fibre optic FTTx and FTTH
account for over 22% of the global
market for fixed broadband (Figure 8).
This implies that many countries
and operators are still continuing to
engage in upgrades to their existing
copper-based networks, to maximize
the returns on their investments.
For fixed broadband penetration,
the top ten countries are all located
in Europe, except the Republic of
Korea, which ranks fifth for fixed
broadband penetration per capita
globally. The only non-European
entrants into the top twenty rankings
are Canada (12th), Hong Kong (China)
(16th), and the United States (20th).
Mobile broadband is today
connecting many more homes. Five
countries have a mobile broadband
penetration in excess of 100
connections per capita - Singapore,
Japan, Finland, Republic of Korea
and Sweden. Thirty countries have
mobile-broadband subscriptions
in excess of a ratio one per two
inhabitants, compared to just thirteen
last year. Our mobile broadband
future discussed in Chapter 2 is being
realized more quickly than anticipated.
Chapter4
Chapter
47
Chapter4
0
7%
33%
34%
46%
61%
77%
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012* 2013*
RegionalAverages
(Percentageofhouseholdswithinternetaccess)
30
10
40
60
AfricaAsia & PacificArab States
CISThe AmericasEurope
80
90
20
50
70
Figure 7: Proportion of Households with Internet Access in Developing
Countries, 2002-2015
0
15
5
20 20.5%
28%
30
10
25
35
40
40%
45
2002
2003
2009
2004
2007
2010
2005
2006
2008
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
GlobalAverage
(PercentageofhouseholdswithInternetaccess)
By 2015, 40% of
households should
be connected to
the Internet
Target
Source: ITU.
Note: * Estimates.
Households with Internet
Access, Global Average
Households with Internet
Access, Regional Averages
48
Chapter4
19.16%
1.86%
0.32%
55.47%
1.16%
19.34%
2.69%
Cable Copper OthersFTTH SateliteFTTx Wireless
Q3 2011 Q4 2011 Q1 2012 Q2 2012 Q3 2012 Q4 2012 Q1 2013
TechnologyShare(%)
Cable Copper FTTHFTTH FTTx
Figure 8: Global Fixed Broadband Market Share by Technology, 2011-2013
Broadband Market
Share by technology,
2011-2013
Broadband Market
Share by technology,
Q1 2013
0
30
10
40
60
80
90
100
20
50
70
Source: Point Topic
(www.PointTopic.com).
Source: Point Topic
(www.PointTopic.com).
Chapter
Featured Insight 17:
New Homes in Singapore
to have in-built
FTTH broadband
The Rep. of Singapore boasts a
population of 5.3 million people7
,
and ranks among the Top 3 in
surveys of networked readiness8
and
e-government efforts9
. In 2011, 85%
of households had broadband access
and by Q1 2013, there were over
10.3m broadband subscriptions10
.
Singapore views the prevalence
and adoption of new and emerging
technologies as critical to the long-
term development of its economy.
In 2006, Singapore embarked on
its sixth masterplan, Intelligent
Nation 2015 (“iN2015”), earmarking
broadband network connectivity as
a priority area to meet Singapore’s
economic and social development
needs.This led to the development
of Singapore’s ambitious “Next-
Gen NBN”, a new, all-fibre network
delivering speeds of up to 1 Gigabit
per second (“Gbps”) to homes and
businesses.To achieve this vision,
an ultra-high speed broadband
network is needed everywhere, as
well as an enabling infrastructure for
Singapore to become a smart nation.
Robust infocomm infrastructure
could spur the development of
new knowledge-based sectors,
including R&D, business and social
analytics, and creative industries.
To enhance Singaporeans’ quality of
life, broadband-enabled innovative
services are being deployed to
homes, schools and businesses.
Today, Next-Gen NBN has achieved
over 95% coverage nationwide,
with 20 providers serving more than
330,000 fibre-optic subscribers.
Besides competitive pricing,
operators offer new ultra-high speed
services, such as interactive TV
applications, cloud services, and
learning resources.
To ensure new homes are ready for
Next-Gen NBN, IDA revised the Code
of Practice for Info-comm Facilities in
Buildings (“COPIF”)11
in May 2013, to
require new residential homes to be
pre-installed with optical fibre, and
each living room and bedroom to be
provided with Category 6 cabling
capable of carrying data speeds of
more than 1 Gbps.The revised COPIF
means that homeowners will no
longer be inconvenienced by fibre
installation after they move in, and
can now order services over fibre on
demand.The provision of Category
6 cabling in-premises also facilitates
ultra-high speed home-networking
and access to fibre services, so a
greater variety of services can be
delivered to all parts of the home.The
revised COPIF in 2013 should ensure
homes are built for infocomm needs
and benefit consumers with a richer
broadband experience.These efforts
are working - in Annex 4, Singapore
ranks third in the world for household
Internet penetration.
Mr.Leong Keng Thai,Deputy Chief
Executive/Director-General (Telecoms and
Post),IDA Singapore.
49
Chapter4
50
4.4 Advocacy Target 4: Getting people online – by
2015, Internet user penetration should reach 60%
worldwide, 50% in developing countries and 15% in LDCs.
By the end of 2013, some 2.7
billion people will be online,
equivalent to a global penetration
rate of 39% (up from 32.5% or
2.27 billion Internet users at the
end of 2011). In the developing
world, Internet penetration will
reach 31% by the end of 2013
and 10% in the LDCs (Figure 9).
At current growth rates, this target
looks unlikely to be achieved. By
2015, the Broadband Commission
predicts that despite the growth
of mobile broadband, global
Internet user penetration will
reach 45% worldwide, far short
of its target of 60%, while Internet
user penetration will reach 37% in
developing countries, far short of
its target of 50%. Based on ITU
data, Intel (2013) forecasts that at
current growth rates, Internet user
penetration in developing countries
will climb above 40% by 201412
.
Annexes 5, 6 and 7 give national
rankings. The top ten countries for
Internet usage in Annex 5 are all
located in Europe, except for New
Zealand (8th) and Qatar (10th).
Policy-makers can help stimulate
demand in many developing
countries, with a clear plan of
digitalization in public services
(education, health, city services,
etc.) that can enable citizens to
become familiar with and use new
technologies. Public consultations
and public-private cooperation
are also essential, so actors can
work towards the same priorities.
Chapter 7 provides some policy
recommendations to universalize
broadband as quickly as possible,
while Featured Insight 18 details the
efforts Government and industry
are making in the Rep. of Korea
to connect the entire population
to high-speed broadband,
including rural communities.
Chapter4
Source: ITU.
Figure 9: Internet User Penetration, 2000-2015
Per100inhabitants
2000
2001
2004
2007
2002
2005
2008
2003
2006
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
0
40
20
10
50
70
30
32.5%
24.4%
6%
15%
50%
60%
60
80
90
100
World
Developing
LDCs
60% of global
population should
be online
39%
31%
Chapter
51
Featured Insight 18:
Connecting People
in Korea
The Republic of Korea has fostered
solid infrastructure by building a
nationwide 100 Mbps broadband
convergence network from 2004
to 2010, necessary to deliver
broadcasting, telecommunications
and Internet services, to wired and
wireless subscribers.
Of 15 million high-speed Internet
subscribers, 95.9% or 14 million
subscribers have access to the ultra-
fast broadband converged network.
In contrast, only 2.2%, or 30,000
subscribers in rural areas have
access to a network at only 2 Mbps,
limiting the delivery of high-speed
services.Various telecom and
broadcasting services such as IPTV,
e-learning and e-health have become
common for those living in urban
areas, thanks to a 100 Mbps network.
So far, delivery of such services to
small rural communities has been
nearly impossible. Considering
the relatively low quality of the
educational, medical and cultural
environment in rural communities,
the need to improve the network as a
way to deliver high-quality education
and healthcare services to farmers
and fishermen is vitally important.
To bridge the digital gap between
rural/urban areas and revitalize
the rural agricultural and maritime
economy, Korean central and local
governments and a telecom provider
have invested in a matching fund
(1:1:2) in 2010 to build a 100 Mbps
broadband network in towns with
fewer than 50 households in rural
areas. By 2012, the network had been
built in 2,530 towns, and will soon be
extended to 13,200 towns, eventually
achieving nationwide coverage.
Korea works continuously to upgrade
its wired network to prepare for
the future.The Korean Government
launched the Gigabit Internet project
in 2009, providing Internet service
at speeds up to 1 Gbps, ten times
faster than the current 100 Mbps. By
2012, 8,300 households in ten cities
used Gigabit Internet service, and
the Government aims to achieve 90%
nationwide Gigabit Internet coverage
by 2017.
To ensure all people have Internet
access, the Government initiated a
public WiFi project in 2012, providing
free-of-charge WiFi service in public
places such as parks, museums
and libraries. In cooperation
with operators, the Government
is implementing WiFi networks
in public places and shares the
networks to reduce service costs, and
manage mobile data traffic. In 2012,
three mobile carriers in Korea built
2,000 public WiFi zones nationwide,
and are planning to deploy 10,000
zones in total by 2017. Korea ranks in
the top five countries for both fixed
and mobile broadband penetration in
Annexes 2 and 3, and has the highest
household penetration in the world in
Annex 4.
Source: National Information Society Agency
(NIA),Rep.of Korea.
Chapter4
52
Chapter4
Source: ITUWorld
Telecommunication/ICT
Indicators database
Note: ITU estimates.
4.5 Advocacy Target 5: Achieving gender equality in
access to broadband by 2020.
Sex-disaggregated data are
not yet available for broadband
connectivity. Based on Internet
usage data as a proxy indicator,
by the end of 2013, however, ITU
estimates that some 1.3 billion
Internet users will be women13
(37% of all women worldwide will
be using the Internet – Figure 10),
compared with 1.5 billion men
online (41% of all men), equivalent
to a global Internet gender gap of
200 million fewer women online.
The report of the Commission’s
Working Group on Broadband
and Gender, “Doubling Digital
Opportunities” (2013), examines the
different methods for estimating
Internet gender gaps14
.
This gender gap is more
pronounced in the developing
world, where 16% fewer women
than men use the Internet,
compared with only 2% fewer
women than men in the developed
world (ITU, 2013). Without further
action, Intel (2013) forecasts that
the Internet gender gap could grow
to a total gender gap of 350 million
in three years’ time. This suggests
that, in many countries, women are
coming online more slowly and later
than men, with serious implications
for the ability of women to use
the Internet to access information
and develop the vital ICT skills
needed to participate and work
in today’s digital economy.
Figure 10: The Gender Gap: men and women online, totals and
penetration rates, 2013
74%
Women Women WomenMen
Developed Developing World
Men Men
Billionsofpeople
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
80%
29%
33%
37%
41%
Female Internet users Male Internet users % of all men/women
Chapter
53
Chapter4
Endnotes
1.	 “Planning for Progress: Why National Broadband Plans Matter”,
ITU/Broadband Commission for Digital Development/Cisco, 1 July
2013 – available from www.broadbandcommission.org
2.	 “Planning for Progress: Why National Broadband Plans Matter”,
ITU/Broadband Commission for Digital Development/Cisco, 1 July
2013 – available from www.broadbandcommission.org
3.	 ICT Facts and Figures 2013, ITU, Geneva.
4.	 ICT Facts and Figures 2013, ITU, Geneva.
5.	 Thanki, Richard, “The Economic Significance of License-Exempt
Spectrum to the Future of the Internet”, June 2012.
6.	 Point Topic (www.PointTopic.com).
7.	 Department of Statistics, Singapore (June 2012).
8.	 World Economic Forum (WEF) Global Information Technology
Report (GITR) 2013. For the fourth straight year, Singapore ranked
#2 in the Network Readiness Index (NRI) which measures the
preparedness of an economy to use ICT to boost competitiveness
and well-being. In addition to being second, Singapore has been
the top-ranked Asian economy in the WEF Global IT Report for the
past four years (i.e. 2010 to 2013).
9.	 Waseda University World E-Government Ranking 2013: Singapore
topped the Waseda rankings for a fifth consecutive year.
10.	IDA Infocomm Usage, Households and Individuals: http://www.ida.
gov.sg/Infocomm-Landscape/Facts-and-Figures/Infocomm-Usage-
Households-and-Individuals
11.	IDA Singapore: The COPIF was introduced in 2000 to ensure that
developers and/or owners of buildings and developments provide
adequate space and facilities for the deployment and operation of
installation, plant and systems which are used for providing info-
communication services to the buildings. The COPIF also specifies
the duties to be observed by developers and/or owners of buildings
and developments, and telecommunication licensees in relation to
the provision, maintenance and utilization of the relevant space and
facilities provided, as required under COPIF.
12.	Page 25, “Women and the Web”, Intel, January 2013, available at
http://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/documents/
pdf/women-and-the-web.pdf.
13.	ITU ICT Facts and Figures 2013.
14.	“Doubling Digital Opportunities”, Broadband Commission Working
Group on Broadband & Gender, forthcoming, September 2013,
available from www.broadbandcommission.org
5According to ITU, Internet users
are projected to reach 2.75
billion in 2013 (Table 1), up from
2.27 billion in 2011, with around
a third of all humanity now
online1
. However, this still leaves
some two-thirds of the planet’s
population to be connected.
How can this be best achieved?
This Chapter explores some of
the means and mechanisms
by which broadband can be
universalized by government and
industry and other stakeholders
working in partnership2
.
There is a significant body of
evidence to suggest that private
and competitive markets have
successfully accelerated service
delivery to a large customer base,
boosting market growth, enhancing
innovation, increasing subscriptions
and reducing prices3
. However,
evidence is growing that private,
competitive market provision
does not always provide last-
mile access to every subscriber,
mainly due to the higher marginal
costs of providing access to
remote users. Costs increase
dramatically for connecting the
last subscribers, threatening the
commercial viability of serving
these areas (Figure 11). ITU
defines universal service as every
household or individual in a country
having the opportunity to access
telephone and/or ICT services4
.
Although satellite may have higher
overall costs per subscriber for
connecting subscribers initially,
the marginal costs of connecting
additional subscribers are
relatively low, and increase in a
‘bit-step function’ (although there
are obviously still capital costs
associated with all technologies).
Conversely, fibre and wireless may
have lower costs for the bulk of
first subscribers to be connected,
but for the last subscribers to
be connected, marginal costs
escalate quickly. Figure 11
demonstrates the step changes
in incremental roll-out costs once
fibre-to-the-curb/cabinet (FTTC)
and fibre-to-the-home (FTTH),
wireless and satellite reaches
60-70% population coverage.
The key to unlocking universal
service is solid consideration of
how to fund the last 5-10% of
subscribers, and who should
bear these additional costs.
Boosting deployment of broadband
networks and increasing
penetration of telecommunication
services in rural and isolated
areas require huge investments.
Governments have an important
role, but should avoid inappropriate
interventions and distorting
or setting negative incentives
for commercial players. More
investments are needed to
service remote areas, relative
5454
Universalizing
Broadband
to large and highly populated
cities. It is important not to punish
operators for having “market
power” in towns and small villages,
where other operators may not
invest sufficiently. Competition
regulation should take into
account the special features and
characteristics of different markets.
Countries vary in the boldness
of their targets: in fact, not all
countries currently envisage
connecting the last 5-10% of their
population or households.
To date, NBPs have often
contained benchmarking or
global targets for rolling out
broadband to populations or
priority groups and communities
– often in phases with rolling
targets for specified years; often
with specified speeds; sometimes
with specified technologies. A
number of countries have specified
universal access service (UAS)
as a national policy priority – e.g.,
Denmark and Finland (Figure 12).
One advantage of setting
national targets for coverage
and broadband speed is that
5555
Chapter5
Figure 11: The Costs of Connecting the Last Subscribers
Source:Australia,National
Broadband Network
Implementation Study,6 May 2010,
Library of Parliament,at:
http://data.dbcde.gov.au/nbn/
NBN-Implementation-Study-
complete-report.pdf.
Note:Amounts quoted in
Australian dollars.
90
90
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
30,000
35,000
91 92 93 94
Premises covered (%)
Capitalcostperpremisesactivated
(AUS$perpremises)
95 96 97 98 99 100
Satellite
Wireless
Fibre
targets can provide clear
signals by Governments (and
regulators) of their commitment
to establishing advanced and
modern infrastructure. National
targets may also include a type of
universal service obligation (USO),
embodying social and public policy
objectives within commercial
and competitive markets. In this
regard, countries should take care
to ensure that national targets do
not become a blunt tool that fails
to take into account the needs and
geography of certain areas
(e.g. for remote or rural areas, or
other marginalized populations).
Global targets may fail to take
into account the on-the-ground
needs of specific areas, local
geography or the needs of local
population. Targets need to remain
relevant and realistic, rather than
abstract or overly ambitious.
NBPs are sometimes formulated
in addition to existing Universal
Service and Access (UAS)
definitions, although not all
countries actually have USOs in
force (e.g., Afghanistan, Lebanon,
Libya, and South Africa do not
impose USOs on incumbent
carriers). In Mexico, specific
obligations have been imposed
on the incumbent, Telmex, for
the deployment and operation
of “public telephone booths” in
some rural villages, as well as
telephone lines in villages with
few inhabitants, to be funded by
the incumbent. In Switzerland,
broadband has been included
in the scope of the country’s
USOs since 2008 – the operator
charged with USO must provide a
broadband connection to the whole
population, via DSL or satellite or
other technologies (at least 600
Kbps downloads and 100 Kbps
uploads, and monthly subscription
< CHF 69). Finland recognized
every citizen’s right to access a 1
Mbps broadband connection in July
56
Chapter5
Figure 12: Targets set by National Broadband Plans
Source: ITU.
Note:Australia’s targets specify
100% geographic coverage,
with 93% at 100 Mbps and 7%
at 12 Mbps.
EU objectives are 30 Mbps for
all EU households and 100 Mbps
for 50% of EU households,by
2020,shown as [HH].
Finland 2016
Denmark 2020
Australia, US
Sweden 2020
Sweden 2015
New Zealand
2019
Germany 2014
[HH]
Spain 2015
Europe 2020
[HH]
Paraguay 2014
Colombia 2014
Brazil 2014 [HH]
Spain 2011 Slovak Republic 2020
Austria 2013
United Kingdom,
France,
Europe 2012
Europe 2020
0
0
10
40
80
20
50
90
30
70
60
100
20 40 8060
Broadband Speed (Mbps)
Coverage(%populationorhouseholds)
100
Chapter
2010 as a legal right, while recent
national legislation extended USO
to broadband, with the objective
of a basic 1 Mbps broadband
connection available to all by 2011.
Different regions have adopted
different approaches to extending
universal access. Europe has a
marked preference for Plans, with
a total of 38 countries or 88%
of European countries having a
Plan and/or UAS definition (Figure
13). Africa was well-endowed
with NBPs from early in the first
decade of the new millennium,
partly because ICTs have been
included in IMF/World Bank
Poverty Reduction Strategy
Papers (PRSPs). The region with
the fewest National Broadband
Plans is the Arab States, which
have generally revised their
USOs to include broadband. The
Americas and Asia-Pacific are
the regions most likely to make
use of a Plan, in combination with
a UAS definition (Figure 13).
More developing countries are
including broadband in their
definitions of universal service.
In 2010, two-thirds of the 144
developing countries had a UAS
definition. Of those, 49 had
included Internet dial-up within
their definition, and 36 out of the
99 countries included broadband
in their definition of UAS. This is
a large increase on the situation
five years earlier, in 2005, when
just 21 developing countries
included Internet dial-up in their
UAS definitions and only one
included broadband. Including
broadband in UAS definitions is one
key policy commitment to digital
inclusion for all; the choice of policy
instrument is also important.
Whether via a national plan, USD
or as part of the operations of
the USF, various strategies are
available to overcome different
barriers to access (Table 3).
57
Chapter5
Figure 13: Choosing a Policy Instrument
Source: ITUWorld
Telecommunication/ICT
Regulatory Database.
UAS definition includes broadband Both a plan and UAS definition
National Broadband Plan only
Africa Americas EuropeArab
States
Asia-Pacific CIS
0%
10%
30%
20%
40%
50%
60% 59%
69%
52%
66%
33%
88%
70%
80%
90%
100%
Table 3: Barriers to Access and Strategies to Overcome Barriers
Barrier/obstacle
Examples of strategies to overcome the
barriers
1.	 Low levels of
purchasing power
in certain rural and
sub-urban areas
•	Subsidies to the benefit of end-
users, to ensure broadband adoption,
once access is secured
•	Discounted offers from
operators to end-users
•	Telecentres for shared use to kick-
start broadband markets
•	Public-private partnerships (PPPs)
2.	 Limited financial
resources available
via some USFs
•	Policy-makers should work with
operators, depending on local needs
and government funding, to ensure USF
is properly sourced and effective.
•	Support (e.g. from international
agencies) for ad-hoc projects.
•	Priority given to UAS projects based
on strict and clear criteria
3.	 The low levels of
ICT skills of some
of the population
•	ICT training
•	Connecting up educational establishments
•	ICT lessons in schools and universities, and
ICT equipment furnished at low or no cost
4.	 The lack of basic
commodities
(water, electricity,
etc.)
•	Telecentres open to the public where
access to commodities is guaranteed
•	Wi-Fi access in public spaces where
access to commodities is guaranteed
5.	 The limited
availability
of consumer
electronic
equipment
•	Distribution of equipment directly, or
subsidies for consumer electronic
equipment by poor households
•	Review import duty regimes to
ensure they are effective.
•	Equipment approval (supply) policies
should not be too onerous or restrictive.
6.	 High tax rates on
telecom services
or equipment
•	Targeted tax and import duty reductions
on broadband services and devices,
including removal of luxury taxes.
7.	 Lack of
infrastructure/
high costs of
deployment
•	National broadband plan, including roll-
out of a mutualized national backbone,
as well as in-building infrastructure
•	Grants to operators to build out infrastructure
•	Sharing of infrastructure and works
58
Chapter5
Chapter
8.	 Administrative
delays in
authorizations
to deploy new
infrastructure
•	Involve relevant agencies and Ministries early
•	Streamline licensing procedures
•	Eliminate red-tape and delays
•	Remove barriers and obstacles
to owning land
9.	 Limited economic
growth in
certain areas
•	Ongoing subsidy programmes
on the demand side, following
investment on the supply side
10.	Limitations
in amount of
spectrum available
•	Streamline spectrum licensing
and re-farming practices
•	Implementation of the digital switch-over
•	More effective policies for spectrum
allocation/assignment
11.	Limited availability
of relevant
local content
•	Subsidies and awards for the
development of local content
•	Development of e-government services, open
government / freedom of information policies.
As established, broadband
deployment is a very important
element for telecommunications
development and private operators
have a key role to play in this
regard. However, some operators
today face legal and regulatory
barriers hindering investments that
could help to develop the networks,
such as over-regulation and lack
of legal certainty. Governments
should encourage investments
in broadband networks including
rural and isolated areas through
appropriate incentives, with
the main purpose of improving
penetration and digital inclusion.
Various firms now run connectivity
programmes under their corporate
social responsibility (CSR)
initiatives. For example, Intel’s
Reaching the Third Billion (R3B)
programme is designed to increase
access to technology for all
citizens, help improve education
quality, increase access to online
services, and spur economic
growth by applying the pre-paid
miracle to broadband access.
In two years, R3B has reached
over 50 countries. Over 20 million
more people have now joined
the digital era due to the R3B
programme. Ericsson has been
working with Communication
for All and Technology for Good
since 2007, and participates
in numerous initiatives in
many countries, including the
Millennium Villages Project.
Many operators are also developing
initiatives to broaden access to
broadband in developing countries.
For example, Telefónica launched
its competition, ‘ConectaRSE
para crecer’ (‘Be connected
to growth’), in 2012 to identify
the best ICT initiatives in rural
59
Chapter5
Source: Inter-American
Development Bank (IDB).
areas with social and economic
impact on their communities.
The ‘Intégrame de Telefónica
Perú programme’ (Make Me
Part of Telefónica Peru) provides
telephone, Internet and satellite
digital TV in poor rural areas in 11
regions and 19 provinces in Peru,
to 103,617 people benefiting from
new ICTs. Telefonica also runs an
incubation programme, Wayra, to
fund promising entrepreneurs and
provide them with communication
facilities throughout Latin
America and Europe (Featured
Insight 19). The challenge now
with many corporate initiatives
is to achieve greater scale.
Featured Insight 19:
Wayra – supporting
entrepreneurship
Wayra (meaning ‘wind’ in Quechua)
aims to act as an accelerator for the
development of future Silicon Valleys
in countries where Telefónica is
present. Growth opportunities come
from ideas, but talent does not always
find the right channel, financing
and support and may sometimes
emigrate, as the only way forward.
Wayra was created in Latin America
in April 2011 to identify ideas with
strong potential in ICT and to boost
their development, providing them
with the technology, mentoring and
financing they need. Entrepreneurs
are invited to submit their projects to
Wayra, which then selects a number
to take forward. Successful projects
gain financing (in exchange for a
10% share), access to Telefónica
resources (including management
and technical expertise) and a place
to work.
Wayra is present in countries
throughout Latin and Central
America, including Argentina, Brazil,
Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru and
Venezuela, as well as Spain, and
has recently also been launched
in Europe in the UK, Ireland and
Germany and the Czech Republic.
Wayra aims to achieve a significant
impact on the economy of those
countries where it operates:
•	 A total of 13,748 projects were
submitted in 2012, of which some
180 start-ups have been selected.
•	 Wayra hosts 12 academies in 7
Latin American countries (Brazil,
Argentina, Colombia, Mexico, Peru,
Chile & Venezuela) and 5 European
countries (Spain, United Kingdom,
Germany, Ireland and Czech Rep).
•	 More than 17,000 ideas and
projects have been received.
•	 Over 230 new companies have
been selected for acceleration
with investment of €7.5 million by
Telefónica.
Source:Telefonica.
60
Chapter5
Chapter
USFs can also play a role in
extending access, usually overseen
by Ministries or regulators. Typically
funded through a levy on operator
revenues, Funds finance projects in
certain areas and/or technologies.
A GSR 2011 Discussion Paper
notes that first-generation USFs
often funded universal service
through cross-subsidization from
monopoly revenues derived from
higher margin international and
long-distance calls before rate
rebalancing, mainly for basic
voice and public telephony in
developing countries (e.g., Peru
and Chile)5
. Often, as competition
has increased, access deficit
charges and interconnection
charges have not proved
sustainable for rural operators.
Many modern USFs recognize the
important role of competition, and
no longer assume that the fixed
line incumbent is the sole (or even
necessarily a) universal service
provider (USP), and have typically
broadened their scope to enable
the Fund to take a converged
approach (e.g. India, Chile, Brazil,
and the U.S.). These ‘second-
generation funds’ rely increasingly
on an output-based approach to
funding to ensure transparency,
fairness and the efficient and
effective delivery of services.
However, there is evidence to
suggest that, in many countries,
USFs have made only limited
disbursements6
, while the World
Bank has noted that well-resourced
USFs have become a target
for meddling, obstruction and
bureaucracy in some countries7
.
UAS programmes may also include
demand-side initiatives. Thorough
gap analysis is required to
understand what UAS programmes
should focus on – some countries
are considering shifting their ICT
development focus from voice
to broadband. India was one of
the first countries to extend the
mandate of its USF to include
broadband in 2008. The downside
is funding broadband from operator
levies may mean that these
levies need to be raised, thereby
increasing the cost of services, and
potentially pricing the programme
out of the market. An effective
balance has to be achieved.
The governance structure of
USFs should be adapted to
the local context and ensure
coordination and viability checks.
UAS programmes funded by USFs
should be based on clear criteria
(Featured Insight 20). Featured
Insight 21 details how USFs can
be used to promote broadband
adoption. Featured Insight 22
describes the experience of the
U.S. with universal service reform.
Featured Insight 20:
Universal Access & Service
(UAS) Programmes
UAS programmes must address
both the supply and demand sides
with some degree of flexibility
(e.g. technology choice).The
implementation of UAS programmes
requires centralized control and close
monitoring of progress. Given the
broad scope of areas to be covered
by universal access programmes
and the typically limited amount
of resources available to fund
these programmes, prioritization
of programmes is difficult but, at
the same time, necessary. Attention
must be given to the impact of a
programme, the time needed to
achieve a return on investment, and
61
Chapter5
62
a sound cost-benefit analysis.There
is no single way to identify the most
suitable projects, as this depends
directly on market specificities, on
the one hand, and on universal access
policy objectives, on the other hand.
UAS programmes need to be resilient
to changes in technology, to ensure
broadband is provided in the most
efficient and cost-effective way
during implementation.This is vital in
the case of implementations lasting
3-5 years, a significant timeframe in
the continuously changing ICT sector.
The most suitable technology for
providing broadband is relatively
country- and locally-specific.The
choice must be made based on
criteria including affordability, QoS,
geographic conditions, compatibility
with end-user devices and estimated
traffic. Selection of projects can be
based on the following:
•	 Compliance with overall UAS
policy objectives.
•	 Economic impact: economic growth
through direct and indirect effects,
and poverty reduction.
•	 Economic sustainability in the long-
term: the total costs, potentially
quantified in terms of costs per
capita and when needed, the nature
and level of subsidies required.
•	 The overall economic benefits
versus the costs of the projects.
Two useful financial indicators
are the net present value (NPV) of
the project and its internal rate of
return (IRR) based on expected
revenues and costs.
•	 Social impact: the extent of the
needs of the population that is
affected by the project, the total
size of the population affected,
a reduction in the digital divide
in societal terms (e.g. access to
health and education services in
remote areas) are a few examples.
Quantitative impacts can be
coupled with cost-benefit analysis.
Source:The Inter-American Development
Bank (IDB).
Featured Insight 21:
Universal Service
Funds (USFs) & Other
Subsidies to Promote
Broadband Adoption
USFs and similar subsidy
programmes can help improve
the availability and affordability
of broadband for unserved or
underserved citizens, so people
everywhere can enjoy the benefits
that broadband can bring.
Historically focused on basic
telephony services in remote areas,
USFs are today being adapted to
promote the adoption of broadband,
by subsidizing content, devices,
services, and digital training, as
well as infrastructure. In many cases,
USFs can kick-start the market and
encourage operators to expand their
reach, and provide connectivity to
underserved citizens around the
world.
Despite these benefits, many USFs
remain underutilized or are diverted
for other uses.To achieve their
aims, USFs should be distributed
in a competitive and technology-
neutral way. 21st century education
is a new goal – for example,
Turkey is equipping all schools
with broadband, and students and
teachers with computers, electronic
whiteboards, and educational
content, transforming education
delivery and providing vital digital
skills for the young emerging
workforce. In Portugal, 3G auction
proceeds were used to provide
high-speed connectivity, notebooks,
curricula and teacher training.
Broadband penetration has risen
from 13% to 50%, household PC
penetration to 70%, and teacher
ICT certification to 90% over two
years8
. Malaysia’s USF has provided
over a million netbooks to students
from low-income families and
driven broadband deployment to
underserved areas, helping meet the
goal of 50% household broadband
penetration in 20109
. Colombia
has used millions of dollars of USF
Chapter5
Chapter
63
funding to provide broadband
connectivity to schools, hospitals and
telecenters. India has developed a
national ICT policy aiming to have at
least one member of each household
become digitally literate10
.
To help more countries take
advantage of broadband and
optimize the use of USFs, Intel has
launched a series of USF workshops,
bringing together government
leaders, NGOs and strategic
partners to share best practices
and help unlock the benefits of
broadband and ICTs to all global
citizens.With participants from
ITU, USAID,World Bank, AHCIET,
Regulatel, telecentres.org and
delegates from Africa, Eastern
Europe, Middle East, Asia, and
Latin America, these workshops
have maximized discussion and
interaction among leaders to close
the digital divide. This dialogue
shows how the public and private
sector can come together to unlock
the benefits of broadband and ICT
through effective use of USFs.
Source: Intel.
Featured Insight 22:
Universal Service Reform
in the United States
In 2011, the U.S. regulator, the
FCC, initiated an overhaul of its
first-generation universal service
programmes in order to promote
broadband deployment and
adoption. Specifically, the FCC
replaced its ‘High Cost Fund’ with
the Connect America Fund, which
will make up to US$4.5 billion a
year available for unserved areas,
with two sub-funds: a Mobility Fund
which supports mobile voice and
broadband services; and a Remote
Areas Fund to support alternative
platforms (e.g., satellite, unlicensed
wireless services) in areas where
terrestrial broadband network
deployment is expensive.
Initial mobility funds were awarded
through a nationwide reverse auction
held in September 2012. Carriers
specified the amount of support they
would need to provide 3G or better
voice and broadband mobile service
to a previously un-served area, and
support was awarded to the lowest
bidder, with winners announced in
October 2012. Carriers choosing
to deploy 3G-based services must
complete their project within two
years of receiving funding; those
providing 4G services must do so
within three years. A second phase
of the Mobility Fund will provide
US$500 million annually for mobile
services.
The FCC is modernizing programmes
to extend broadband to the un-
served and underserved. In
January 2012, the FCC adopted
comprehensive reforms to its Lifeline
universal service programme, to
ensure that broadband and voice
services are available to all low-
income Americans. The FCC also
announced a Broadband Adoption
Pilot Program to test how Lifeline
can be used to increase broadband
adoption among low-income
consumers, and sought comment
on using universal service funds for
expanding digital literacy training. In
December 2012, the FCC announced
14 pilot projects to field test various
approaches to using Lifeline to
increase broadband adoption
and retention among low-income
Americans, which will provide
broadband to 75,000 low-income
consumers in 21 States and Puerto
Rico.
The FCC has also challenged
industry to help close the broadband
gap. Industry has responded by
sponsoring the Connect to Compete
programme, dedicated to providing
low-cost broadband, computer
equipment, and digital literacy
training to low-income families. In
2012, leading ISPs, tech companies
and non-profits committed US$6.5
million and thousands of dollars
Chapter5
64
through in-kind support (e.g.,
training, computers, discounts in
broadband connectivity) to empower
millions of families; all at zero cost
to taxpayers. Qualifying families are
eligible for broadband service for
US$9.95/month and a computer for
US$150.
Other recent FCC programmes
include the launch of a Healthcare
Connect Fund to encourage the
construction of broadband networks
dedicated to healthcare providers.
Under this programme, the FCC
is offering significant discounts to
healthcare providers (up to 65%)
for broadband services, equipment
and connections to research and
education platforms to improve
access to healthcare services,
particularly in rural areas. Healthcare
providers are urged to form regional
and State-level consortia to save costs
on dedicated services to enhance the
delivery of e-health solutions.
Source: FCC.
Universal access and service is
not just about access networks,
but also about backhaul networks.
Backhaul networks have a unique
role to play in connecting more
end-users, as they practically
connect thousands of access
network elements, as well as
aggregating the traffic across
the mass market, enterprise and
government usage. Featured
Insight 23 shows how service
providers are creating their own
converged backhaul networks,
and realizing economies of scale
by integrating mass-market fixed
and mobile, and enterprise traffic
over a single backhaul transport.
Featured Insight 23:
The Backhaul Gap to
Reach the Next Billion
Broadband users
Significant attention has been
devoted to national backbone and
LTE spectrum, while backhaul is
often taken for granted. Alcatel
Lucent believes backhaul deserves
more attention, when considering
the challenge of the next billion
broadband users.The backhaul
network is the part of the network
that connects the termination points
of the optical fiber backbone or
Points of Interconnection (POI) to
the elements of the access network,
which could be either wireless
(such as LTE’s eNodeBs) or wireline
(broadband access nodes for coaxial,
copper or fiber access). Backhaul
connects thousands of access
network elements to hundreds of
POIs.The backhaul network grooms
and aggregates traffic and should be
flexible, scalable, simple and reliable
to accommodate the different service
requirements coming from mass-
market, enterprise and governmental
services running through wireless
and wireline networks.
Backhaul networks include a wide
variety of equipments and solutions:
from wired access technologies
based on copper (e.g.VDSL) or Fiber
(e.g. GPON) to point-to-point links
(such as 6 to 52 GHz microwave links,
60 and 80 GHz millimeter waves),
non-line-of-sight links, and point-
to-multi-point (operating below the
6GHz frequency range). By the end
of 2013, it is expected that 80% of
all this equipment will be Ethernet-
compatible11
. All-IP backhaul is now
a reality, effectively creating a single
backhaul network, coping with all
transport and service requirements.
The market for IP backhaul is difficult
to evaluate, given its spread, but
the market for enterprise Ethernet
services alone is expected to reach
US$47 bn by 2016, growing at 13%
annually from 201012
.
The data explosion13
is driving the
single IP backhaul transformation.
Alcatel-Lucent’s primary research
on the demand for 4G services
Chapter5
Chapter
65
suggests that there is strong interest
in entertainment services among
consumers and in new services
among business customers.
Consequently, greater capacity
mobile transport networks and cost-
effective delivery infrastructure will
be needed.
Some service providers are creating
their own converged backhaul
networks, to realize economies of
scale by integrating growing fixed
and mobile, and enterprise traffic
under a single backhaul transport.
Legacy transport services (such
as Time Division Multiplex (TDM)
and Asynchronous Transport Mode
(ATM)) and new transport services
(such as Ethernet/IP traffic) can be
combined into a single backhaul
network by monitoring QoS-related
parameters (such as jitter and delay)
to meet the ‘deterministic behavior’
of TDM circuits when transported
over fully-loaded packet links.
New Ethernet backhaul transport
providers are also emerging,
offering Ethernet backhaul services
across regions or countries14
.
They offer flexible and Ethernet-
friendly schemes based on peak/
committed flexible price schemes
linked to service level agreements,
independent of access media and
distance.
Legacy service migration is costly
and complex. However, the scale of
growth in broadband access nodes
– particularly in small cells paired
with value propositions from the new
backhaul equipment and backhaul
transport service providers – is
driving legacy service migration.
It took the telecom industry fifteen
years to broadly agree on a single IP
network. Now, backhaul is flourishing
and needs to be nurtured with the
help of policies and regulation
that incentivize backhaul traffic
consolidation.
Service migration implies that not
all legacy transport services will
be sustained forever. Policy and
regulation can help drive tough
decisions (such as definitively leaving
the long-lasting E1 transport service)
and can provide incentives and
benefits to move to Ethernet-based
connectivity. Policy and regulation
can also incentivize more backhaul
transport wholesale offers competing
in service value and innovation, and
help accelerate backhaul transport
network deployments and enable
their profitability by easing rights
of way, simplifying and providing
transparency in site rentals and
collocation requirements. Deploying
backhaul transport networks is vital
for obtaining better broadband
services, as well as for unleashing
economic growth.
Source:Alcatel Lucent.
Satellite technology is also playing
a very important role in overcoming
isolation and the lack of terrestrial
infrastructures and in providing
broadband services around the
world for different applications
and services. Today, nearly one-
half of the world’s population lives
in rural, hard-to-reach areas and
satellite technology can play an
important role for the delivery of
broadband services in those areas.
Both developed and developing
countries rely on satellite
technology for the delivery of
broadband (there are still several
countries which rely exclusively on
satellite communication services
to deploy broadband connectivity,
such as Chad, Eritrea, Guinea,
Liberia, and Sierra Leone15
).
Satellite broadband can prove
crucial in coordinating crisis
management and relief work during
natural disasters or humanitarian
crises, when terrestrial
infrastructure may be unavailable.
Satellite technology plays a key
role universalizing broadband
coverage, either on its own or
as a complementary technology.
Featured Insight 24 explores
the impact of next-generation
satellite on both developed and
developing countries alike.
Chapter5
66
Chapter5
Featured Insight 24:
Next-Generation
Satellite Networks
Eutelsat Broadband (ex Skylogic)
operates High Throughput Satellite
(HTS) in Europe which can provide
high-speed Internet to 2 million
households in 55 nations within
continental Europe, as well as cities
in Maghreb, Libya, Egypt,Turkey,
UAE, Ukraine and Russia.The Eutelsat
Ka Sat satellite delivers 20 Mbps in
the downlink [reception] and 6 Mbps
in the uplink [emission], with antenna
which can be adapted for triple-play
Internet,TV channels and IP phone
for users.
Ka Sat is the first HTS of its generation
with its steerable beams - it has
been in service since 2011 and has
already proved a significant advance.
Ka Sat has demonstrated its value
in managing emergency situations:
medical teams serving hundreds of
refugees in Syria are connected via
medical units and mobile hospitals to
services provided by Ka Sat through
the work of the NGO,Telecom without
Borders.
Education also benefits from Ka Sat in
remote areas. In Turkey, 4800 schools
are already connected and the
Ministry of Education is extending
coverage to build a nationwide
network. Projects to provide Internet
services using satellites similar to
Ka Sat are now being developed
in Africa – for example, a Libyan
operator is leasing a full-beam
capacity of Ka Sat to strengthen its
infrastructure.
Inmarsat Ltd provides mobile satellite
FleetBroadband services which
include satellite Internet, telephony,
SMS Texting and ISDN Network
for all modes of transport using
portable domed terminal antennas
capable of 500 kbit/s broadband
speeds. Fleet Broadband is not only
fundamental for shipping, aviation
communications and other public or
governmental communications, but
also for emergency and humanitarian
communications.Through Telecom
Without Borders, Inmarsat facilitates
emergency and humanitarian
communications around the world.
From 2014, new satellites of the
Inmarsat fifth-generation will provide
broadband downlink at speeds of up
to 50 Mbps in Ka-band through its
new Global Xpress network satellite.
Iridium has announced a programme
to operate a new generation of
satellites from 2015 to respond to
the demand of customers across
an increasing range of industries
including enhanced data services
through satellite broadband.
José Toscano,Director-General of ITSO;
Esteban Pacha,Director-General of IMSO;
Christian Roisse,Executive Secretary of
EUTELSAT IGO.
This Chapter has reviewed
issues concerning the supply of
broadband and infrastructure
provision. However, it is essential
to pay attention also to the demand
side. An examination of end-user
strategies to promote universal
access is critical if objectives are
to be achieved. Such strategies
include subsidies for user
equipment or ongoing usage fees,
including models of sponsored
connectivity that support
government e-services. Creation
of appropriate content is also a key
enabler.
The following Chapter examines
some of the new and emerging
issues concerning content in an
increasingly broadband-connected
world. There is no single recipe that
is likely to work for all countries,
but countries should instead relate
their choices for universalizing
broadband to their market needs
and circumstances.
Chapter
67
Chapter5
ENDNOTES
1.	 http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/statistics/2013/
ITU_Key_2005-2013_ICT_data.xls
2.	 Traditional universal service laws have tended to define a set of
minimum telecom services to be made available to all end-users in
a country (e.g., the EU’s Universal Service Directive). This Chapter
examines the broader concept of “universalizing broadband” on the
basis that expanding access to broadband services is beneficial,
regardless of whether 100% population or geographical coverage is
achieved.
3.	 ITU “World Telecommunication Development Report 2002:
Reinventing Telecoms”, at: http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/
wtdr_02/.
4.	 ICT Regulation handbook, Chapter 5 dealing with Universal Access
and Service www.ictregulationtoolkit.org/en/Section.3116.html
5.	 “Strategies for Financing Universal Broadband Access”, Global
Symposium for Regulators (GSR) 2011, available from: http://www.
itu.int/ITU-D/treg/Events/Seminars/GSR/GSR11/documents/06-
Universal-broabdand-access-E.pdf
6.	 Sultana, Rasheda, Universal Service Fund Utilization: Lesson from
Pakistan (December 23, 2011). Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/
abstract=1976117 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.1976117
7.	 World Bank studies of Telecommunication Services in Ghana and
Senegal, 2003.
8.	 http://download.intel.com/newsroom/kits/research/2011/pdfs/
Intel_World_Ahead_and_Education.pdf
9.	 http://www.skmm.gov.my/Sectors/Broadband/National-Broadband-
Initiative.aspx
10.	http://defindia.net/national-digital-literacy-mission/
11.	Worldwide Macrocell Mobile Backhaul Equipment Revenues,
Infonetics, September 2012.
12.	Differentiating Wholesale Ethernet Access Services (TE012000443)
OVUM Mar 2013
13.	Alcatel Lucent expects a x25 growth of mobile broadband traffic by
2016, with reference to 2012 Alcatel Lucent data.
14.	Telia Sonera, Colt and GTS offer regional wholesale Ethernet
backhaul services while ATT, BT wholesale and Telstra are
examples of national Ethernet backhaul services.
15.	“Another Kind of Poverty – www.africa.slow – The last continent
without fast, easy and cheap Internet access”, The Economist,
August 27 2011.
6
6868
6.1Freedom of Expression
on the Internet
Greater access to the Internet has
major societal implications, as
the use of the Internet reshapes
global access to information,
communication, services, markets
and technologies (Dutton 1999,
2004). The global availability of the
Internet, along with new innovations
(such as the ease with which users
can create, as well as consume,
text, sound and images) are making
the Internet increasingly pivotal
to the communicative power of
individuals, groups and institutions
with access to networks, as well
as the skills to use them effectively
(Dutton 2005; Castells 2009).
Issues ranging from freedom of
the press to the balance of world
information flows in all sectors, from
across the media to the sciences,
will be tied to the Internet as the
‘network of networks’ – an interface
between individuals and news,
information, stories, research,
cultures and entertainment flowing
worldwide (Baer et al 2009).
However, freedom is not
the inevitable by-product of
technological innovation and
change. In parallel to the growth
of the Internet, more controls and
regulations have been applied in
many countries. In many cases,
these controls do not conform
to international standards for
justifiable limits on freedom of
expression. Too often, they are
not transparent, not intended
for legitimate purposes, and
not proportional to the types
of speech they seek to limit.
For example, filtering methods can
be applied at points throughout
the network1
(Box 1). Considerable
attention has been devoted to
State- or Government-sponsored
or enforced filtering, but even
State filtering can be implemented
at different levels and by various
parties acting on behalf of the
State: individuals, institutions,
service providers, or directly by
government. Generally, those
concerned about the civil liberties
of Internet users would like filtering
decisions to be made at the lowest
possible level – as close as possible
to the individual user. In all cases,
decisions should be informed by
international standards which view
limitations as exceptions, rather
than the norm, and where definite
parameters are respected.
Trends in
Expression
via content1
This Chapter has been
authored by UNESCO.
6969
Chapter6
Box 1: The Locus of Filtering
Technologies
The most common points at which various approaches to filtering
can be applied include:
•	Internet Service Providers: ISPs may be mandated, encouraged, or
incentivized to filter content deemed by certain stakeholders as illegal
or immoral, or prevent search results from specified websites. This
filtering may be the result of individual actor or industry decisions, and/
or as a result of the wishes of a regulator or other government actor,
or the public. ISPs also routinely filter spam and attempt to prevent
infection by malware for reasons of stability and user protection.
•	Gateways to the Internet Backbone: State-directed implementation
of national content filtering schemes and blocking technologies may
be carried out at the backbone level, often with filtering systems set
up at links to the Internet backbone (such as international gateways)
in order to eliminate access to content throughout an entire country.
•	Institutions: Companies, schools, libraries and households may filter
on the basis of their own criteria or on behalf of State authorities.
•	Individual Computers: Filtering software can be installed on
individual computers, such as a personal computer, that restricts
the ability to access certain sites or use certain applications.
•	Users: comprising actions taken to exclude users deemed
to engage in activities characterized as unlawful (e.g. file
sharing of music, malicious hacking, fraud, etc.).
Source: Zittrain (2006) and Callanan et al (2009).
70
Content control legislation
authorizing filtering has become
more prevalent around the world.
In democratic societies, issues
of copyright infringement, hate
speech, defamation, privacy
protection, and child protection
are at times a basis for Internet
filtering or other content control.
In a number of jurisdictions (but
by no means all), ISPs need a
legitimate basis prior to monitoring
or filtering any kind of content,
as they may otherwise be in
breach of national protections or
international conventions to which
their country is party. For example,
EurolSPA claims that any restriction
of an individual’s fundamental
rights should only be taken
following a prior judicial ruling2
.
Internet freedom is complex: a
balance must be found between
sometimes conflicting imperatives
– including freedom of expression,
rights to dignity and reputation,
rights to safety, intellectual
property rights, respect for privacy,
freedom of association and belief,
among others. Significantly,
today is a time when fundamental
freedoms are increasingly
being tied to the Internet3
.
Internet stakeholders (ranging
from government and regulatory
bodies to ISPs and civil society
advocates) are increasingly
addressing the issues tied to
freedom of expression online
in their work. This reflects the
prominent function of the Internet in
human communications, and also
the way that the state of freedom
of expression can be seen as both
a barometer of, and a contributor
to, other rights and freedoms.
Online freedom of expression
around the world is shaped by a
multiplicity of policy issues, and not
only those which directly address
its concerns. For example, the
control of spam and viruses is one
well-accepted rationale for ISPs to
justify monitoring of online traffic
to protect users. However, other
areas such as libel, defamation and
intellectual property protection,
are providing reasons for greater
control of online content in ways
that can fundamentally affect
freedom of expression for multiple
actors, ranging from users,
webmasters and bloggers to ISPs.
The disproportionate application
of such controls can have more
general repercussions and further
constrain freedom of expression.
Figure 14 introduces a broad
conceptual framework for
assessing the legal and regulatory
trends that are shaping online
freedom of expression around
the world. This conceptual
framework focuses attention on:
1.	 identifying and clarifying the
diversity of associated actors,
goals and strategies that
affect freedom of expression
and connection; and
2.	 facilitating more comprehensive
and coherent discussion and
debate on the ecology of
legal and regulatory choices
affecting freedom of expression
on the Internet; and
3.	 establishing areas in which
empirical research can inform
debates over policy and practice.
Figure 14 indicates the different
considerations which impact
upon each other, and upon the
actual situation of freedom of
expression at the centre:
•	Technical Innovations: refers
to a host of measures, both
hardware and software, that
can bear on ‘digital footprints’
and anonymity, for example.
Chapter6
Chapter
71
•	Digital Rights: means the
application of all human
rights (including freedom of
expression, children’s rights,
etc.) on digital platforms. Such
platforms encompass, but may
also go beyond, the Internet
into cellular communications
and offline devices.
•	Security considerations: relate
to integrity of the network.
•	Internet Policy: designates
government and
intergovernmental interests
(including national security).
•	User-Centric Policy:
points towards usage
and literacy online.
•	Industry Regulation and
Policy: refers to practices and
protocols within the many
institutions which provide the
infrastructure and services which
enable Internet operations.
To understand the state of freedom
of expression on the Internet at any
given time, it is necessary to factor
in the interactive effects of these
six surrounding considerations.
Censorship of the Internet, as
evidenced by national filtering
of online content, appears to be
becoming more widely practiced,
even within States with liberal
democratic traditions. Thus,
concerns over issues such as
Chapter6
Figure 14: The Ecology of Freedom of Expression on the Internet
Technical
Innovations
Digital
Rights
Industry
Regulation
& Policy
User-
Centric
Policy
Internet
Policy
Security
Status of
freedom of
expression in
connection
Source: UNESCO.
72
child protection, spam and fraud
are overriding issues regarding
freedom of expression. These
considerations are important to
address in the digital age; however,
disproportionate reliance on
disconnecting users or filtering
content could seriously undermine
essential aspects of freedom of
expression. The larger ecology of
policies and regulations needs to
be taken into account in balancing
conflicting objectives - and even
tensions - between freedoms.
Balancing these conflicting values
and interests is only likely to be
resolved through multi-stakeholder
sensitive negotiation and legal
and regulatory analyses. This will
probably vary across nations,
as well as locally. Resolution of
these balancing issues requires
putting them within the broader
view of the larger ecology of
policies and regulations shaping
freedom of expression.
Industry has an important role
in this debate. By engaging with
the entire industry, as well as
focusing on their own power to
influence and shape the debate,
ICT companies can better identify
concrete steps that each actor
in the ICT ecosystem can take to
avoid or mitigate risks to human
rights. Clearly defining respective
roles and responsibilities is critical
for developing a successful ICT
ecosystem-wide approach in
respect of human rights. For
example, the Ericsson Discussion
Paper (2013), “ICT and Human
Rights, An Ecosystem Approach”4
,
debates how the positive role of
ICTs in fulfilling human rights can
be enhanced, while misuse of
ICTs by public authorities can be
minimized. It presents measures
to prevent misuse of ICT, without
inhibiting the growth opportunities
of ICTs. It examines how industry
can meet the core expectations
of stakeholders, as well as
the roles and responsibilities
of each member of the ICT
ecosystem, and how they can
best collaborate to promote
positive human rights outcomes.
Today, two types of filtering of
content are emerging, variously
applied in different nations
and regions: 1) filtering for the
protection of other rights (such as
privacy or child protection); and
2) filtering to impose a particular
political or moral regime. While
these intentions are not always
explicit or distinguishable,
confusing them can lead to
violations of freedom of expression.
Chapter6
Chapter
73
Chapter6
Box 2: Privacy and Freedom
of Expression on the Internet
The rights to privacy and freedom of expression relate to each
other in complex ways. In many instances, respect for the right to
privacy supports the right to freedom of expression, as it does other
democratic rights. To give an obvious example, respect for privacy
of communications is a prerequisite for trust by those engaging in
communication, which is a prerequisite for the exercise of the right to
freedom of expression. In other cases, however, respect for privacy can
clash with the right to freedom of expression – for example, where a
newspaper wishes to publish private details about a leading politician,
perhaps because the newspaper believes this is in the public interest.
These relationships are evident in both traditional and new ways
on the Internet, as is evident from the two examples above with
online communications systems and online media. Indeed, these
issues have come into far greater relief, with the massive changes
in freedom of expression brought about by the Internet and other
digital communications systems (such as mobile phones). For
example, the power of the State to track individuals’ activities via
communications has increased hugely, in line with the massive
increase in the data mining potential that digital systems enable.
The right to privacy underpins other rights and freedoms, including
freedom of expression, association and belief. The ability to communicate
anonymously without anyone knowing a citizen’s identity, for instance,
has historically played an important role in safeguarding free expression
and strengthening political accountability, with people more likely
to speak out on issues of public interest, if they can do so without
fear of reprisal. The right to privacy can also compete with the right
to freedom of expression, and in practice, a balance between these
rights is called for. Striking this balance is a delicate task, and not
one that can easily be anticipated in advance. For this reason, it has
long been a concern of the courts to manage this relationship.
Source: UNESCO Global Survey on Internet Privacy and Freedom of Expression,available at:
http://www.unesco.org/new/en/communication-and-information/resources/publications-
and-communication- ns/full-list/global-survey-on-internet-privacy-and-freedom-of-
expression/
74
Chapter6
Besides issues of freedom
of expression, practically speaking,
in many people’s daily lives, some
of the most common challenges
users are likely to encounter include
the challenges of finding out about
and understanding the terms and
conditions relating to digital
content products (Featured Insight
25). Featured Insight 26 explores
some of the issues relating to
protecting Intellectual Property
in a broadband world.
Featured Insight 25: Digital
Content Products
The OECD is examining trends and
challenges in consumer purchases
of digital content products. A report5
published by the Committee on
Consumer Policy (CCP) shows that,
with the development of broadband,
products such as e-books and
“apps” are increasingly supplied
electronically over the Internet
and other ICT channels through
streaming, downloads or cloud
computing platforms. Consumers
today can readily access large
files containing high-quality
products. As the market matures,
various consumer issues have
emerged, requiring the attention of
governments and other stakeholders.
For example, a study carried out in
the E.U. found that consumers had
experienced over 2 billion problems
over one year during 2010-2011,
resulting in EUR 29.6 bn losses. Key
consumer challenges include:
•	 Contracts for digital content
products often contain complex
and lengthy terms and conditions;
consumers often have difficulty
understanding what they can do
with their products (e.g. copying
or sharing) and the extent to which
they can play such products on
different devices.
•	 Consumer ability to access
products offered by businesses
located in other jurisdictions is
sometimes limited.
•	 The conditions under which
consumer personal data
may be collected, used and
shared with third parties when
consumers acquire/use digital
content products, are not always
understood.
•	 Unauthorized charges have been
reported, associated with “apps”
and related products (“in-app
purchases”), as well as misleading
or unfair commercial practices
(e.g., product updates).
•	 Consumer ability to obtain
redress in the case of problems
with products (such as refunds,
price reductions or product
replacements) is usually more
limited than for other types of
products; in most countries, legal
and private sector voluntary
remedies vary, or are unavailable
for streamed or downloaded
products, depending on their
treatment as a good, service, or sui
generis product.
Drawing on these findings, the OECD
CCP is developing policy guidance
to address the above issues.
Source: OECD.
Featured Insight 26:
Intellectual Property
and Broadband
The role of intellectual property
is central for the development of
broadband e-infrastructures. Current
efforts at the World Intellectual
Property Organization (WIPO) impact
on five main areas:
Content – Copyright infrastructure
services need broadband to operate
in the online environment, while
broadband needs the support of
effective copyright infrastructure
(such as online registries and
databases).WIPO works to ensure
the international legal framework is
an effective tool for the stimulation
Chapter
75
Chapter6
and wide diffusion of creativity
and knowledge in the digital
environment.
IP infrastructure – IP infrastructure
needs to be updated for creativity
to help stakeholders and users to
identify, distribute and share content.
Broadband can help copyright
to facilitate the exercise and
management of digital rights.WIPO is
working on innovation infrastructure
(TTOs,TMOs, IP hubs, incubation
centers, technology parks & business
centers) and the establishment of
innovation networks (R&D networks/
IP hubs,TTO networks).
IP awareness – Opportunities to
raise awareness on intellectual
property to promote creativity and
innovation.WIPO is working on
an Interactive Platform for Open
Collaborative Projects, Innovation
and Technology Transfer Support
Structure for National Institutions and
a planned innovation network.
Public/private partnerships – Links
between the public and private
sectors will be enabled through the
pipes as they facilitate easier and
faster end-to-end delivery of services
across multiple domains.The WIPO
University Initiative connects ideas,
technologies and partners from
public and private sectors.
Networked innovation – Innovation
can arise from the nodal connections
in the network. Using e-infrastructure,
actors at different locations can create
an intelligent network to collaborate.
Mr.Francis Gurry,Director-General,WIPO.
6.2  Multilingualism and
IDN uptake
Internationalized Domain Names
(IDNs)6
play a vital role in fostering
the growth of local languages
online, which needs to be more fully
understood. Within a dataset of 200
million domain names (or 90% of
the total registered domains), only
3.9 million, or 2% were IDNs7
. There
is a strong link between IDN scripts
offered in a country or territory,
and the languages spoken in that
country or territory (with 95% of
registries limiting their deployment
to cover local languages only).
Challenges to basic usability need
to be overcome, such as use
in e-mail, support in browsers
and mobile devices. UNESCO’s
Director-General recently called
on the technical community to
“untangle these issues and release
the full power of the Internet”.
Internationalization of email
depends, in large part, on the
successful deployment of IDNs,
with limited progress in this area.
The first internationalized email
was sent in June 2012, but the
situation with internationalized
email is even more complex than
with the web. Not only does the
domain name need to accept
internationalized characters, but
so do the username portion of
the address, the email content
and headers. This extended
requirement for internationalization
requires upgrades of both user
software and the infrastructure that
electronic mail uses for delivery.
Progress on this is extremely slow.
While email remains a challenge,
the deployment and use of IDNs
in browsers are making steady,
76
Chapter6
albeit slow progress. While major
browsers all support the use
of IDNs in URLs, the problem
is more difficult in browser-
based applications. Many key
content providers (such as
Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, and
Evernote) use email addresses
as identifiers and support URLs
as external references. Support
for internationalized identifiers in
applications lags behind support in
browsers. The popularity of these
applications, and their failure to
support IDNs, impede successful
uptake in many countries.
While applications evolve to
support IDNs, there needs to
be broader deployment of IDNs
outside the existing ccTLD
environment. ICANN’s new
gTLD programme has welcomed
applications for new IDN gTLDs,
but only 100 applications (5%
of total) were IDNs, so for the
foreseeable future, ASCII strings
in the top-level domain space
will continue to swamp IDNs.
Uptake of IDNs in some regions
is happening more quickly than
in others. Two factors influence
the speed of IDN uptake. First,
country-specific issues such as
localized content, linguistic and
cultural homogeneity, and access
to broadband influence availability
and user acceptance of IDNs.
Second, ccTLD issues including
the number of local registrars,
registration policies, prices and the
market acceptance of the ccTLD,
influence the availability of IDNs.
Vietnam provides one example
of the successful execution of an
IDN strategy. IDNs under .vn were
launched in March 2007, with
limited uptake. A change in policy
took place in April 2011, when
IDNs were offered free of charge.
The result is that, from a base of
98,000 IDNs in May 2011, by May
2012, there were 762,000 IDNs.
The lack of availability of
applications, services and user
software that support IDNs is
emerging as a global problem.
While Internet infrastructure may
provide a foundation for IDN
deployment, IDN usage remains
a problem, inhibiting wider use
of IDNs, particularly in regions
where non-Latin scripts are in
use. There have been successes
in the deployment of Internet
infrastructure that supports IDNs,
but user experience of IDNs
lags significantly behind. While
feedback from registrars indicates
regional or sectoral differences
in user awareness of IDNs, user
awareness remains generally low.
Local language content online
has exploded over the past five
years. The use of local scripts in
domain names has progressed,
as has work to enable the use of
local scripts in email addresses.
However, much remains to be done
in terms of increasing end-user
familiarity with this opportunity
and guaranteeing adequate
education and business channels
for IDNs. Unless significant
progress is made, the result
could be an uptake of alternatives
to IDNs to stimulate local
content on the Internet. Strong
cooperation and dialogue among
all stakeholders (governments,
registry operators, businesses
and application providers) are
crucial to ensure that communities
can express themselves online
in their own language.
Chapter
77
Chapter6
ENDNOTES
1.	 UNESCO report, “Freedom of connection. Freedom of Expression.
The Changing Legal and Regulatory Ecology Shaping the Internet”:
http://www.unesco.org/new/en/communication-and-information/
resources/publications-and-communication-materials/publications/
full-list/freedom-of-connection-freedom-of-expression-the-
changing-legal-and-regulatory-ecology-shaping-the-internet/
2.	 See: http://www.euroispa.org/files/091016_euroispa_telecom_
review_am_138.pdf.
3.	 Report of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection
of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, Frank La Rue,
Human Rights Council, Seventeenth session Agenda item 3, United
Nations General Assembly, 16 May 2011
4.	 http://www.ericsson.com/res/thecompany/docs/corporate-
responsibility/2012/human_rights0521_final_web.pdf
5.	 Report on Protecting and Empowering Consumers in the Purchase
of Digital Content Products, OECD Publishing, Paris, doi:
10.1787/5k49czlc7wd3-en.
6.	 “An Internationalized Domain Name (IDN) is a domain name written
in non-Latin scripts such as Chinese, Arabic, Hangul or Cyrillic”,
page 12, EURid/UNESCO World Report on IDN Deployment 2012.
7.	 EURid/UNESCO World Report on IDN Deployment 2012.
7
Policy
Recommendations
to Maximize
the Impact of
Broadband 1
7878
The full set of benefits conferred
by broadband connectivity from an
economic and social perspective
should be recognized by public
authorities, as well as by the private
sector, in order to promote and
boost broadband deployments. A
thorough approach to broadband
policy can include the timely
adoption of national strategies
encouraging national backbone
roll-out, spectrum policies and
practices, subsidies, taxes, user
skills and trust, applications and
content, competition policy, and
other aspects of infrastructure,
including backhaul and access.
Effective policy and regulatory
frameworks can act as vital levers
to facilitate the development
of broadband connectivity. To
achieve this goal, all stakeholders
need to be involved (including
Ministries, regulators, agencies,
industry associations, policy-
makers, operators, users and
academia). To enhance broadband
connectivity and penetration, the
following recommendations present
possible effective actions in the
policy and regulatory domains.
7.1Promote Market Liberalization
Governments need to ensure
that liberalization of the market
encompasses all key elements of
the broadband service delivery:
international gateway, national
and regional backbone, and
Internet access. As mentioned
in Chapter 4, recent ITU/Cisco/
Broadband Commission research
suggests that there is a strong
role for competition in boosting
broadband penetration. Based on
panel regressions of broadband
penetration for 165 countries for
ten years between 2001-2011,
competitive markets are associated
with broadband penetration
levels some 1.4% higher on
average for fixed broadband and
up to 26.5% higher for mobile
broadband1
. Competition has
been a key driver of higher levels
of uptake and investment in
communication networks and
services in many countries.
Countries should implement pro-
competitive regulation – e.g., by
lowering termination rates that
may effectively prevent price
reductions in mobile voice markets.
This chapter has been
authored by Antonio
García Zaballos
and Felix Gonzalez
Herranz of the Inter-
American Development
Bank (IDB), as the
main authors.
Chapter4
7979
7.2 Review and update regulatory service obligations
Given the speed with which the
ICT sector is evolving, countries
need to update their legislative and
regulatory frameworks to provide
businesses and users with legal
certainty and allow for expanded
electronic commerce, as well as the
proper protection of personal data,
copyright, rights in user-generated
content, and other issues. However,
necessary revisions need to be
managed carefully in order to
avoid radical changes to ICT or
regulatory service obligations,
as sudden changes in regulation
can affect the future evolution of
the sector. Updates and revisions
to regulatory frameworks are
best done on the basis of a cost-
benefit analysis of each market
sector. As explored in Chapter 5,
appropriate regulations and service
obligations are the foundations
of an enabling environment
for both innovation and return
on investments, while meeting
national goals of broadband
connectivity. A balanced approach
between these elements enables
the private sector to provide
universal connectivity and extend
connectivity to less populated
or less developed regions, while
ensuring transparency and fairness.
7.3  Consider Open Access Approaches to Infrastructure
Open access and infrastructure-
sharing can impact future network
growth. There are different
strategies for open access2
, with
varied definitions, terms and
conditions. Open access has
been interpreted to mean that all
suppliers, whether in horizontal
or vertical markets, are able to
obtain access to the new network
facilities on fair, reasonable and
equivalent terms. This can include
price terms (such as the price
that the wholesaler is allowed to
charge for access) and non-price
issues (such as delivery times,
service level agreements, clear
product specifications, etc.).
Depending on the model adopted,
the terms and conditions of access
can vary. Regulators need to
balance incentives for investment
in ultra-fast networks, while
Chapter7Chapter7
80
supporting competition. Open
access becomes progressively
less important moving up the
infrastructure layers, provided
that a framework exists for
equitable, non-discriminatory, and
competitive access to telecom
facilities, and there is sufficient
incentive in the regulation of open
access to encourage investment
in infrastructure3
. Examples of
open access to bottlenecks in
infrastructure include local loop
unbundling (LLU), wholesale
broadband access, ducts, in-
building wiring or submarine cables.
Roll-out and innovation in the lower
layer services can be ensured by a
balanced approach to open access.
7.4 Introduce and Develop a National Broadband Plan
As explained in Chapter 4,
countries with NBPs have higher
fixed and mobile broadband
penetration than countries without
plans. The Broadband Commission
for Digital Development has made
a strong call for countries to
develop a joint vision for leadership,
through consultation and the
involvement of all stakeholders.
National Broadband Plans need
to promote measures to foster
both the demand side, as well
as supply, if they are to prove
successful. Even once introduced,
Plans should be reviewed
regularly to take into account
changing market conditions.
7.5 Update and Utilize Universal Service Funds (USFs)
As discussed in Chapter 5,
depending on geography,
population coverage and other
potential challenges, several
countries have used public
funds and/or USFs to develop
broadband in areas where the
commercial provision of broadband
is not readily viable. In those
areas where private firms may
be less willing to invest, USFs
may make targeted interventions.
USFs can be expanded to include
programmes for broadband
adoption, containing all the
elements needed to get unserved
or underserved people online,
including content, subscriptions,
devices, and digital training, as
well as infrastructure. This will also
assist in the optimum and timely
deployment of funds, which should
be committed in a technology-
neutral way, and by competitive
means, such as reverse auctions.
7.6 Review Licensing Schemes
More modern approaches to
regulation may be needed –
such converged regulation,
simplified licensing or unified
licensing involving one unified
license for the provision of any
telecommunication service. Policy-
makers can ensure that licensing
schemes are technology-neutral,
and consider unified licensing,
so all operators are on a level
playing-field with regard to UAS
programme implementation, new
innovators are encouraged to enter
the market, and neither incumbent
fixed nor mobile operators are
disadvantaged. Changes to
licensing schemes should be made
based on careful consideration and
thorough cost-benefit analysis.
Chapter7
Chapter
81
7.7 Review & Reduce Taxation
Depending on the structure of
services in each country, the
revenues raised through taxation
of ICT services and devices are
generally likely to be less than the
broader economic returns from
greater use of telecommunication
services benefiting the population
and economy as a whole4
.
The roll-out and use of broadband
infrastructure should be promoted
via suitable tools, such as: creating
tax incentives for investments in
infrastructure, tax reductions on
devices, and using government
funds as direct investment
through PPPs.
7.8 Review Policy Frameworks for Spectrum
Countries can ensure that spectrum
policies and practices are in line
with UAS goals, and assigned in
a technology- and service-neutral
manner, while striving to realize
economies of scale and benefit
consumers with their spectrum
arrangements. Spectrum resources
for broadband networks need to
be harmonized on the global and
regional levels. Policy-makers
should carefully evaluate the needs
and conditions in their country
and enact policy frameworks that
both encourage innovation and
investment and enable efficient
spectrum usage through a range
of different mechanisms. Spectrum
bands between 40–1000 MHz
can be “beach-front” spectrum for
mobile broadband in remote areas
and for deep indoor coverage in
urban areas. Advanced mobile
broadband connectivity with very
high peak data rates could use
spectrum bands up to 6.5 GHz.
Optimizing approaches to
spectrum policy, allocation and
management have become an
important part of governments’
overall broadband policy portfolio.
When exploring up-to-date or
fresh approaches to spectrum
management, it is vital to take
into account the expected
spectrum needs of different
services (e.g., mobile and satellite
services, among others).
Chapter7
82
Spectrum for multi-gigabit backhaul
systems also needs to be secured
to avoid future bottle-necks.
Some radiofrequencies allocated
to cellular mobile networks are
potentially underused in rural
areas (due to lower population
density and reduced mobile
traffic) and could be made
available on a co-allocated basis
to mobile broadband services,
subject to national and market
circumstances. Operators should
be encouraged to migrate 2G
systems to new technologies (e.g.,
3G/4G) for mobile broadband.
Spectrum licensing fees could
be reduced, or even eliminated,
in under-served areas to lower
cost-barriers to UAS providers.
Another option is to allocate this
spectrum under UAS obligations.
Featured Insight 27 explores the
implications of the digital dividend
for expanding broadband coverage.
Featured Insight 27:
Harnessing the
Digital Dividend for
broadband coverage
Today, the explosion in mobile
applications and services and mobile
devices (including smartphones and
tablets) are driving huge increases in
demand for rich content, producing
incredible volumes of data traffic
across mobile networks. Global
mobile traffic is expected to grow
at a compound annual growth rate
of 42% through 2015 (Analysys
Mason).This steep trajectory of
mobile data demand, combined with
the continued expansion of mobile
broadband networks, underlies the
mobile industry’s call for additional
spectrum allocations. Spectrum must
be internationally harmonized to
ensure consumers reap the benefits
of scale economies in device
manufacturing, and spectrum must
be licensed with the exclusivity and
certainty needed to ensure continued
network investment and a high
quality of service.
Spectrum in the sub-1GHz frequency
range is ideal for rolling out
broadband service affordably across
wide rural areas, as well as offering
dependable service indoors, making
its release a priority.The ‘Digital
Dividend’ – spectrum that becomes
available as countries make the
essential, yet challenging, transition
from analogue to more efficient
digital television broadcasting – sits
in this range. In 2007, ITU identified
the upper portion of the television
band (the 700MHz or 800MHz bands,
depending on the region) for mobile
broadband services. Countries are
in various stages of clearing and
releasing this spectrum, so it can
be licensed for mobile. A handful of
countries, including the U.S. and a
number of European markets, have
completed this. Release of the Digital
Dividend is a golden opportunity
for advancing national broadband
objectives.
The mobile industry is uniquely
positioned to provide widespread
broadband service to those who do
not yet have it. Citizens around the
world are just beginning to reap the
true rewards of mobile. Proposals
for experimental technologies and
attempts to develop new business
models risk obscuring the fact that
licensed mobile services are the most
viable, scalable and best-established
model for extending broadband
to citizens. Exclusively licensed
spectrum for mobile is delivering
on the goal of access for everyone,
where other technologies fall short,
and is providing direct employment
and increasing productivity across
many sectors. By following best
practices in spectrum management,
based on proven outcomes,
Governments around the world
will secure a bright future for their
citizens through mobile broadband.
Dr.Anne Bouverot,Director General,GSMA.
Chapter7
Chapter
83
7.9 Spur Demand and Introduce Measures to Stimulate
the Creation of Local Content
Increased public awareness and
the ability to use broadband
services are driving demand
for broadband services and
applications – for instance,
through dedicated training,
the development of e-learning
or e-government services, the
development of local content, or
subsidies on broadband-related
equipment in schools, universities,
or telecentres. To increase demand,
policy-makers should consider
measures to stimulate the creation
of local content. Governments
can provide incentives for
apps developer communities
for example, to encourage the
development of apps, particularly
in the high social impact areas
of health and education.
As explained in Chapter 6, the
Internet is a communications
medium which individuals can
use to exercise their right to seek,
receive and impart information
and ideas of all kinds, regardless
of frontiers, as guaranteed under
Article 19 of both the Universal
Declaration of Human Rights
and the International Covenant
on Civil and Political Rights.
Therefore, the right of freedom
of expression online should
be preserved and ensured.
Online privacy is important,
but should not be used as a
pretext for introducing limitations
on freedom of expression.
Media and information literacy
are essential for literate use
of the Internet, as well as
observing the rights and respect
for others, including linguistic
minorities. Multilingualism is one
aspect of cultural diversity in
cyberspace; promoting the use of
different languages online is the
responsibility of all stakeholders. in
some countries, liberal registration
policies of IDNs have proven to
be an effective policy measure
to enhance multilingualism. The
development of Internet-related
language policies should also be
encouraged at the national level,
especially in countries with multiple
languages. Capacity-building
and training are required on
Internet-related language policies
among national and regional
institutions to explore and adapt
technological solutions, while
partnerships between local Internet
technical and content generating
communities can also facilitate the
spread of local multilingual content.
Chapter7
84
7.10 Support Accurate and Timely Statistical
Monitoring
Policy choices must be informed by
reliable data and indicators on ICT
developments. Statistical indicators
are also essential to assess the
impact of broadband policies and
to track progress towards national
and international broadband goals
and targets (including the targets
set by the Broadband Commission).
Data collected at the national level
should be based on internationally–
agreed standards and definitions,
such as those developed by ITU
and the Partnership on Measuring
ICT for Development5
. Data
should be collected on a timely
basis to monitor broadband
infrastructure and access, prices
and affordability, and broadband
usage by individuals, businesses
and public organizations
such as Governments,
schools and hospitals.
7.11Consider Undertaking Public Consultations on
Policy
Governments may wish to
conduct a public consultation
on broadband policy, including
UAS. Consultations are a critical
part of all policy development,
and this is true for UAS as well.
The full benefits of broadband for
enhancing national competitiveness
and empowering citizens are
most likely to be realized where
there is strong partnership
between Government, industry
and other stakeholders and
where Governments engage in a
consultative, participatory approach
to policy in conjunction with key
stakeholders. National Broadband
Plans are one key means of
dialogue, which should seek the
views and engagement of all key
stakeholders. Such Plans should be
viewed more as part of a process
towards building consensus around
a vision for the development of
broadband within a society, rather
than the final outcome itself.
Ultimately, there is no single way
to improve broadband; there are
many different ways, with different
success factors, depending on
existing country circumstances.
It is the Commission’s belief that
reviewing and implementing some
of these policy recommendations
(but not all, depending on country
circumstances and national
priorities) may help accelerate
the deployment of universal
broadband, to the benefit of all.
Chapter7
Chapter
85
Endnotes
1.	 “Planning for Progress: Why National Broadband Plans Matter”,
ITU/Broadband Commission for Digital Development/Cisco, 1 July
2013 – available from www.broadbandcommission.org
2.	 ITU GSR11 Discussion Paper on Open Access Regulation in the
Digital Economy, www.itu.int/gsr11.
3.	 D. Rogerson, quote from GSR 2011.
4.	 ITU Study on Taxing telecommunications/ICT services: an overview
and workshop on the taxation of telecommunication services, led
by Professor Martin Cave of the London School of Economics
(LSE) and Dr. Windfred Mfuh of the University of Warwick, on 1-2
September 2011.
5.	 http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/intlcoop/partnership/
default.aspx
Chapter7
86
AnnexAnnex1
Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
Economy
Policy
available?
Year policy
was adopted Title/details
Afghanistan Yes 2008 Afghanistan National Development Strategy: 1387 – 1391
(2008 – 2013)
Albania Yes 2008 E-Albania
Algeria Yes 2008 E-Algérie 2013
Andorra Yes 2009 Universal Access Service
Angola Yes 2010 White Book of Information and Communication Technologies,
Livro branco das Tecnologias da Informação e Comunicação –
LBTIC
Antigua & Barbuda Yes 2012 GATE 2012
Argentina Yes 2010 Plan Nacional de Telecomunicaciones - Argentina Conectada
Armenia Yes 2008 GOVERNMENT OF REPUBLIC OF ARMENIA DECREE No35
ON APPROVING THE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECTOR
DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT PAPER
Australia Yes 2010 National Broadband Network
Austria Yes 2010 Broadband Austria - Breitband strategie 2020
Azerbaijan Planning
Bahamas Yes 2003 Policy Statement on Electronic Commerce and the Bahamian
Digital Agenda
Bahrain Yes 2010 National Broadband Network for the Kingdom of Bahrain
Bangladesh Yes 2009 Broadband National Policy Act 2009
Barbados Yes 2010 National Information and Communication Technologies
Strategic Plan of Barbados 2010-2015
Belarus Yes 2011 National programme on accelerated development of services
in the field of information and communication technologies for
2011–2015
Belgium Yes 2009 België : digitaal hart van Europa
Belize Yes 2011 ICT National Strategy
Benin Planning
Bhutan Yes 2008 National Broadband Master Plan Implementation Project
(NBMIP)
Bolivia No
Bosnia and Herzegovina No
Botswana Yes 2004 Botswana’s National ICT Policy
Brazil Yes 2010 National Broadband Plan (Plano Nacional de Banda Larga -
PNBL)
Brunei Darussalam Yes 2008 National Broadband Blueprint
Bulgaria Yes 2009 National strategy of broadband development in Republic of
Bulgaria
Burkina Faso Yes 2006 Lettre de politique sectorielle 2006-2010
Burundi Yes 2011 Burundi/ ICT : National Projects for Broadband Connectivity
Burundi Community Telecentre Network (BCTN)
Cambodia Yes 2011 2015 ASEAN ICT Master PLAN /
Cambodia ICT development Strategy 2011-2015
Cameroon No
Canada Yes 2010 Broadband Canada: Connecting Rural Canadians
Cape Verde Planning
Central African Rep. Yes 2006 Politique, Stratégies et plan d'actions de l'édification de la
Société de l'Information en République Centrafricaine
Chad Yes 2007 Plan de développement des technologies de l’Information et
de la Communication au Tchad or PLAN NICI
87
AnnexAnnex1
Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
Economy
Policy
available?
Year policy
was adopted Title/details
Chile Yes 2010 Strategy for Digital Development
La Agenda Digital del Gobierno de Chile para el período 2010-
2014 / ICT as a part of Chile’s Strategy for Development:
Present Issues and Challenges
China Yes 2010 Three Network Convergence -National Government Investment
Colombia Yes 2011 Live Digital - Vive Digital
Comoros Planning
Congo (Dem. Rep.) Yes 2009 Document de la Politique sectorielle des télécommunications
et des technologies de l’information et de la communication
(TIC)
West Africa Cable System (WACS)
Costa Rica Yes 2012 Estrategia Nacional de Banda Acha
Côte d'Ivoire Yes 2010 Objectifs Strategiques du Government de Côte dÍvore en
Matiere de Telecommunications et de TIC
Croatia Yes 2011 National broadband development strategy in the Republic of
Croatia, Strategy for Broadband Development in the Republic
of Croatia for 2012–2015
Cuba Planning
Cyprus Yes 2012 Digital Strategy for Cyprus
Czech Republic Yes 2011 Digital Czech Republic - State policy in electronic
communications
D.P.R. Korea No
Denmark Yes 2010 Digital work programme by the Minister of Science, Technology
and Innovation.
Djibouti Yes 2004 Plan d’action national pour l’exploitation des TIC en
République de Djibouti pour le développement national, EASSy
Dominica No
Dominican Rep. Yes 2007 Conectividad Rural de Banda Ancha E‐Dominicana (includes
rural broadband connectivity program)
Ecuador Yes 2011 Estrategia Ecuador Digital 2.0 and Broadband Plan
Egypt Yes 2011 National Broadband Plan - A Framework for Broadband
Development
El Salvador No
Equatorial Guinea Yes 2010 GITGE (Gestor de Infraestructura de Telecomunicaciones de
G.E.)
Eritrea No
Estonia Yes 2006 Information Society Development Plan 2013
Ethiopia Yes 2005 ICT Policy
Fiji Yes 2011 National Broadband Policy
Finland Yes 2005 Broadband 2015 Project, Kainuu Information Society Strategy
2007-2015
France Yes 2010 Plan national très haut débit
Gabon Yes 2011 Digital Gabon: vaste Programme de réformes multi sectorielles
dont la finalité est de faire du Gabon un Pays Emergent, à
travers les pilliers suivants : Gabon Industriel, Gabon vert et
Gabon des Services.
Gambia Yes 2008 The Gambian ICT4D-2012 Plan
Georgia No
Germany Yes 2009 Breitbandstrategie der Bundesregierung
Ghana Yes 2010 Broadband Wireless Access
Greece Yes 2006 Digital Strategy 2006-2013
88
AnnexAnnex1
Economy
Policy
available?
Year policy
was adopted Title/details
Grenada Yes 2006 Information and Communication Technology (ICT) 2006-2010
/A Strategy And Action Plan for Grenada
Guatemala No
Guinea Yes 2009 Plan National de frequences/  Plan de développement de
l’infrastructure nationale d’information et de communication
de la République de Guinée 2001 – 2004
Guinea-Bissau No
Guyana Yes 2011 E-Guyana
Haiti No
Honduras Yes 2010 Resolución NR 005/10- Normativa que regulará la prestación
de servicios de telecomunicaciones con conectividad de banda
ancha
Hungary Yes 2010 Digital Renewal Action Plan
Iceland Yes 2005 Telecom Policy Statement 2005-2010
India Yes 2011 National Optical Fibre Network
Indonesia Yes 2010 Priorities Of The Ministry Of Communication And Information
Technology Year 2010-2014
Iran Yes 2002 TAKFA Plan
Iraq Planning
Ireland Yes 2008 Ireland's Broadband Strategy
Israel Yes 2012 The Communication Initiative: fiber-based national broadband
network
Italy Yes 2010 “Italia Digitale” Digital Italy Plan
Jamaica Yes 2007 National ICT Strategy
Japan Yes 2010 New Broadband Super Highway (Haraguchi vision II)
Jordan Yes 2007 National ICT Strategy of Jordan
Kazakhstan Yes 2010 Program of ICT Development
Kenya Yes 2006 ICT Masterplan 2012-2017
Kiribati No
Korea (Rep.) Yes 2009 Ultra Broadband Convergence Network
Kuwait No
Kyrgyzstan No
Lao P.D.R. No
Latvia Yes 2005 Broadband development strategy for year 2006-2012
Lebanon Yes 2008 Lebanese Broadband Stakeholders Group (LBSG)
Lesotho Yes 2005 ICT Policy for Lesotho
Liberia Yes 2010 - 2015 Government of Liberia’s Policy for the Telecommunications and
Information
Communications Technology (ICT)
Libya No
Liechtenstein Yes 2006 Communications Act - Law on Electronic Communication
Lithuania Yes 2005 Strategy of Broadband Infrastructure Development in Lithuania
in 2005-2010
Luxembourg Yes 2010 Stratégie nationale pour les réseaux à « ultra-haut » débit - L’«
ultra-haut » débit pour tous
Macao, China No
Madagascar No
Malawi Yes 2003 An Integrated ICT-led Socio-Economic Development Policy for
Malawi
Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
89
AnnexAnnex1
Economy
Policy
available?
Year policy
was adopted Title/details
Malaysia Yes 2010 National BB Implementation NBI
Maldives No
Mali No
Malta Yes 2012 Provision of access at a fixed location
Marshall Islands Planning
Mauritania No
Mauritius Yes 2012 National Broadband Policy 2012 - 2020 (NBP2012)
Mexico Yes 2011 Digital Agenda
Micronesia Planning
Moldova Yes 2010 Hotărâre cu privire la aprobarea Programului de dezvoltare a
accesului la Internet în bandă largă pe anii 2010-2013
Monaco No
Mongolia Yes 2011 National program on Broadband Network up to 2015 year
Montenegro Yes 2012 Strategy of electronic communication sector in Montenegro,
Strategy for the Development of Information Society 2012-
2016 - Montenegro - Digital Society
Morocco Yes 2012 Plan national pour le développement du haut et très haut débit
au Maroc
Mozambique Yes 2006 National ICT Policy Implementation Strategy 2002 and 2006 -
Digital Inclusion in Mozambique
Myanmar No
Namibia Yes 2009 Telecommunications Policy for the Republic of Namibia
Nauru No
Nepal No
Netherlands Yes 2010 Digital Agenda
New Zealand Yes 2010 Ultra-fast broadband initiative, Five Point Government Action
Plan for faster broadband
Nicaragua No
Niger Yes 2005 Plan de développement des Technologies de l’Information et
de la Communication
au Niger / Plan NICI du Niger
Nigeria Yes 2013 National ICT Policy 2013 - 2018
Norway Yes 2001 Action plan on Broadband communication
Oman Yes 2012 National Broadband Strategy
Pakistan Yes 2007 National Broadband policy 2004, National Broadband
Programme 2007
Panama Yes 2008 National ICT Strategy 2008-2018
Papua New Guinea Yes 2011 National ICT Policy and PNG LNG Fibre cable project
Paraguay Yes 2011 Paraguay 2013 Conectado y Plan Nacional de
Telecomunicaciones - PNT
Peru Yes 2010 Plan Nacional para el Desarrollo de la Banda Ancha en el Péru
Philippines Yes 2011 The Philippine Digital Strategy, Transformation 2.0: Digitally
Empowered Nation
Poland Yes 2010 Mega–Bill: The act on supporting the development of
telecommunications services and networks
Portugal Yes 2010 Digital Agenda 2015 (2010-2015)
Qatar Yes 2011 Qatar’s National ICT Plan 2015: Advancing the Digital Agenda
Qatar National Broadband Network (Q.NBN)
Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
90
AnnexAnnex1
Economy
Policy
available?
Year policy
was adopted Title/details
Romania Yes 2007 The Regulatory Strategy for the Romanian Electronic
Communications Sector for 2007-2010
Russian Federation Yes 2010 Information Society Strategy / Information Society Programme
Rwanda Yes 2006 Regional Connectivity Infrastructure Program (RCIP)
S. Tomé & Principe No
Samoa Yes 2010 Broadband Spectrum Plan
San Marino No
Saudi Arabia Yes 2010 USF strategic Plan, Kingdom's strategy for the deployment of
broadband services
Senegal Planning
Serbia Yes 2010 Стратегију развојa широкопојасног приступа у Републици
Србији до 2012. Године - Strategy for the development of
broadband in the Republic of Serbia until 2012
Seychelles No
Sierra Leone No
Singapore Yes 2005 Intelligent Nation 2015 (or iN2015)
Slovak Republic Yes 2006 Operačný Program Informatizácia Spoločnosti (Operational
program- Information society)
Slovenia Yes 2008 Broadband Network Development Strategy (Strategija razvoja
širokopasovnih omrežij v Republiki Sloveniji)
Solomon Islands Planning
Somalia No
South Africa Yes 2010 Broadband Policy for SA
Spain Yes 2010 Plan Avanza: Plan Avanza: 2005, Plan Avanza 2 aprobado el
16/07/2010
Sri Lanka Yes 2012 e- Sri Lanka, 2012 - HSBB NBP
St. Kitts and Nevis Yes 2006 National Information and Communications Technology (ICT)
Strategic Plan
St. Lucia No
St. Vincent and the
Grenadines
No
Sudan No
Suriname No
Swaziland No
Sweden Yes 2011 Broadband Strategy for Sweden
Switzerland Yes 2007 The universal service with regard to telecommunications
Syria No
Tajikistan No
Tanzania Yes 2004 National Information Communication and Technology
Broadband Backbone (NICTBB)
TFYR Macedonia Yes 2005 National Strategy for the development of Electronic
Communications
with Information Technologies
Thailand Yes 2010 The National Broadband Policy
Timor-Leste No
Togo Planning
Tonga Yes 2011 Tonga-Fiji Connectivity Project : Pacific Regional Connectivity
Program (PRCP)
Trinidad & Tobago Yes 2008 Trinidad & Tobago’s National Information & Communication
Technology Strategy-Fastforward- Accelerating into the Digital
Future
Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
91
AnnexAnnex1
Economy
Policy
available?
Year policy
was adopted Title/details
Tunisia Yes 2012 La Stratégie Tunisienne pour le Haut-Débit (Tunisia Broadband
Strategy, TBS)
Turkey Yes 2006 Information Society Strategy 2006 -2010,
Ninth Development Plan 2007 - 2013
Turkmenistan No
Tuvalu No
Uganda Yes 2009 Uganda Broadband Infrastructure Strategy National Position
Paper
Ukraine No
United Arab Emirates No
United Kingdom Yes 2010 Britain’s Superfast Broadband Future, Broadband Delivery UK
United States Yes 2010 Connecting America: The National Broadband Plan
Uruguay Yes 2007 Ceibal Plan
Uzbekistan No
Vanuatu Planning
Vatican No
Venezuela No
Viet Nam Yes 2010 Master Plan of Viet Nam, from 2010 to 2015 and Prime
Minister's Decree 1755/QD-TTg on the approval of a National
Strategy on Transforming Viet Nam into an advanced ICT
country
Yemen No
Zambia Yes 2006 National Information and Communication Technology Policy
Zimbabwe Yes 2005 National Information and Communication Technology Policy
Framework
Connection to the undersea cable initiatives promotes
broadband usage
Economies
Hong Kong, China Yes 2008 2008 Digital 21 Strategy - Moving Ahead
Chinese Taipei Yes 2011 Broadband for Villages and Broadband for Tribes
Cook Islands Yes 2003 National ICT Policy
Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Regulatory database,
Broadband Commission for Digital Development.
Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
92
AnnexAnnex2
Annex 2: Fixed Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, per 100 inhabitants, 2012 
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
1 Switzerland 41.9 50 Russia 14.5
2 Netherlands 39.4 51 St. Lucia 13.8
3 Denmark 38.2 52 Azerbaijan 13.8
4 France 37.8 53 Grenada 13.7 e
5 Korea (Rep.) 37.6 54 Trinidad & Tobago 13.6
6 Norway 36.9 e
55 China 13.0 e
7 Iceland 34.5 e
56 Bahrain 12.7
8 Belgium 34.1 57 Dominica 12.6
9 Germany 34.0 58 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 12.4
10 United Kingdom 34.0 59 Chile 12.4
11 Liechtenstein 33.0 60 Moldova 11.9
12 Canada 32.9 e
61 United Arab Emirates 11.7
13 Luxembourg 32.6 62 Seychelles 11.7
14 Sweden 32.2 63 Lebanon 11.7
15 Malta 31.7 64 Mexico 10.9
16 Hong Kong, China 31.6 65 Argentina 10.9
17 San Marino 31.0 66 Bosnia and Herzegovina 10.8
18 Andorra 31.0 e
67 Mauritius 10.6
19 Finland 30.4 68 Turkey 10.5
20 United States 28.0 69 Serbia 10.2
21 Japan 27.9 70 Costa Rica 10.0
22 New Zealand 27.8 71 Kazakhstan 9.7
23 St. Kitts and Nevis 27.2 e
72 Brazil 9.2
24 Belarus 26.6 73 Georgia 9.1
25 Singapore 26.1 74 Malaysia 8.4
26 Estonia 25.7 75 Colombia 8.4
27 Macao, China 25.5 76 Montenegro 8.3 e
28 Austria 25.2 77 Panama 8.2
29 Australia 25.1 78 Qatar 8.2
30 Slovenia 24.6 79 Ukraine 8.1
31 Spain 24.3 80 Saudi Arabia 6.8
32 Barbados 23.8 e
81 Venezuela 6.7
33 Greece 23.5 82 Armenia 6.6
34 Hungary 22.9 83 Thailand 6.2
35 Ireland 22.7 84 Suriname 5.7 e
36 Portugal 22.3 85 Antigua & Barbuda 5.6 e
37 Israel 22.2 e
86 Tuvalu 5.6 e
38 Italy 22.1 87 Maldives 5.5
39 Latvia 21.5 e
88 Ecuador 5.4
40 Croatia 20.3 89 Albania 5.0
41 Lithuania 19.5 90 Viet Nam 5.0 e
42 Cyprus 19.2 91 Brunei Darussalam 4.8
43 Bulgaria 17.6 92 Tunisia 4.8
44 Poland 16.6 e
93 Peru 4.8
45 Uruguay 16.6 94 Dominican Rep. 4.4 e
46 Czech Republic 16.6 95 Jamaica 4.3
47 Romania 15.9 96 Iran (I.R.) 4.1
48 TFYR Macedonia 14.6 97 El Salvador 3.9 e
49 Slovak Republic 14.6 98 Guyana 3.9
93
AnnexAnnex2
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
99 Cape Verde 3.8 147 Angola 0.2 e
100 Mongolia 3.6 148 Lesotho 0.1 e
101 Belize 3.1 149 Papua New Guinea 0.1 e
102 Algeria 3.0 e
150 Uganda 0.1
103 Jordan 3.0 151 Zambia 0.1
104 Namibia 2.8 152 Kenya 0.1
105 Bahamas 2.8 e
153 Mozambique 0.1
106 Egypt 2.7 154 Burkina Faso 0.1
107 Kyrgyzstan 2.6 155 Togo 0.1 e
108 Oman 2.5 156 Tajikistan 0.1 e
109 Bhutan 2.2 157 Sudan 0.1
110 Philippines 2.2 e
158 Benin 0.1
111 South Africa 2.2 e
159 Timor-Leste 0.1 e
112 Morocco 2.1 160 Cuba 0.0
113 Sri Lanka 2.0 161 Ethiopia 0.0
114 Syria 1.8 162 Madagascar 0.0
115 Djibouti 1.7 e
163 Gambia 0.0
116 Nicaragua 1.7 e
164 Turkmenistan 0.0 e
117 Kuwait 1.6 e
165 Comoros 0.0 e
118 Fiji 1.5 166 Rwanda 0.0
119 Lao P.D.R. 1.5 e
167 Niger 0.0
120 Tonga 1.4 e
168 Mali 0.0
121 Indonesia 1.2 e
169 Myanmar 0.0 e
122 India 1.1 170 Nigeria 0.0
123 Paraguay 1.1 e
171 Congo 0.0
124 Bolivia 1.1 172 Tanzania 0.0 e
125 Libya 1.0 e
173 Malawi 0.0
126 Vanuatu 1.0 174 Guinea 0.0 e
127 Kiribati 1.0 e
175 Cameroon 0.0
128 Botswana 0.8 176 Burundi 0.0 e
129 Honduras 0.8 177 Liberia 0.0 e
130 Senegal 0.7 178 Eritrea 0.0
131 Uzbekistan 0.7 179 South Sudan 0.0
132 Yemen 0.7 180 Central African Rep. 0.0
133 Zimbabwe 0.5 181 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 0.0
134 S. Tomé & Principe 0.5 e
182 Guinea-Bissau 0.0 e
135 Pakistan 0.5 183 Nauru 0.0
136 Nepal 0.4 e
Afghanistan n/a
137 Solomon Islands 0.4 D.P.R. Korea n/a
138 Bangladesh 0.3 Guatemala n/a
139 Gabon 0.3 e
Haiti n/a
140 Swaziland 0.3 Iraq n/a
141 Ghana 0.3 Marshall Islands n/a
142 Côte d'Ivoire 0.2 e
Micronesia n/a
143 Cambodia 0.2 Samoa n/a
144 Equatorial Guinea 0.2 Sierra Leone n/a
145 Mauritania 0.2 Somalia n/a
146 Chad 0.2 Vatican n/a
World average 9.1
Notes:The table includes ITU Members.
n/a - not available.
e
- ITU estimates.
Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
Annex 2: Fixed Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, per 100 inhabitants, 2012 
94
AnnexAnnex3
Annex 3: Mobile Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, per 100 inhabitants, 2012
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
1 Singapore 123.3 50 Azerbaijan 33.3
2 Japan 113.1 51 Belarus 32.8
3 Finland 106.5 52 Portugal 32.5
4 Korea (Rep.) 106.0 53 Uruguay 32.0
5 Sweden 101.3 54 Indonesia 31.9 e
6 Australia 96.2 55 Zimbabwe 29.7
7 Denmark 87.5 56 Namibia 28.8
8 Norway 84.6 57 Chile 28.0
9 United States 74.7 58 Armenia 27.6
10 Hong Kong, China 73.5 59 Montenegro 27.0 e
11 Luxembourg 72.6 e
60 Egypt 26.9
12 Estonia 72.5 e
61 Mongolia 26.7
13 Qatar 72.1 62 South Africa 26.0 e
14 United Kingdom 72.0 63 Romania 23.7
15 Iceland 71.7 e
64 Hungary 23.1
16 Bahrain 67.1 65 Cape Verde 22.5
17 Israel 65.5 e
66 Georgia 22.4
18 New Zealand 65.2 67 Ecuador 22.2
19 Ireland 64.2 68 TFYR Macedonia 21.6
20 Netherlands 61.0 69 Mauritius 21.5
21 Malta 57.6 70 Maldives 21.5
22 Oman 56.7 71 Uzbekistan 20.7
23 Austria 55.5 72 Antigua & Barbuda 19.9 e
24 Spain 53.2 73 Viet Nam 19.0 e
25 Russia 52.9 74 Albania 18.4
26 Croatia 52.3 75 China 17.2 e
27 France 52.2 76 Botswana 16.6
28 Italy 51.8 77 Sudan 16.4
29 Latvia 51.2 e
78 Turkey 16.3
30 United Arab Emirates 50.9 79 Dominican Rep. 15.4 e
31 Monaco 50.8 80 Panama 15.0
32 Canada 50.0 e
81 Costa Rica 14.5
33 Poland 49.3 e
82 Libya 13.8 e
34 Liechtenstein 48.5 83 Malaysia 13.5
35 Greece 44.5 84 Argentina 12.4 e
36 Czech Republic 44.0 85 Swaziland 12.0 e
37 Saudi Arabia 42.8 86 San Marino 11.0
38 Kazakhstan 42.0 87 Bosnia and Herzegovina 10.9
39 Switzerland 41.4 88 Fiji 10.8
40 Germany 41.0 89 Jordan 10.7
41 Bulgaria 40.3 90 Nigeria 10.2
42 Serbia 40.2 91 Morocco 10.0
43 Slovenia 37.1 92 Mexico 9.7
44 Brazil 36.6 93 Nauru 9.6
45 Barbados 36.4 e
94 Seychelles 8.7
46 Slovak Republic 34.9 95 Lithuania 8.6
47 Cyprus 33.8 96 Brunei Darussalam 7.6
48 Belgium 33.7 97 Uganda 7.6
49 Ghana 33.3 98 Bolivia 6.7
95
AnnexAnnex3
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
99 Solomon Islands 6.3 147 Gabon 0.0 e
100 El Salvador 5.5 e
148 Guinea 0.0 e
101 Ukraine 5.5 e
149 Guinea-Bissau 0.0 e
102 Paraguay 5.5 e
150 South Sudan 0.0 e
103 Tunisia 5.2 151 Comoros 0.0 e
104 Moldova 5.1 152 Djibouti 0.0 e
105 Colombia 4.9 153 Somalia 0.0 e
106 India 4.9 e
154 Iran (I.R.) 0.0 e
107 Venezuela 4.7 155 Kiribati 0.0 e
108 Guatemala 4.5 e
156 Micronesia 0.0 e
109 Sri Lanka 4.4 157 Tuvalu 0.0 e
110 Honduras 4.2 158 Vanuatu 0.0 e
111 Philippines 3.8 e
159 Turkmenistan 0.0 e
112 Senegal 3.8 160 Cuba 0.0 e
113 Malawi 3.5 161 Dominica 0.0 e
114 Rwanda 3.2 162 Grenada 0.0 e
115 Mauritania 3.2 163 St. Kitts and Nevis 0.0 e
116 Bahamas 2.8 e
164 St. Lucia 0.0 e
117 Peru 2.8 165 Burkina Faso 0.0 e
118 Bhutan 2.5 166 Burundi 0.0 e
119 Kenya 2.2 167 Algeria 0.0 e
120 Congo 2.1 168 Equatorial Guinea 0.0
121 Syria 1.8 e
169 Guyana 0.0
122 Mozambique 1.8 e
170 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 0.0
123 Jamaica 1.6 e
Afghanistan n/a
124 Angola 1.5 e
Andorra n/a
125 Tanzania 1.5 e
Cameroon n/a
126 Trinidad & Tobago 1.5 Congo (Dem. Rep.) n/a
127 Gambia 1.2 Côte d'Ivoire n/a
128 Nicaragua 1.0 e
D.P.R. Korea n/a
129 Lao P.D.R. 0.8 e
Iraq n/a
130 Togo 0.7 e
Kuwait n/a
131 Mali 0.7 Kyrgyzstan n/a
132 Zambia 0.7 Lesotho n/a
133 Ethiopia 0.4 Liberia n/a
134 Benin 0.3 Macao, China n/a
135 Pakistan 0.3 Madagascar n/a
136 Lebanon 0.3 e
Marshall Islands n/a
137 Bangladesh 0.2 Nepal n/a
138 Yemen 0.2 Niger n/a
139 Haiti 0.2 Papua New Guinea n/a
140 Thailand 0.1 e
S. Tomé & Principe n/a
141 Belize 0.1 Samoa n/a
142 Myanmar 0.0 e
Sierra Leone n/a
143 Eritrea 0.0 Tajikistan n/a
144 Suriname 0.0 e
Timor-Leste n/a
145 Central African Rep. 0.0 e
Tonga n/a
146 Chad 0.0 e
Vatican n/a
World average 22.1
Notes:The table includes ITU Members.
n/a - not available.
e
- ITU estimates.
Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
Annex 3: Mobile Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, per 100 inhabitants, 2012
96
AnnexAnnex4
Annex 4: Percentage of Households with Internet, Developing Countries, 2012
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
1 Korea (Rep.) 97.4 50 Tunisia 20.6 e
2 Qatar 88.1 51 Suriname 20.2 e
3 Singapore 87.7 e
52 Peru 20.2
4 Macao, China 81.0 e
53 Venezuela 20.2 e
5 Bahrain 79.0 54 Tuvalu 19.7 e
6 Hong Kong, China 78.6 55 Algeria 19.4 e
7 Israel 73.4 e
56 Philippines 18.9 e
8 Brunei Darussalam 72.4 e
57 Thailand 18.4
9 United Arab Emirates 72.0 58 Viet Nam 15.6 e
10 Saudi Arabia 66.6 e
59 Iraq 15.6 e
11 Kuwait 65.2 e
60 El Salvador 15.0 e
12 Malaysia 64.7 61 Mongolia 14.0
13 Lebanon 64.0 e
62 Cape Verde 13.7 e
14 Cyprus 62.0 63 Libya 13.7 e
15 Barbados 57.9 e
64 Dominican Rep. 13.7 e
16 Kazakhstan 52.6 e
65 Honduras 13.2 e
17 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 49.7 e
66 Namibia 13.0 e
18 Uruguay 48.4 67 Tonga 12.0 e
19 Belarus 48.3 68 Bhutan 11.6
20 Antigua & Barbuda 48.2 e
69 Kenya 11.5 e
21 Argentina 47.5 e
70 Swaziland 11.4 e
22 Costa Rica 47.3 71 Ghana 11.0 e
23 Turkey 47.2 72 Sri Lanka 10.3 e
24 Azerbaijan 46.8 e
73 Bolivia 10.0 e
25 Brazil 45.4 e
74 Uzbekistan 9.6 e
26 Chile 45.3 e
75 India 9.5 e
27 Jordan 43.6 e
76 Guatemala 9.3 e
28 Mauritius 42.0 e
77 Botswana 9.1 e
29 Seychelles 41.9 e
78 Nigeria 9.1 e
30 Oman 41.9 e
79 Guyana 8.9 e
31 Trinidad & Tobago 40.0 e
80 Pakistan 8.3 e
32 Morocco 38.9 81 Gabon 7.9 e
33 Syria 38.0 e
82 Nicaragua 7.4 e
34 China 37.4 e
83 Angola 7.2 e
35 Maldives 34.3 e
84 Turkmenistan 6.7 e
36 Egypt 32.3 85 Gambia 6.7 e
37 St. Lucia 32.2 e
86 Indonesia 6.5
38 Colombia 32.1 87 Kyrgyzstan 6.3 e
39 Georgia 32.0 88 Senegal 5.8 e
40 Panama 31.6 89 Malawi 5.6
41 Sudan 29.3 90 Djibouti 5.1 e
42 Iran (I.R.) 26.5 e
91 Tanzania 5.1 e
43 Mexico 26.0 92 Lao P.D.R. 5.1 e
44 South Africa 25.5 e
93 Zimbabwe 4.9 e
45 Armenia 25.4 e
94 Burundi 4.7 e
46 Fiji 24.4 e
95 Yemen 4.7 e
47 Jamaica 23.0 e
96 Mozambique 4.7 e
48 Paraguay 22.8 e
97 Solomon Islands 4.2 e
49 Ecuador 22.5 98 Uganda 4.2 e
97
AnnexAnnex4
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
99 Nepal 4.1 e
123 Niger 1.4 e
100 Cambodia 3.9 e
124 Côte d'Ivoire 1.4 e
101 Cuba 3.8 e
125 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 1.3 e
102 Lesotho 3.7 e
126 Congo 1.3 e
103 Tajikistan 3.6 e
127 Guinea 1.3 e
104 Cameroon 3.5 e
128 Eritrea 1.1 e
105 Mauritania 3.4 e
Bahamas n/a
106 Comoros 3.4 e
Belize n/a
107 Haiti 3.4 e
D.P.R. Korea n/a
108 Burkina Faso 2.8 e
Dominica n/a
109 Zambia 2.8 e
Equatorial Guinea n/a
110 Papua New Guinea 2.7 e
Grenada n/a
111 Madagascar 2.7 e
Kiribati n/a
112 Mali 2.5 e
Marshall Islands n/a
113 Rwanda 2.4 e
Micronesia n/a
114 Benin 2.4 e
Nauru n/a
115 Central African Rep. 2.4 e
S. Tomé& Principe n/a
116 Chad 2.3 e
Samoa n/a
117 Bangladesh 2.1 e
Sierra Leone n/a
118 Ethiopia 1.9 e
Somalia n/a
119 Afghanistan 1.9 e
St. Kitts and Nevis n/a
120 Myanmar 1.8 e
Timor-Leste n/a
121 Guinea-Bissau 1.6 e
Togo n/a
122 Liberia 1.6 e
Vanuatu n/a
Average all developing countries 24.0
Notes:The table includes ITU Members.
n/a - not available.
e
- ITU estimates.
Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
Annex 4: Percentage of Households with Internet, Developing Countries, 2012
98
AnnexAnnex5
Annex 5: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Worldwide, 2012
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
1 Iceland 96.0 50 Croatia 63.0
2 Norway 95.0 51 Chile 61.4 e
3 Sweden 94.0 52 Lebanon 61.2 e
4 Denmark 93.0 53 Cyprus 61.0
5 Netherlands 93.0 54 Brunei Darussalam 60.3 e
6 Luxembourg 92.0 55 Oman 60.0 e
7 Finland 91.0 56 Trinidad & Tobago 59.5 e
8 New Zealand 89.5 e
57 Italy 58.0
9 Liechtenstein 89.4 e
58 Montenegro 56.8
10 Qatar 88.1 59 Greece 56.0
11 Bahrain 88.0 60 Argentina 55.8 e
12 United Kingdom 87.0 e
61 Dominica 55.2 e
13 Monaco 87.0 e
62 Bulgaria 55.1
14 Canada 86.8 e
63 Uruguay 55.1 e
15 Andorra 86.4 e
64 Morocco 55.0
16 Switzerland 85.2 65 Albania 54.7 e
17 United Arab Emirates 85.0 66 Azerbaijan 54.2 e
18 Korea (Rep.) 84.1 67 Saudi Arabia 54.0 e
19 Germany 84.0 68 Kazakhstan 53.3 e
20 Antigua & Barbuda 83.8 69 Russia 53.3 e
21 France 83.0 70 San Marino 50.9 e
22 Australia 82.3 e
71 Romania 50.0
23 Belgium 82.0 72 Brazil 49.8 e
24 United States 81.0 e
73 Colombia 49.0
25 Austria 81.0 74 St. Lucia 48.6 e
26 Slovak Republic 80.0 75 Serbia 48.1 e
27 St. Kitts and Nevis 79.3 e
76 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 47.5 e
28 Kuwait 79.2 e
77 Costa Rica 47.5
29 Japan 79.1 78 Seychelles 47.1 e
30 Estonia 79.0 79 Belarus 46.9
31 Ireland 79.0 80 Jamaica 46.5 e
32 Czech Republic 75.0 81 Georgia 45.5 e
33 Singapore 74.2 e
82 Panama 45.2 e
34 Latvia 74.0 83 Turkey 45.1
35 Israel 73.4 e
84 Dominican Rep. 45.0 e
36 Barbados 73.3 e
85 Egypt 44.1
37 Hong Kong, China 72.8 86 Venezuela 44.0 e
38 Hungary 72.0 87 Moldova 43.4 e
39 Spain 72.0 88 China 42.3 e
40 Bahamas 71.7 e
89 Grenada 42.1 e
41 Malta 70.0 90 Tunisia 41.4 e
42 Slovenia 70.0 91 Mauritius 41.4 e
43 Lithuania 68.0 92 South Africa 41.0 e
44 Malaysia 65.8 93 Jordan 41.0 e
45 Bosnia and Herzegovina 65.4 e
94 Viet Nam 39.5 e
46 Poland 65.0 95 Armenia 39.2 e
47 Macao, China 64.3 e
96 Maldives 38.9 e
48 Portugal 64.0 97 Mexico 38.4
49 TFYR Macedonia 63.1 e
98 Peru 38.2
99
AnnexAnnex5
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
99 Uzbekistan 36.5 e
147 Botswana 11.5 e
100 Philippines 36.2 e
148 Nepal 11.1 e
101 Ecuador 35.1 149 Lao P.D.R. 10.7 e
102 Tuvalu 35.0 e
150 Kiribati 10.7 e
103 Tonga 34.9 e
151 Vanuatu 10.6 e
104 Cape Verde 34.7 e
152 Marshall Islands 10.0 e
105 Suriname 34.7 e
153 Pakistan 10.0 e
106 Bolivia 34.2 e
154 Haiti 9.8 e
107 Guyana 34.3 e
155 Gabon 8.6 e
108 Fiji 33.7 e
156 Djibouti 8.3 e
109 Ukraine 33.7 e
157 Rwanda 8.0 e
110 Nigeria 32.9 e
158 Turkmenistan 7.2 e
111 Kenya 32.1 e
159 Iraq 7.1 e
112 Paraguay 27.1 e
160 Solomon Islands 7.0 e
113 Thailand 26.5 161 Bangladesh 6.3 e
114 Iran (I.R.) 26.0 e
162 Congo 6.1 e
115 Micronesia 26.0 e
163 Comoros 6.0 e
116 Cuba 25.6 e
164 Cameroon 5.7 e
117 El Salvador 25.5 e
165 Afghanistan 5.5 e
118 Bhutan 25.4 e
166 Mauritania 5.4 e
119 Belize 25.0 e
167 Cambodia 4.9 e
120 Syria 24.3 e
168 Mozambique 4.8 e
121 Kyrgyzstan 21.7 e
169 Lesotho 4.6 e
122 S. Tomé & Principe 21.6 e
170 Malawi 4.4 e
123 Sudan 21.0 171 Togo 4.0 e
124 Swaziland 20.8 e
172 Benin 3.8 e
125 Libya 19.9 e
173 Liberia 3.8 e
126 Senegal 19.2 e
174 Burkina Faso 3.7 e
127 Sri Lanka 18.3 e
175 Central African Rep. 3.0 e
128 Honduras 18.1 e
176 Guinea-Bissau 2.9 e
129 Yemen 17.4 e
177 Côte d'Ivoire 2.4 e
130 Ghana 17.1 e
178 Papua New Guinea 2.3 e
131 Zimbabwe 17.1 e
179 Mali 2.2 e
132 Angola 16.9 e
180 Chad 2.1 e
133 Mongolia 16.4 181 Madagascar 2.1 e
134 Guatemala 16.0 e
182 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 1.7 e
135 Indonesia 15.4 183 Guinea 1.5 e
136 Algeria 15.2 e
184 Ethiopia 1.5 e
137 Uganda 14.7 e
185 Niger 1.4 e
138 Tajikistan 14.5 e
186 Somalia 1.4 e
139 Equatorial Guinea 13.9 e
187 Sierra Leone 1.3 e
140 Nicaragua 13.5 e
188 Burundi 1.2 e
141 Zambia 13.5 e
189 Myanmar 1.1 e
142 Tanzania 13.1 e
190 Timor-Leste 0.9 e
143 Namibia 12.9 e
191 Eritrea 0.8 e
144 Samoa 12.9 e
192 D.P.R. Korea 0.0 e
145 India 12.6 e
Nauru n/a
146 Gambia 12.4 e
South Sudan n/a
World average 35.7
Notes:The table includes ITU Members.
n/a - not available.
e
- ITU estimates.
Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
Annex 5: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Worldwide, 2012
100
AnnexAnnex6
Annex 6: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Developing Countries, 2012
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
1 Qatar 88.1 50 Maldives 38.9 e
2 Bahrain 88.0 51 Mexico 38.4
3 United Arab Emirates 85.0 52 Peru 38.2
4 Korea (Rep.) 84.1 53 Uzbekistan 36.5 e
5 Antigua & Barbuda 83.8 e
54 Philippines 36.2 e
6 St. Kitts and Nevis 79.4 e
55 Ecuador 35.1
7 Kuwait 79.2 e
56 Tuvalu 35.0 e
8 Singapore 74.2 e
57 Tonga 34.9 e
9 Israel 73.4 e
58 Cape Verde 34.7 e
10 Barbados 73.3 e
59 Suriname 34.7 e
11 Hong Kong, China 72.8 60 Guyana 34.3 e
12 Bahamas 71.8 e
61 Bolivia 34.2 e
13 Malaysia 65.8 62 Fiji 33.7 e
14 Macao, China 64.3 e
63 Nigeria 32.9 e
15 Chile 61.4 e
64 Kenya 32.1 e
16 Lebanon 61.3 e
65 Paraguay 27.1 e
17 Cyprus 61.0 66 Thailand 26.5
18 Brunei Darussalam 60.3 e
67 Iran (I.R.) 26.0 e
19 Oman 60.0 e
68 Micronesia 26.0 e
20 Trinidad & Tobago 59.5 e
69 Cuba 25.6 e
21 Argentina 55.8 e
70 El Salvador 25.5 e
22 Dominica 55.2 e
71 Bhutan 25.4 e
23 Uruguay 55.1 e
72 Belize 25.0 e
24 Morocco 55.0 73 Syria 24.3 e
25 Azerbaijan 54.2 e
74 Kyrgyzstan 21.7 e
26 Saudi Arabia 54.0 e
75 S. Tomé & Principe 21.6 e
27 Kazakhstan 53.3 e
76 Sudan 21.0
28 Brazil 49.9 e
77 Swaziland 20.8 e
29 Colombia 49.0 78 Libya 19.9 e
30 St. Lucia 48.6 e
79 Senegal 19.2 e
31 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 47.5 e
80 Sri Lanka 18.3 e
32 Costa Rica 47.5 81 Honduras 18.1 e
33 Seychelles 47.1 e
82 Yemen 17.5 e
34 Belarus 46.9 83 Ghana 17.1 e
35 Jamaica 46.5 e
84 Zimbabwe 17.1 e
36 Georgia 45.5 e
85 Angola 16.9 e
37 Panama 45.2 e
86 Mongolia 16.4
38 Turkey 45.1 87 Guatemala 16.0 e
39 Dominican Rep. 45.0 e
88 Indonesia 15.4
40 Egypt 44.1 89 Algeria 15.2 e
41 Venezuela 44.1 e
90 Uganda 14.7 e
42 China 42.3 e
91 Tajikistan 14.5 e
43 Grenada 42.1 e
92 Equatorial Guinea 13.9 e
44 Tunisia 41.4 e
93 Nicaragua 13.5 e
45 Mauritius 41.4 e
94 Zambia 13.5 e
46 Jordan 41.0 e
95 Tanzania 13.1 e
47 South Africa 41.0 e
96 Namibia 12.9 e
48 Viet Nam 39.5 e
97 Samoa 12.9 e
49 Armenia 39.2 e
98 India 12.6 e
101
Annex6
Annex 6: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Developing Countries, 2012
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
99 Gambia 12.5 e
123 Malawi 4.4
e
100 Botswana 11.5 e
124 Togo 4.0
e
101 Nepal 11.2 e
125 Benin 3.8
e
102 Haiti 10.9 e
126 Liberia 3.8
e
103 Lao P.D.R. 10.8 e
127 Burkina Faso 3.7
e
104 Kiribati 10.8 e
128 Central African Rep. 3.0
e
105 Vanuatu 10.6 e
129 Guinea-Bissau 2.9
e
106 Marshall Islands 10.0 e
130 Côte d'Ivoire 2.4
e
107 Pakistan 10.0 e
131 Papua New Guinea 2.3
e
108 Gabon 8.6 e
132 Mali 2.2
e
109 Djibouti 8.3 e
133 Chad 2.1
e
110 Rwanda 8.0 e
134 Madagascar 2.1
e
111 Turkmenistan 7.2 e
135 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 1.7
e
112 Iraq 7.1 e
136 Guinea 1.5
e
113 Solomon Islands 7.0 e
137 Ethiopia 1.5
e
114 Bangladesh 6.3 e
138 Niger 1.4
e
115 Congo 6.1 e
139 Somalia 1.4
e
116 Comoros 6.0 e
140 Sierra Leone 1.3
e
117 Cameroon 5.7 e
141 Burundi 1.2
e
118 Afghanistan 5.5 e
142 Myanmar 1.1
e
119 Mauritania 5.4 e
143 Timor-Leste 0.9
e
120 Cambodia 4.9 e
144 Eritrea 0.8
e
121 Mozambique 4.9 e
D.P.R. Korea n/a
122 Lesotho 4.6 e
Nauru n/a
Average all developing countries 27.5
Notes:The table includes ITU Members.
n/a - not available.
e
- ITU estimates.
Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
102
Annex
Annex 7: Percentage  of Individuals using the Internet, Least Developed Countries (LDCs), 2012
Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012
1 Tuvalu 35.00 e
25 Mauritania 5.37 e
2 Bhutan 25.43 e
26 Cambodia 4.94 e
3 S. Tomé & Principe 21.57 e
27 Mozambique 4.85 e
4 Sudan 21.00 28 Lesotho 4.59 e
5 Senegal 19.20 e
29 Malawi 4.35 e
6 Yemen 17.45 e
30 Togo 4.00 e
7 Angola 16.94 e
31 Benin 3.80 e
8 Uganda 14.69 e
32 Liberia 3.79 e
9 Equatorial Guinea 13.94 e
33 Burkina Faso 3.73 e
10 Zambia 13.47 e
34 Central African Rep. 3.00 e
11 Tanzania 13.08 e
35 Guinea-Bissau 2.89 e
12 Samoa 12.92 e
36 Mali 2.17 e
13 Gambia 12.45 e
37 Chad 2.10 e
14 Nepal 11.15 e
38 Madagascar 2.05 e
15 Haiti 10.87 e
39 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 1.68 e
16 Lao P.D.R. 10.75 e
40 Guinea 1.49 e
17 Kiribati 10.75 e
41 Ethiopia 1.48 e
18 Vanuatu 10.60 e
42 Niger 1.41 e
19 Djibouti 8.27 e
43 Somalia 1.38 e
20 Rwanda 8.02 e
44 Sierra Leone 1.30 e
21 Solomon Islands 7.00 e
45 Burundi 1.22 e
22 Bangladesh 6.30 e
46 Myanmar 1.07 e
23 Comoros 5.98 e
47 Timor-Leste 0.91 e
24 Afghanistan 5.45 e
48 Eritrea 0.80 e
Average all LDCs 7.1
Notes:The table includes ITU Members.
e
- ITU estimates.
Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
ADSL Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
ATM Asynchronous Transport Mode
CAGR Compound Annual Growth Rate
ccTLD country code Top-Level Domain
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
COPIF Singapore’s Code of Practice for Info-comm Facilities in Buildings
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
CTL Connect To Learn
DSA Dynamic Spectrum Access
DSL Digital Subscriber Line
EuroISPA European Internet Service Providers Association
FCC Federal Communications Commission (US regulator)
FTTC fibre-to-the-Cabinet (FTTC)
FTTH Fibre-To-The-Home
Gbps Gigabits per Second
GHG Greenhouse Gas(es)
GSI Global Standards Initiative
GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
GSMA GSM Association
GSR Global Symposium for Regulators
gTLD generic Top-Level Domain
HSBB High-Speed Broadband project (in Malaysia)
HSDPA High-Speed Downlink Packet Access
HSPA High-Speed Packet Access
HTS High Throughput Satellite
ICT Information and Communication Technology
IDA Info-comm Development Authority (of Singapore)
IDNs Internationalized Domain Names
IP Internet Protocol
IRR Internal Rate of Return
ITU International Telecommunication Union
LDCs Least Developed Countries
LLU Local Loop Unbundling
LTE Long-Term Evolution
MDGs Millennium Development Goals
NBN Next-generation Broadband Network
NBP National Broadband Plan
NGN Next-generation Network
NGOs Non-Governmental Organizations
NIA National Information Society Agency (Rep. of Korea)
NPV Net Present Value
OECD Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
OER Open Educational Resources
PPP Public-Private Partnership
Qnbn Qatar’s National Broadband Network
R3B Reaching the Third Billion (Intel Corporation)
SIM Subscriber Identification Module
SMS Short Message Service
TDM Time Division Multiplex
UNESCO United Nations Scientific and Cultural Organization
UAS Universal Access and Service
UASF Universal Service and Access Fund
UIS UNESCO Institute for Statistics
USAID United States Agency for International Development
USF Universal Service Fund
USO Universal Service Obligation
WIPO World Intellectual Property Organization
List of acronyms and AbBreviations
www.broadbandcommission.org

The State of Broadband 2013

  • 2.
    ABOUT THE COMMISSION TheBroadband Commission for Digital Development was launched by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU) and the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) in response to UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-Moon’s call to step up efforts to meet the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). Established in May 2010, the Commission unites top industry executives with government leaders, thought leaders, policy pioneers, international agencies and organizations concerned with development. The Broadband Commission embraces a range of different perspectives in a multi- stakeholder approach to promoting the roll-out of broadband, as well as providing a fresh approach to UN and business engagement. To date, the Commission has published a number of high-level policy reports, best practices and case studies. More information about the Commission is available at www.broadbandcommission.org. Printed in Switzerland, Geneva, September 2013 Photo credits: Shutterstock
  • 3.
    Chapter The State of Broadband2013: Universalizing Broadband A report by the Broadband Commission SEPTEMBER 2013
  • 4.
    Acknowledgements This Report hasbeen written collaboratively, drawing on insights and rich contributions from a range of Commissioners and their organizations. It has been compiled and edited by the chief editor and co-author, Phillippa Biggs of ITU. Xianghong Hu and Irmgarda Kasinskaite are gratefully acknowledged as the main authors of Chapter 6. Antonio García Zaballos and Felix Gonzalez Herranz of the Inter-American Development Bank (IDB) are gratefully acknowledged as the main authors of Chapter 7. Design concepts were developed by Ahone Njume-Ebong and Jie Huang of ITU, with support from Simon de Nicola. Anna Polomska, Lorrayne Porciuncula, and Nancy Sundberg provided regulatory analysis of Broadband Plans. Esperanza Magpantay and Dr. Susan Teltscher provided statistical insight and data. Preparation of this report has been overseen by Doreen Bogdan-Martin. We wish to thank the following people for their kind review and comments (in alphabetical order of institution, followed by alphabetical order of surname): Guillermo Alarcon, Mirela Doicu and Florence Gaudry-Perkins (Alcatel Lucent); Deepak Dehury, Ratika Jain and Koustuv Kakati (Bharti); Paul Budde (Paul Budde Communications); John Garrity and Dr. Robert Pepper (Cisco); Dr. Joanna Rubinstein (the Earth Institute); Heather Johnson, Elaine Weidman-Grunewald and Lasse Wieweg (Ericsson); EURid; Christian Roisse (EUTELSAT IGO); Margaret Lancaster and Arthur Lechtman (FCC); Dr. Anne Bouverot, Belinda Exelby and Arran Riddle (GSMA); Ivan Huang and Daniel Kelly (Huawei); Dr. Hoda Baraka, Elaine Farah and Aminah Hamam (ICT Qatar); Daniel Lim and Melanie Yip (IDA Singapore); Antonio García- Zaballos and Felix Gonzalez-Herranz (IDB); Dr. Esteban Pacha Vicente (IMSO); Dr. Bruno Lanvin (INSEAD); John Davies, Shannon Johnson, Christoph Legutko, Carlos Martinez, Nuno Martins and John Roman (Intel); Renata Brazil-David and José Toscano (ITSO); Paul Conneally, Gary Fowlie, Yvon Henri, Tomas Lamanauskas, Piers Letcher, Youlia Lozanova, Nelson Malaguti, Sarah Parkes, Anna Polomska, Lorrayne Porciuncula, Nancy Sundberg, Susan Teltscher and Ivan Vallejo (ITU); Paul Mitchell (Microsoft Corp.); Dr. Seang-Tae Kim and Gregory Pokorny (NIA, Rep. of Korea); Brigitte Acoca, Sam Paltridge and Agustín Díaz-Pinés (OECD); the Qualcomm team; Carlos Slim Helú (the Slim Foundation); Natalia Moreno-Rigollot (Telefonica); David Achoarena, Guy Berger, Xianghong Hu, Janis Karklins, Irmgarda Kasinskaite and Francesc Pedro (UNESCO); Mr. Ali Jazairy, Victor Vázquez-Lopez and Michele Woods (WIPO). Special thanks are due to Elaine Weidman (Ericsson), Margaret Lancaster (FCC), Paul Mitchell (Microsoft), Lorrayne Porciuncula, Ivan Vallejo and Esperanza Magpantay (ITU) and Qualcomm for their thorough and dedicated review of the report.
  • 5.
    Chapter 1. Executive Summary 08 2. The Promise of Mobile 12 2.1 The Internet Marries Mobile 12 2.2 The Growing Demand for Spectrum 18 2.3 Broadband and Innovation 21 3. Broadband for Achieving the Millennium Development Goals 26 4. Evaluating Global Growth in Broadband 40 4.1 Target 1: Making broadband policy universal 40 4.2 Target 2: Making broadband affordable 44 4.3 Target 3: Connecting homes to broadband 46 4.4 Target 4: Getting people online 50 4.5 Target 5: Achieving gender equality in access to broadband by 2020 52 5. Universalizing Broadband 54 6. Trends in Expression via Content 68 6.1 Freedom of Expression on the Internet 68 6.2 Multilingualism and IDN Uptake 75 7. Policy Recommendations to Maximize the Impact of Broadband 78 List of Annexes Annex 1: List of National Broadband Plans 86 Annex 2: Fixed Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, 2012 (ITU) 92 Annex 3: Mobile Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, 2012 (ITU) 94 Annex 4: Percentage of Households with Internet, Developing Countries, 2012 (ITU) 96 Annex 5: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Worldwide, 2012 (ITU) 98 Annex 6: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Developing Countries, 2012 (ITU) 100 Annex 7: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Least Developed Countries, 2012 (ITU) 101 List of Acronyms and Abbreviations 103 Contents 5
  • 6.
    List of FeaturedInsights Featured Insight 1: Mobile Internet as a Game-changer (Sunil Bharti Mittal, Chairman, Bharti Airtel Ltd.) Featured Insight 2: Inventing Connectivity, Improving the Lives of Billions (Dr. Paul Jacobs, CEO, Qualcomm) Featured Insight 3: Towards Universal Broadband – The Case for Exclusive Licensing for Mobile Spectrum (Dr. Anne Bouverot, Director General, GSMA) Featured Insight 4: Feeding the Growing Need for Spectrum in the US (FCC) Featured Insight 5: Broadband Driving Innovation (Dr. Bruno Lanvin, Executive Director ECI, INSEAD) Featured Insight 6: Socio-Economic Benefits of Mobile and Broadband Services (Alcatel Lucent) Featured Insight 7: The Socio-Economic Effects of Broadband Speed Upgrades (Ericsson) Featured Insight 8: Innovation in Spectrum Helping Promote Development (Microsoft) Featured Insight 9: Delivering the Benefits of Broadband to the Unconnected (Cisco) Featured Insight 10: Broadband for Education (UNESCO) Featured Insight 11: The Experience of the Digital Culture Programme (Technological Institute of Telmex) Featured Insight 12: Millennium@EDU Programme (Intel) Featured Insight 13: M-Commerce driving Socio-Economic Development (Ericsson) Featured Insight 14: Satellite at the Service of Developing Countries (José Toscano, Director-General of ITSO, Esteban Pacha, Director-General of IMSO and Christian Roisse, Executive Secretary, EUTELSAT IGO) Featured Insight 15: Qatar’s National ICT Plan 2015 and its Experience with Qnbn (ICT Qatar) Featured Insight 16: Policy-Driven Broadband Innovation in Malaysia (Huawei) Featured Insight 17: New Homes in Singapore to have In-Built FTTH Broadband (Mr. Leong Keng Thai, Deputy Chief Executive/Director-General (Telecoms and Post), IDA Singapore) Featured Insight 18: Connecting People in Korea (Dr. Seang-Tae Kim, NIA, Rep. of Korea) Featured Insight 19: Wayra – Supporting Entrepreneurship (Telefónica) Featured Insight 20: Universal Access & Service (UAS) Programmes (IDB) Featured Insight 21: USFs and Other Subsidies to Promote Broadband Adoption (Intel) Featured Insight 22: Universal Service Reform in the United States (FCC) Featured Insight 23: The Backhaul Gap to Reach the Next Billion Broadband Users (Alcatel Lucent) Featured Insight 24: Next-Generation Satellite Networks (José Toscano, Director-General of ITSO, Esteban Pacha, Director-General of IMSO and Christian Roisse, Executive Secretary of EUTELSAT IGO) Featured Insight 25: Digital Content Products (OECD) Featured Insight 26: Intellectual Property and Broadband (WIPO) Featured Insight 27: Harnessing the Digital Dividend for Broadband Coverage (Dr. Anne Bouverot, Director General, GSMA) 6
  • 7.
    List of Figures Figure1: The Structure of this Report (ITU/UNESCO Broadband Commission for Digital Development) Figure 2: Mobile Broadband Bridges the Gap: Fixed Broadband and Mobile Subscriptions, 2009-2018 (Ericsson) Figure 3: The Internet of Things – Invisible, but Connected (ITU, ABI Research) Figure 4: Growth in National Broadband Plans, 2005-2013 (Broadband Commission) Figure 5: Status of National Broadband Plans, mid-2013 (Broadband Commission) Figure 6: Fixed Broadband Sub-Basket for Developing Countries, 2012 (ITU) Figure 7: Proportion of Households with Internet Access in Developing Countries, 2002-2015 (ITU) Figure 8: Global Broadband Market Share by Technology, 2011-2013 (Point Topic) Figure 9: Internet User Penetration, 2000-2015 (ITU) Figure 10: The Gender Gap: Men and Women Online, Totals and Penetration Rates, 2013 (ITU) Figure 11: The Costs of Connecting the Last Subscribers (Australian NBN Project) Figure 12: Targets set by National Broadband Plans (ITU) Figure 13: Choosing a Policy Instrument (ITU) Figure 14: The Ecology of Freedom of Expression on the Internet (UNESCO) List of Boxes Box 1: The Locus of Filtering Technologies Box 2: Privacy and Freedom of Expression on the Internet List of Tables Table 1: Summary Statistics for High-Speed Connectivity, 2013 (ITU) Table 2: Broadband and the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) Table 3: Barriers to Access and Strategies to Overcome Barriers 7
  • 8.
    1Affordable broadband connectivity, servicesand applications are essential to modern society, offering widely recognized social and economic benefits. The Broadband Commission for Digital Development promotes the adoption of broadband-friendly practices and policies for all, so everyone can take advantage of the benefits offered by broadband. With this Report, the Broadband Commission expands awareness and understanding of the importance of broadband networks, services, and applications for generating economic growth, and for achieving social progress. In its work, the Commission has not defined ‘broadband’ in terms of specific minimum transmission speeds, in recognition of the range of market definitions in different countries. Rather, the Commission views broadband as a cluster of concepts: always- on, high-capacity connectivity enabling combined provision of multiple services simultaneously1 . This Report has been written collaboratively, drawing on contributions from the Commission’s leading array of executives, thought leaders and their organizations, foremost in their fields. And yet, the question persists – how best to connect everyone? This Report seeks to answer a number of questions (Figure 1), the answers to which can help us to realize the potential of broadband connectivity. It explores the questions of whether, and how, everyone can be connected to broadband Internet, and if so, by when: –– Why should everyone be connected? –– Is there a viable business case to connect the last 5-10% of the population? –– How can we connect women, minorities, and disadvantaged groups? –– Have Universal Service Funds (USFs) been extended to include broadband? 8 Executive Summary 1. “A 2010 Leadership Imperative: The Future Built on Broadband” (Broadband Commission, 2010), available at: www.broadbandcommission.org/Reports/Report_1.pdf
  • 9.
    How is broadband evolving? MobileTechnologies (Chapter 2) Why do we need it? Benefits of broadband Broadband for Development & the MDGs (Chapter 3) How far have we come? How far to go? Evaluating Global Growth (Chapter 4) How can we generate demand for broadband? How can we universalize broadband? Content Driving Demand & Freedom of Content (Chapter 6) Policy Recommendations (Chapter 7) How can we get there? Universalizing Broadband (Chapter 5) Figure 1: The Structure of this Report 9 Chapter1 Source: ITU/UNESCO Broadband Commission for Digital Development.
  • 10.
    10 Chapter 2 exploreskey trends and developments in broadband, especially growth in mobile broadband as today’s fastest- growing Information and Communication Technology (ICT). Over the last two years, the mobile industry has added one billion more subscriptions, with hundreds of millions more people learning to use a mobile phone. This Chapter explores the implications of putting mobile phones into the hands of every person on the planet, as well as embedding wireless connectivity into the environment around us in a growing ‘Internet of Things’. It finds strong implications for broadband accelerating innovation. Chapter 3 examines the all- important benefits of broadband in accelerating development and achieving the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs). Broadband enables the introduction of innovative new services, but it can also enhance the delivery of existing services in many areas, including education, healthcare, and banking. The Chapter finds that broadband connectivity is not a panacea, and that the best results may be achieved when broadband is integrated carefully and effectively into existing systems. Chapter 4 tracks progress towards universalizing broadband using the Commission’s advocacy targets for 2015. It finds good progress in the first target of making broadband policy universal, with 134 countries having a National Broadband Plan (NBP) in place by mid-2013. Progress in Target 2, making broadband services affordable, is mixed – the number of countries with affordable services is static, but there is good progress with a rising number of countries approaching the target. Targets 3 and 4 (Internet usage and household connectivity) are unlikely to be achieved by the target date of 2015 at current growth rates. In March 2013, the Commission introduced a new advocacy target calling for gender equality in access to broadband by 2020. Despite difficulties in measurement, indicators imply good progress. Chapter 5 explores the means by which broadband can be made universal. The commercial costs of broadband provision rise significantly for connecting final subscribers, for a range of reasons (e.g. remote areas, identifying last subscribers etc). There are different mechanisms for achieving universal broadband, including universal Chapter1
  • 11.
    11 Chapter1 service regulations, Universal ServiceFunds (USFs), national targets and other incentives, as well as new and improved technologies, such as latest-generation satellite. For best results, government and industry and other stakeholders should work in partnership. Supply-side considerations are important, but demand- side considerations are also vital. Competition is still widely recognized as the most effective mechanism to date to lower prices and increase affordability for the majority of the population. Ultimately, however, there is no single recipe that is likely to work for all countries – instead, countries need to relate the options which they choose for universalizing broadband to their market needs. Chapter 6 examines issues relating to content as an all-important driver of demand. It considers trade-offs between freedom of expression, privacy and filtering, as both societies and individuals get to grips with the emerging issues of a hyperconnected society. It also considers the role of Internationalized Domain Names (IDNs) and multilingual content in boosting demand. The chapter finds that there is a strong correlation between local infrastructure and local content, and that multilingual content plays a vital role in driving demand for broadband services. Chapter 7 concludes the Report with policy recommendations on how broadband can be extended. The Broadband Commission for Digital Development advocates digital inclusion for all, on the basis that the benefits of broadband for improving people’s lives should also be universal. Finally, the Annexes provide detailed data for each target, and vividly demonstrate the incredible progress countries are making towards universalizing broadband and achieving digital inclusion for all. The Report finds that, in our converged broadband environment, the roles of the public and private sectors are changing rapidly, and that all stakeholders must work together towards a common vision to achieve universal broadband.
  • 12.
    22.1   TheInternet   Marries Mobile Today, we are embarked on a journey – a journey from a past where ICT infrastructure operated on instruction, to a world where ICTs and the Internet are integrated into the fabric of the environment surrounding us – invisible, embedded, exchanging data and information, constantly and automatically. Historically, technology followed the lead and instructions of users. In the future, whether locating ourselves, navigating a route, parking, accessing messages, users will increasingly follow the lead of technology. Globally, we are embarked on this journey, although progress is uneven across countries, across regions, and even across user groups or generations. Mass connectivity via basic and advanced data access technologies seems assured, with the number of mobile subscriptions set to exceed 7 billion1 and overtake the total world population in 20142 . Mobile subscriptions in Africa and the Middle-East alone exceeded one billion in Q1 20133 . The industry has added one billion mobile cellular subscriptions to the global mobile market over the last two years4 – equivalent to hundreds of millions more people learning to use, love, and live with their mobile phones, for everything from talking and sending texts, to buying goods and services, or transferring money. The marriage of mobile with modern-day Internet via mobile broadband is opening up new vistas of opportunity – mobile broadband may well ‘bridge the gap’ between the connected and the unconnected (Figure 2). Mobile broadband subscriptions overtook fixed broadband subscriptions in 20085 , and show an astonishingly high growth rate of some 30% per year, the highest growth rate of any ICT, exceeding fixed broadband subscriptions by a ratio of 3:1 (up from 2:1 just two years ago). By the end of 2013, ITU predicts there will be 2.1 billion mobile broadband subscriptions, equivalent to one third of the total global stock of mobile cellular subscriptions (up from one fifth in 2011 – Table 1 & Figure 2). The implications are far-reaching. Mobile phone users will no longer be physically constrained by location. Instead of having to physically attend work, banks, post offices or clinics, mobile phones now act as a gateway to money and communication services, as well as the online world of content, 12 The Promise of Mobile
  • 13.
    13 Chapter2 bringing services, books,education and work to mobile phone users, wherever they are. The Internet and mobile were widely credited with the death of distance6 – in future, mobile broadband may be credited with the death of location, as our societies become as mobile as our devices and users. Nevertheless, our future is undoubtedly based on broadband. Although some end-users may believe broadband is about downloading bigger files more rapidly, broadband actually represents so much more7 . Broadband is introducing new ways of doing things across our personal and professional lives, in the many and varied ways we communicate – integrating information infrastructure into the world around us through seamless, always-on connectivity delivering a range of services simultaneously. Governments, health managers, businesses, consumers and teachers are all getting to grips with the positive and transformational impact of broadband for improving economic and social welfare. Source: Ericsson Mobility Report, June 2013. 0 2009 Fixed broadband Mobile broadband Mobile subscriptions Mobile PCs, tablets and mobile routers Subscriptions/lines(millions) 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 9,000 10,000 Figure 2: Mobile Broadband Bridges the Gap: Fixed Broadband and Mobile Subscriptions, 2009-2018
  • 14.
    14 Chapter2 This stellar growthin mobile is helping bridge the basic digital divide in access to ICT services (Figure 2). However, the World Economic Forum (2013) notes a lack of progress in bridging the “new digital divide”, extending basic ICT access to the networked readiness of the whole ICT ecosystem8 . Indeed, the number of unique mobile users is estimated to be considerably lower than the total number of mobile subscriptions for various reasons – for example, mobile phone subscriptions may be shared between two or more users in low-income communities (Table 1). Morgan Stanley (2012) estimates that the number of unique smartphone users is around 1.5 billion in 20139 , with smartphone subscriptions estimated to exceed 4 billion by 2018 (Ericsson, 201310 ). The industry is now shipping 700 million smartphones a year11 , with around 40% of all handsets shipped in 2012 being smartphones12 . Looking to the future, mobile broadband is projected to reach 7 billion subscriptions in 201813 . Long- Term Evolution (LTE) Advanced alone may account for 500 million subscriptions by 201814 , while Pyramid (2013) projects that, globally, 4G subscriptions are expected to grow tenfold over five years, from 88 million in 2012 to 864 million in 201715 . In 2012, sales of smartphones outstripped the sales of all other phones for the first time in some countries (e.g. Argentina and Chile – Pyramid Research, 201316 ). Informa (2013) predicts that basic entry-level and super-smartphones will continue growing steadily in popularity, while middle ‘core smartphones’ are expected to peak in popularity around 2014, and subsequently be squeezed17 . Total end 2013 Broadband Total, end 2013 % Global Total high-speed, end 2013 Internet users 2.749 billion -/- -/- Fixed Internet subscriptions -/- 696 million (2013) -/- Mobile subscriptions 6.835 billion 2.096 billion 30.7%*** Unique mobile users * 3.3* - 5 billion** 1.5 billion** 30% Handset shipments 1.736 billion (2012)**** 712.6 million smartphones (2012)**** 41.1%18 (2012) 44.5%19 (2012) Sources: ITU. Smartphone shipments from IDC 2013 * GSMA ** Morgan Stanley estimates quoted in Internet Trends 20139 . *** Mobile-broadband subscriptions are not strictly a sub-category of mobile-cellular subscriptions,as they include USB/ dongles (which are excluded from mobile-cellular). **** The difference between stock of handset shipments and smartphones is attributable to feature phones. Table 1: Summary Statistics for High-Speed Connectivity, 2013 (unless otherwise indicated)
  • 15.
    Chapter 15 Chapter2 Even more significantly,by the end of 2013, the number of broadband subscriptions in the developing world will exceed the number of broadband subscriptions in the developed world for the first time, in both fixed and mobile, respectively. Much of this fresh growth is located in emerging markets – Budde Communications (2013) notes that Africa is the region with the largest remaining growth potential in the world, and estimates that the market in telecom services will grow by 1.5 billion people, almost half the remaining market worldwide, by 205020 . Such strong global growth in mobile broadband is also evident in national markets. In China, 75% of all Internet users now access the Internet via a mobile device, exceeding the proportion of users accessing the Internet via a fixed connection (at 71%) for the first time in 201221 . Even if the future is mobile, fixed broadband will still play a vital role. For operators, fixed networks and backhaul networks are helping accommodate growth in mobile traffic (Featured Insight 23), with a third of all mobile data traffic offloaded to fixed networks in 2012, according to Cisco (2012)22 . For consumers, fixed broadband subscriptions worldwide have been growing more slowly, but steadily, and will reach 696 million by end 201323 , corresponding to a global penetration rate of 9.8%24 , with over one hundred million subscriptions added over the last two years, and three times the total number of subscriptions in 2005 (220 million). Much of this growth is located in developing countries, which now account for over half of all fixed broadband subscriptions. However, overall, fixed broadband penetration rates remain low, at 6.1% in developing countries, compared with 27.2% in developed countries in 201325 . These global statistics do not do justice to the far-reaching change brought about by the smartphone. Combining the functions of navigation, address book, wallet, camera, personal organizer, notepad, email and social conversation, broadband-enabled devices are already indispensable to modern lifestyles, especially in industrialized countries. Now, however, mobile Internet promises to be a significant ‘game-changer’ in countries around the world, driving far-reaching social and economic transformations through new services and changes in consumer habits in developing and developed countries alike (Featured Insights 1 and 2).
  • 16.
    16 Featured Insight 1: MobileInternet as a Game-changer The impact of mobile over the past decade has been nothing short of a game-changer. By 2012, the mobile industry had created a connected world with global mobile penetration touching nearly 100%26 . Ubiquitous mobile connectivity is driving tectonic cultural changes, with 2.7 billion people using the Internet, but there is a unique prospect of creating something much larger.The marriage of mobile and the Internet will transform how we do things, and help many economies leapfrog the PC era. The Internet is now driving change through ‘network effects’ and pervasive smartphones, tablets and other new devices with Internet access – we are moving swiftly from the era of voice to that of the mobile Internet. Mobile Internet subscriptions have increased nearly tenfold over the last six years, from 268 million in 2007 to 2.1 billion in 201327 .With developing countries accounting for over half or 1.16 billion of these subscriptions, many citizens are gaining their first experience of the Internet through a mobile device – a significant shift in consumer habits. Since 2007, the mobile Internet has driven far-reaching social and economic benefits, helping transcend the resource deficiencies by which many economies are constrained.Whether in health, education, retail, payments, public services or improved productivity, the impact of mobile Internet is universally evident. McKinsey (2013) estimates the annual economic benefit of the mobile Internet as between US$3.7 trillion to US$10.8 trillion globally by 202528 . An excellent showcase of this potential is the education system in India. India has one of the largest education systems in the world, with over one million schools and 18,000 higher education institutes. With quality a growing concern, Internet connectivity offers a unique platform for new service delivery. The Airtel Classroom is a virtual learning platform that can be accessed by customers via mobile. India is one of the first countries to launch LTE, which will accelerate service delivery in sectors ranging from health to public infrastructure, and drive a significant structural shift in consumer behavior over the next few years, given that nearly 200 operators in 75 countries may offer LTE services by the end of 201329 . As we continue to make advances in network management and connectivity, we are paving the way for the ‘Internet of Things’.Today, there are around 9 billion connected devices, which could reach a trillion connected devices by 2025. Although in its early stages, the ‘Internet of Things’ has the potential to tackle a wide range of applications.To ensure this vision becomes a reality, it is vital to ensure affordability and create the necessary supportive ecosystem, including: a conducive regulatory environment; reduced disparities in access, speed, and functionality; improved availability of spectrum at reasonable cost; affordable devices; more local language content; and a range of new apps. At Mobile World Congress 2012, I urged manufacturers to introduce a US$ 50 smartphone (when the average price was around US$150) to bring the next billion people into the digital sphere. One year on, this is a distinct reality. I believe the mobile Internet revolution presents new vistas of economic opportunity and a pragmatic approach to addressing fundamental social issues of improving equity and promoting inclusive growth. Sunil Bharti Mittal,Chairman,Bharti Airtel Ltd. Chapter2
  • 17.
    17 ChapterChapter2 There is growingdiversity in devices in terms of both dimensions and functionality, with laptops shrinking in dimensions and with the tablet form factor becoming popular. There is most likely an important role for the various devices (such as smartphones, tablets, netbooks, PCs, fixed devices), with consumers choosing the most appropriate device according to their needs and mobility. In fact, the strongest growth in connected devices may not even be visible, as we are now moving towards a pervasive ‘Internet of Things’, with specialized devices ‘vanishing’, as they become embedded across different sectors (Figure 3). McKinsey (2013) estimates the economic impact of the ‘Internet of Things’ as US$ 2.7-6.2 trillion by 202530 , significantly less than that of the mobile Internet (Featured Insight 1). According to industry forecasts, the number of networked devices (mobile plus connected objects) overtook the global population in 2011 and will potentially reach 50 billion connected objects by 2020 (Ericsson, 201031 ) (see Figure 3, top). Although mobile phones and PCs will clearly remain large and important market segments (Figure 3, bottom), there will be growing connectivity across other sectors in m-health, connected homes and automobiles, transportation and logistics, as our whole environment becomes as smart as our phones. Projected Estimates of Number of Connected Devices, 2010-2020 Source: ITU,based on various. Numberofconnecteddevices(billions)Numberofconnecteddevices(billions) 2010 Cisco EricssonIntelGSMA Google 0 10 20 30 40 50 2012 2014 2016 2018 2020 Upper limit Others Smart cities mHealthRetail & advertising Government, aerospace & defense Automative & transportHome & PCs Mobile devices 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Installed Base of Wireless Connected Devices by Vertical Market, World Market Forecast, 2012-2020 Source:ABI Research,Business Insider,15 May 2013. Figure 3: The Internet of Things – Invisible, but Connected * ITU *
  • 18.
    18 Featured Insight 2: InventingConnectivity, Improving the Lives of Billions Nowhere is the impact of mobile broadband more important than in the developing world.We have already reached a point where wireless connections have surpassed fixed connections, and by 2016, over 80% of broadband is expected to be mobile. For many people, their first and only access to the Internet will be via a mobile device. Such connectivity, combined with low- cost but advanced devices, provides unprecedented opportunities to empower individuals across society.With 3G devices, doctors are remotely monitoring cardiac patients in rural villages; farmers are accessing weather information and sales prices to increase their income and improve their standard of living; women entrepreneurs are lifting themselves out of poverty by harnessing the economic benefits of wireless to start businesses and access banking services; and children everywhere can access educational content in and out of the classroom, 24 hours a day. While we are seeing tremendous benefits in key areas such as education, healthcare and commerce, more needs to be done. For example, many women in the developing world are still not fully benefitting from mobile technology.Women in many countries suffer from an “access gender gap” – lacking access to skills, education, technology, networks and capital. A woman in the developing world is 21% less likely to own a mobile phone than her male counterpart, while a woman in South-East Asia is 37% less likely to own a phone (GSMA/Cherie Blair Foundation for Women, 2010). Closing the gender gap would bring the benefits of wireless to an additional 300 million women, linking them with the tools, mentors and opportunities to fully participate in the economy and unlock their potential. The cellphone is the largest technological platform in history, and its potential to significantly improve people’s lives is just starting to be realized. We need to remember the underpinnings of this ‘invisible technology’ transforming our world – spectrum and the protection of inventions. Without sound spectrum policy and a regulatory environment that supports and encourages the inventors of today and tomorrow, the promise of mobile cannot be fully realized. At Qualcomm, we know wireless is changing lives, and we look forward to working with organizations around the globe to bring the benefits of mobile broadband to everyone. Dr.Paul Jacobs,CEO,Qualcomm. 2.2 The Growing Demand for Spectrum The explosive growth of mobile and wireless, in both the number of connections and the sophistication of devices for accessing advanced data-heavy applications and services, is leading to strong and continuing growth in mobile data traffic. Cisco (2012) estimated that global mobile data traffic grew 70% in 2012, reaching 885 petabytes per month at the end of 2012. Mobile data traffic will increase 13-fold between 2012 and 2017, growing at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 66% from 2012 to 2017, reaching 11.2 exabytes per month by 201732 . This strong growth in mobile data traffic is generating growing demand for mobile bandwidth and spectrum resources, which are in finite and fixed supply, necessitating an increase in spectrum efficiency by up to a factor of ten to accommodate Chapter2
  • 19.
    Chapter 19 Chapter2 the present growthin demand33 . ITU is conducting technical studies to see how this step-increase in spectral efficiency can best be achieved. The extent of growth in demand for spectrum varies between different regions34 . For the international allocation of spectrum, ITU organizes the World Radiocommunication Conference (WRC)35 , held every three to four years. At the WRC, ITU Member States debate, review and, if necessary, revise by consensus the Radio Regulations, the international treaty governing the use of radio- frequency spectrum and the geostationary satellite and non- geostationary satellite orbits, on the basis of technical and regulatory studies and expert advice. ITU is the guardian of this international treaty, which represents the international agreement for the allocation and harmonization of spectrum to ensure the smooth operation of wireless, mobile and radiocommunication devices, free from harmful interference. This treaty also signifies a commitment on the part of ITU Member State Governments and regulators that spectrum will be used for the purposes and under the conditions stated, to ensure security of tenure. Harmonization of spectrum enables economies of scale in the use of spectrum. The allocation of spectrum for mobile services will be considered in Agenda Items 1.136 and 1.237 of WRC-15, to be held in Geneva on 2-27 November 2015. Although licensed spectrum has underpinned the growth of the mobile industry to date and most global connections for mobile broadband still operate through licensed spectrum (Featured Insight 3), important new developments are now happening directly in mobile and spectrum, to the benefit of development projects (Featured Insights 8 and 9). One key development is the use of and growth in WiFi offload to fixed networks to accommodate growth in mobile data traffic. Different definitions of offloading exist. Cisco (2012) estimates that a third of traffic to mobile devices is offloaded38 , while the OECD (2013) cites studies suggesting that up to 80% of traffic to all wireless devices (mobile + WiFi only devices) may be offloaded39 . Furthermore, innovation in the use of unlicensed and unused spectrum (or so-called ‘white spaces’40 ) is now in early trials – Featured Insight 8 describes a pilot being undertaken by the Kenyan Government in partnership with Microsoft and other partners. Dynamic Spectrum Access (DSA) is based on access to spectrum not in use in real-time, usually via intelligent cognitive radio, or using a database (an approach being trialed in some municipalities in the U.S. and elsewhere, including the UK41 ). In one example, the FCC is conducting a rulemaking that would utilize an “incentive auction” to offer broadcasters the opportunity to sell their licenses to clear broadcast spectrum and repurpose it for mobile broadband use. Featured Insight 4 examines how the U.S. is responding to the growing need for spectrum. In any (and every) country, spectrum is a vital part of a coordinated broadband policy for universalizing broadband, and deserves careful consideration at the national and international levels, in addition to other aspects of broadband policy (Chapter 7).
  • 20.
    20 Chapter2 Featured Insight 3: TowardsUniversal Broadband – The Case for Exclusive Licensing for Mobile Spectrum The licensed use of spectrum, on an exclusive basis, is a time-tested approach for ensuring that spectrum users — including mobile operators — can deliver a high quality of service to consumers without interference. As mobile technologies have proliferated, demand for access to radio spectrum has intensified, generating considerable debate and advocacy for new approaches to spectrum management, including proposals for the use of TV ‘white spaces’ and other spectrum-sharing arrangements.While these innovations may find a viable niche in future, pursuit of these options today risks deflecting attention from the release of sufficient, licensed spectrum for mobile broadband. Exclusive licensing is a model that works, and it underpins the undeniable benefits of mobile technology.Through mobile, whole societies are being transformed, putting connectivity into the hands of office workers and farmers, salespeople and schoolchildren — raising productivity and closing the digital divide. Globally, the mobile industry supports nearly 7 billion mobile connections, representing nearly 3.3 billion people, as many consumers use multiple devices and/ or multiple SIM cards.These numbers are growing rapidly, particularly as mobile penetration in developing economies catches up with more developed markets. Mobile connections in Asia, for example, are increasing at 49% a year, while Africa is experiencing 80% year-on-year growth in mobile (GSMA Intelligence, 2013). By 2017, around half or 4.25 billion of 8.5 billion mobile connections will be 3G or 4G (GSMA).To maintain this momentum and expand the impact of broadband access everywhere, the mobile industry requires access to sufficient spectrum in harmonized bands and a regulatory framework that creates the certainty needed to attract further investment in networks. Spectrum licenses provide this certainty. In mobile, broadband service is not simply about giving people access to search engines and social networks – mobile broadband is about enabling mobile solutions that can change entire sectors. In healthcare, mobile solutions are connecting doctors and patients through wireless devices (such as heart monitors), enabling elderly people to live at home, self- sufficiently, for longer. Automotive applications are beginning to save lives through automated emergency call services. Smart meters are raising sector efficiency and could potentially save millions of tonnes of carbon emissions. Mobile broadband is fundamental in a world where everything connects intelligently. Dr.Anne Bouverot,Director General,GSMA. Featured Insight 4: Feeding the Growing Need for Spectrum in the United States In 2009, the iPad hadn’t been introduced.Tablets and e-readers are being adopted faster than any communications or computing device in history, with one-third of Americans now using one, boosting demand for spectrum. U.S. mobile data traffic grew by 300% in 2012, and mobile traffic is projected to grow an additional 16-fold by 2016. In 2010, the U.S. National Broadband Plan set aggressive targets for freeing up licensed and unlicensed spectrum for broadband, and new ideas (e.g., the use of incentive auctions to encourage the repurposing of broadcast spectrum).The FCC’s Incentive Auction is anticipated in 2014. Meanwhile, the FCC is looking at new ways to unleash the airwaves for broadband. In 2012, the FCC made progress on several major policy and technology innovations, such as small cells, spectrum-sharing and flexible use. Small cells are key elements of mobile NGN, providing additional coverage in underserved areas and additional capacity where macro networks are overburdened, and improving the user experience for consumers and businesses. In future, millions more small cells will be deployed, adding capacity
  • 21.
    Chapter 21 Chapter2 and addressing increaseddata demand.The FCC has put forward a comprehensive spectrum-sharing proposal that sets out a three- tiered spectrum access model for sharing between government and commercial users.The three tiers of service are Incumbent Access, Priority Access, and General Authorized Access.The General Authorized Access tier will permit innovative uses of small-cell technology by the general public. The quality-assured Priority Access tier will be available on a hyper-local basis to important facilities (such as hospitals, utilities, government facilities), and public safety entities for applications such as private broadband networks. Application of this three-tiered access model would be managed and controlled by a geo- location enabled dynamic spectrum access (DSA) system, building on database technology used in TV White Spaces. The FCC is making every effort to remove regulatory barriers to mobile broadband use in certain spectrum bands (e.g., 2 GHz Band), and adopt service, technical, and licensing rules that encourage innovation and investment in mobile broadband, and provide certainty and a stable regulatory regime in which broadband deployment can rapidly occur. Pursuant to its National Broadband Plan, the U.S. hopes to free up 500 MHz of spectrum by 2020. Source: FCC. 2.3 Broadband and Innovation As technology enters the lives of many more people for the first time, innovation and the rate of technological change are accelerating. Today, internally- focused, proprietary approaches to Research and Development (R&D) are competing with more open, networked methods of innovation, as useful knowledge becomes more dispersed (both within and outside firms), while the speed of doing business has increased. In models of open innovation, partners, customers, researchers and even competitors find new ways to collaborate, with firms using external, as well as internal, ideas and paths to market to advance technology (for example, the use of social media to accept suggestions from customers – most famously, Lego’s crowdsourced site for suggestions42 ). To capitalize on fresh opportunities, innovators must find ways to integrate their ideas, expertise and skills with those of others outside the organization to deliver the best results to the marketplace43 . Collaborative approaches to innovation also offer new ways to create value, especially in fast-changing industries. On the one hand, broadband is itself accelerating innovation, by facilitating the exchange of ideas in the broad ecosystem for innovation (Featured Insight 5). On the other hand, there is growing innovation within broadband itself – in technologies, devices, throughput speeds, business models and spectrum. Policy-makers need to support innovation, entrepreneurship and talent, through educational measures, fiscal incentives and industrial policy. Public-Private Partnerships (PPPs) can also transfer skills, capabilities and technologies: by creating local ICT ecosystems with technology hubs and innovation incubators; by supporting long-term innovation capacity through the enhancement of skills and knowledge; by empowering citizens through access to information and apps; or by opening up new financing for start-up businesses. Featured Insight 5 explores how broadband is acting as an ‘accelerator’, driving change across all four major pillars of innovation – people, ideas, finance, as well as markets.
  • 22.
    22 Chapter2 Featured Insight 5: BroadbandDriving Innovation Successful innovation is based on a complex eco-system in which investments in R&D take place against a background of efficient infrastructure, talent, and a socio- economic environment rewarding creativity and risk as paramount. Where such an eco-system is lacking, investments in R&D do not generate their full returns. Indeed, the ‘middle- income trap’ risks becoming a ‘middle innovation ranking trap’: many emerging economies that had made spectacular progress in innovation rankings over the last few years have proved unable to maintain their rate of progress, despite continuing or accelerating investments in R&D (Cornell University, INSEAD & WIPO, 201344 ). Ecosystems of innovation do not happen overnight. Efficient financial, educational, legal and regulatory frameworks are needed, which typically take more than a generation to build. Innovation is a four-facetted mindset, involving people, ideas, finance, and market.Yet, history often provides ‘accelerators’ which have proven beneficial to innovation. Broadband is one such accelerator, driving rapid change across the four pillars of innovation (see Figure below). Broadband deployment can accelerate innovation by promoting academia-business alliances, leadership across borders, metrics and local dynamics. For people, ubiquitous broadband will benefit first and foremost the education sector, by contributing to the detection, stimulation and blossoming of talent. Combined with cloud computing, broadband could generate ‘innovation-as-a-service’ in ideas across emerging economies via telepresence, crowd-sourcing and remote collaboration. Broadband also improves financing by allowing innovators to reach venture capitalists in other regions more easily. Broadband enables firms and individuals to ‘move beyond mere web presence’ and reach consumers worldwide through secure platforms, interactive virtual shop-windows, local and targeted advertising. Dr.Bruno Lanvin,Executive Director ECI, INSEAD. Education/ Talent Knowledge management/ Ideas Networking/ Business alliances Outreach/ Global presence People Finance Ideas Market Box Figure: The Four Pillars of Innovation
  • 23.
    Chapter 23 Chapter2 Ultimately, despite accelerating innovationand technological advances, mobile technologies are still predominantly used and owned by people. As noted above, people are the users and innovators of new technologies and applications. There is a risk, however, that people’s mindsets may not always develop in pace with the technological developments. Today, there are growing concerns about consumer data protection and freedom of expression online. In a mobile and hyperconnected world, there is much that is known – and knowable – about Internet users, in both communities/ groups and as individuals, and consumers need to be increasingly aware of this dawning reality, as explained in Chapter 6. Consumers are just beginning to realize the predictive power and potential of new media – including the opportunities of tailored advertisements on the basis of cookie information and location- based mobile advertising, or the possibility to track down and reunite with old school-friends from decades back through social networks. Consumers, Governments, policy-makers and industry all need to assess the implications. It is not entirely clear whether consumers will fully control the technology, or what influence the technology may have over consumers. However, our broadband future is undoubtedly a future worth fighting for, and privacy and the protection of users (and their data) should form the core values of an interconnected future to maximize the benefits of broadband to consumers and citizens. Privacy and user protection are fundamental and core values, which concern not only high- income countries at the forefront of the broadband revolution; these values need to be integrated into the design of broadband policy for all countries, regardless of their level of development. The next Chapter examines the evolving relationship between broadband and development, and the important uses of broadband for achieving the MDGs.
  • 24.
    24 Endnotes 1. ITU (2013),available at: http://www.itu.int/net/pressoffice/press_ releases/2013/05.aspx 2. ITU (2013), ICT Facts and Figures. 3. ITU (2013) - http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/stat/default.aspx and “Pyramid Perspective 2013: Top Trends in the Global Communications Industry”, available from: http://www.pyramidresearch.com/2013-Top- Trends.htm?sc=GL011513_TRENDS. Africa and the Middle-East was the second geographical area to exceed one billion mobile subscribers, after Asia-Pacific. 4. http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/statistics/2013/ITU_ Key_2005-2013_ICT_data.xls 5. ITU (2013): http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/ statistics/2013/ITU_Key_2005-2013_ICT_data.xls Infonetics offers lower estimates for mobile broadband and a later date of 2010 for this transition, potentially because they may exclude data-only subscriptions – see: http:// www.infonetics.com/pr/2011/Fixed-and-Mobile-Subscribers-Market- Highlights.asp 6. Frances Cairncross, “The Death of Distance: How the Communications Revolution is Changing our Lives” (1997). 7. “A 2010 Leadership Imperative: The Future Built on Broadband”, available at: http://www.broadbandcommission.org/Reports/Report_1.pdf 8. World Economic Forum (2013), The Global Information Technology Report (GITR) 2013. 9. Internet Trends 2013, presentation by Mary Meeker/Liang Wu, Internet Trends D11 Conference, 29/5/2013. 10. Ericsson Mobility Report 2013. 11. “Global Smartphone Shipments Reach a Record 700 Million Units in 2012”, Strategy Analytics, 24 January 2013, available at: http://blogs. strategyanalytics.com/WSS/post/2013/01/25/Global-Smartphone- Shipments-Reach-a-Record-700-Million-Units-in-2012.aspx 12. Internet Trends 2013, presentation by Mary Meeker, Web 2.0 Summit, 18/10/2011, available from: http://www.slideshare.net/marketingfacts/ internet-trends-2011-by-mary-meeker 13. Ericsson Mobility Report, 2013. 14. “LTE-Advanced Subscriptions to Reach 500 Million by the End of 2018”, ABI Research, 21 June 2013, available at: http://www.abiresearch.com/ press/lte-advanced-subscriptions-to-reach-500-million-by 15. Pyramid Research’s quarterly mobile data forecast, February 2013. 16. Pyramid Points: Argentina and Chile Become Smart(phone) markets, January 2013, available at: http://www.pyramidresearch.com/points/ item/130115.htm 17. Informa (2013): “Global, Basic, Feature & Smartphone Handset Sales Volumes, 2011-2017” projections, mobile database update 2013. 18. “Strong Demand for Smartphones and Heated Vendor Competition Characterize the Worldwide Mobile Phone Market at the End of 2012, IDC Says”, IDC Press Release, 24 January 2103, at: http://www.idc.com/ getdoc.jsp?containerId=prUS23916413#.US6A9zd4Dla 19. “Global Smartphone Shipments Reach a Record 700 Million Units in 2012”, Strategy Analytics, 24 January 2013, available at: http://blogs. strategyanalytics.com/WSS/post/2013/01/25/Global-Smartphone- Shipments-Reach-a-Record-700-Million-Units-in-2012.aspx 20. “Telecoms and broadband are fuelling Africa’s economic boom”, Paul Budde Communications Pty Ltd, 2013. Chapter2
  • 25.
    Chapter 25 21. Chinese Internet Center,CNNIC, January 2013. 22. Cisco Visual Networking Index (2012), : Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, 2012–2017, available at: http://www.cisco.com/ en/US/solutions/collateral/ns341/ns525/ns537/ns705/ns827/white_ paper_c11-520862.html 23. “ICT Facts and Figures”, ITU, Geneva, 2013. 24. “ICT Facts and Figures”, ITU, Geneva, 2013. 25. “ICT Facts and Figures”, ITU, Geneva, 2013. 26. ITU “ICT Facts and Figures 2013”, available from http://www.itu.int/en/ ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/facts/ICTFactsFigures2013.pdf. 27. ITU “ICT Facts and Figures 2013”, available from http://www.itu.int/en/ ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/facts/ICTFactsFigures2013.pdf. 28. McKinsey, Disruptive Technologies, May 2013. 29. Deloitte, Technology, Media & Telecommunications (TMT) Predictions 2013. 30. McKinsey, Disruptive Technologies, May 2013. 31. Ericsson (TELECOM World 2011 & “Ericsson CEO predicts 50 Bn Connected Devices by 2020”, Tech News, 2010, at: http://gigaom. com/2010/04/14/ericsson-sees-the-internet-of-things-by-2020/). 32. “Cisco Visual Networking Index: Global Mobile Data Traffic Forecast Update, 2012–2017”, available at : http://www.cisco.com/en/US/ solutions/collateral/ns341/ns525/ns537/ns705/ns827/white_paper_ c11-520862.html 33. Remarks by Mr. François Rancy, Director of ITU’s Radiocommunication Bureau, at the Global Symposium for Regulators (GSR) 2013. 34. Remarks accompanying the presentation by Mr. Cristian Gomez (ITU-BR), Global Symposium for Regulators (GSR) 2013, presentation available at: http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Conferences/GSR/ Documents/presentation_Session_1_Gomez_TVWS.pdf 35. http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-R/conferences/wrc/2015/Pages/default.aspx 36. Agenda Item 1.1. reads “to consider additional spectrum allocations to the mobile service on a primary basis and identification of additional frequency bands for International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) and related regulatory provisions, to facilitate the development of terrestrial mobile broadband Applications, in accordance with Resolution 233 (WRC-12)” – available at: http://www.itu.int/oth/R1201000001/en 37. Agenda Item 1.2 reads “to examine the results of ITU-R studies, in accordance with Resolution 232 (WRC-12), on the use of the frequency band 694-790 MHz by the mobile, except aeronautical mobile, service in Region 1 and take the appropriate measures”, available at: http://www.itu.int/oth/R1201000001/en 38. Mobile VNI forecast, Figure 8, http://www.cisco.com/en/US/solutions/ collateral/ns341/ns525/ns537/ns705/ns827/white_paper_c11-520862. html 39. Page 15, OECD Communications Outlook, 2013. 40. See the GSR (2013) Discussion Paper, “White Spaces: Managing Spaces or Better Managing Inefficiencies?”, by Cristian Gomez, available at: http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Conferences/GSR/ Documents/GSR_paper_WhiteSpaces_Gomez.pdf 41. http://media.ofcom.org.uk/2013/04/26/ofcom-invites-industry-to-pilot- %E2%80%98white-space%E2%80%99-devices/ 42. http://lego.cuusoo.com/guidelines and http://lego.cuusoo.com/ 43. Chesbrough, Henry (2003) “The Era of Open Innovation.” MIT Sloan Management Review; Vol. 44 Issue 3, 35-41 44. “Global Innovation Index Report 2013”, Cornell University, INSEAD & WIPO, Geneva, 2013. Chapter2
  • 26.
    3In the year2000, when the MDGs were established1 , broadband was in its infancy, and little tangible evidence existed with regard to how broadband would impact social and economic development. Today, ICTs have grown considerably, more and more people are connected, and broadband is improving people’s lives, expanding their choices, and accelerating progress towards achieving the MDGs. As prices drop, the mobile revolution means that more people are now connected – people in the poorest parts of the world are gaining access to knowledge and beginning to participate in the global economy, to learn from others, and to solve their own problems2 . This Chapter explains WHY broadband should become universal, and why connecting more people with broadband (and potentially, richer and improved education and healthcare services) benefits the economy, as well as society. Broadband is helping deliver a wide range of services, from services directly related to the MDGs (Table 2), to services in support of broader citizen participation (such as e-government), or services leveraged across different sectors to bring more people into the formal economy, or earn money from different sources/abroad (such as m-money and m-commerce). Broadband services and smartphones link health workers to the national health system and allow for real-time disease surveillance, child and maternal health monitoring, and supply chain management, resulting in the delivery of quality healthcare to underserved rural communities. Going forward, the challenge is to find sustainable business models to leverage broadband in a way that helps accelerate development where it is most needed. The previous Chapter noted that mobile solutions are key for extending broadband, with mobile broadband subscriptions already exceeding fixed broadband subscriptions in most developing countries. In addition to GDP growth, mobile broadband services provide significant social and development opportunities. Featured Insight 6 underlines how mobile broadband can improve people’s lives, through applications in education, health and rural development. Featured Insight 7 describes recent research into the socio-economic impact of upgrades to broadband speed for individuals and their households, as well as at the level of the national economy. 26 Broadband for Achieving the MDGs
  • 27.
    27 Chapter3 Featured Insight 6: Socio-Economic Benefitsof Mobile and Broadband Services Mobile services generate significant economic and social benefits, in both developed and developing countries, either directly by investment in infrastructure deployment, or through the use of the infrastructure to start new business activities, improve efficiency and productivity. Internet infrastructure contributes towards economic development by facilitating access to information, IT literacy, news, current events and links to remote markets. The use of digital dividend spectrum for mobile broadband will boost accessibility and speed.These bands offer attractive propagation characteristics and an optimal balance between transmission capacity and coverage, of great advantage for remote and poorly connected rural areas. In developing nations, mobile broadband can connect remote populations and strengthen health, education, livelihoods, financial inclusion and access to government services for marginalized populations: • Education – Awareness is growing of the possibilities offered by m-learning. The falling cost of smartphones, the advent of lower priced tablets, cloud-computing and the rise of Open Education Resources (OERs) can increase access to education in underserved areas. • Health – Health applications available via mobile broadband can reduce costs (e.g., through access to health records); allow physicians to provide care remotely via remote monitoring and diagnosis; and support preventative care3 . GSMA/PWC (2013) estimate that mobile health could save developed countries US$400 billion in 2017 and save one million lives over five years in Sub-Saharan Africa. • SME growth, entrepreneurship and job growth – Mobile broadband can open up regional and global markets to local entrepreneurs. SMEs can generate more revenue, lower costs, higher productivity, and jobs. SMEs which spend more than 30% of their budget on web technologies grow their revenue nine times as fast as SMEs spending less than 10% (McKenzie, 20124 ).
  • 28.
    28 Chapter3 • Agriculture –Vodafone & Accenture (2011) note that mobiles boost revenue by improving access to financial services/agricultural information and by promoting supply chain efficiencies. • Financial Inclusion – Mobile technologies offer a way to access banking services which have been traditionally unavailable to large parts of the population. It is estimated that 2.5 billion individuals are unbanked worldwide. Mobile financial services represent an opportunity for many nations to achieve financial inclusion of the poor. • Government Services – Local and national governments can keep citizens up-to-date with new and events and offer immediate and interactive access to services (e.g. for licenses or voting). Source:Alcatel Lucent. Featured Insight 7: The Socio-economic Effects of Broadband Speed Upgrades Interest in the economic impact of ICT is increasing as governments seek new paths to growth. Ericsson therefore initiated a joint research project with Arthur D. Little and Chalmers University of Technology to quantify the economic impact of broadband speed upgrades, at both the country and household levels, using a comprehensive scientific method based on empirical data from both OECD and BRIC countries. On a country level, the main finding was that doubling the broadband speed for an economy can increase GDP growth by 0.3% on average in OECD economies.This study confirmed that broadband speed is an important factor to spur economic growth in the overall economy. Findings from the household level show that, after controlling for different factors influencing income (e.g. age, sex/gender, education, household size, skills and type of occupation): • The average increase in household income for a broadband speed upgrade of 4 - 8 Mbps is US$120 per month in OECD countries. • BRIC households benefit most by upgrading from 0.5 to 4 Mbps, at US$46 per month. For households in OECD countries, there is a threshold broadband access speed to increase in earnings, somewhere between 0.5 Mbps and 2 Mbps on average.The greatest expected increase in income is for the transition from being without broadband to gaining 4 Mbps, the difference being around US$2,100 per household per year (equivalent to US$182 per month). For BRIC country households, the threshold level seems to be 0.5 Mbps. Around US$800 additional annual household income is expected to be gained by introducing 0.5 Mbps broadband connection in BRIC country households, equivalent to US$70/ month per household. Thus, both governments and households should keep up investments to continue to gain benefits and stay competitive in a globalized economy and on the labor market.This study supports that broadband speed upgrades are a real opportunity for economic development, for households, access providers and regulators. Source:“The Socio-economic Effects of Broadband Speed Upgrades” (2013), Ericsson.
  • 29.
    Chapter 29 Although access networksmay be mobile, backhaul networks may be based on wireless, fibre, WiFi or satellite, or a combination of other technologies to provide services lower income communities in remote areas. OECD (2013) notes that “fixed networks have, in effect, become the backhaul for mobile and wireless devices, with some studies claiming that 80% of data used on mobile devices is received via Wi-Fi connections to fixed networks”5 . Today, low-speed connectivity and Short Message Service (SMS) systems are improving development work, but even more could be achieved with broadband connectivity, partly due to higher throughput and new services, but also due to improvements in existing education and health systems. Broadband connectivity is not a panacea, but when integrated with existing systems, it can facilitate new services and deliver effective results for achieving the MDGs. Broadband solutions tailored to address the MDGs need to be relevant and appropriate for users in any given setting. Davis (2013) notes that it is easy to be seduced by high-tech solutions, but calls for enthusiasm to be anchored in reality6 — technologies are used by people, and hence embedded in a psychological and social setting at any point in time. Davis (2013) calls for development solutions to invest in local innovation. Although poor and marginalized people may not have attended school, they can still be experts in innovating local solutions to their own, local problems. For any situation in which technology is used, the human dimensions also need to be taken into consideration, and technological solutions should remain sensitive to the uncertainty of new innovations, (such as replacing tangible microfinance paper passbooks with digital money). In some cases, low-tech piecemeal solutions may go further — and may be more easily scaled-up — than high-tech solutions by R&D-centric outsiders. Ultimately, however, representing technology as an “either - or” choice between broadband or lower tech, low-speed solutions is a false distinction – often, the combination of broadband and other technologies can yield the best results. Broadband connectivity in the backhaul network can underpin lower tech solutions in access networks. Table 2 outlines some of the ways in which broadband is underpinning progress towards achieving the MDGs. Featured Insights 8 and 9 describe how rural communities can be connected to benefit from broadband, through innovative uses of spectrum, including the use of TV white spaces and ‘long-distance’ WiFi. Chapter3
  • 30.
    30 Table 2: BroadbandICTs and the Millennium Development Goals (MDGs) End Poverty & Hunger Growing evidence suggests that broadband can boost GDP, jobs and incomes, helping to combat poverty and hunger. In the Dominican Republic, a 10% increase in broadband penetration could reduce unemployment by 2.9%7 . In Indonesia, mobile broadband could boost GDP by 2.9% or US$22.6 bn8 . In India, broadband has already generated nearly 9 million direct and indirect jobs9 , while a 1% increase in broadband penetration could add US$2.7 bn or 0.11% to Indian GDP in 201510 . In South Africa, wireless broadband and related industries may generate US$7.2bn and a further 28,000 jobs by 201511 . Universal Education Governments and NGOs are providing schools with PCs and connectivity to foster primary education. In Turkey, the FATIH project will equip 42,000 schools, 17 million students and 1 million teachers with computers12 . In Nigeria, the USF has teamed up with Intel to deploy computers in over 1,000 schools since 2008, helping improve exam results13 . In Argentina, San Luis Province established an All Kids Online Initiative to deliver a PC and educational software to every child of 6-1214 . In Uruguay, there is a policy of one computer per child in primary and secondary education. In Singapore, Infocomm@All Schools15 promotes ICT usage by deploying teaching, learning and assessment systems, with 17 apps deployed in 95% of schools. Gender Equality Closing the mobile gender gap and bringing 600 million more women online could increase global GDP by US$13-18 billion16 . Connect To Learn (CTL) has equipped 10,000 students (especially girls) in schools in Brazil, Chile, China, Djibouti, Ghana, India, Malawi, Kenya, Senegal, South Sudan, Tanzania and Uganda17 . In the Democratic Republic of Congo, IFDAP has trained women on Internet research so they can learn about diseases affecting their crops, improving yields. Child Health Mobile applications are also assisting parents in adding and monitoring information such as immunizations, height, weight, and other development milestones. Aggregated data collected through public health applications are allowing health professionals to access child health and wellbeing, compare indicators across localities and regions, and make better-informed public policy decisions. Online communities of parents and/ or pediatricians19 facilitate exchange between experts and parents and contribute to the attainment of physical, mental and social well-being for infants. The One Million Community Health Workers Campaign (1mCHW) is making strides in accelerating CHW programmes in sub-Saharan Africa to meet the health-related MDGs. Maternal health Ultrasound tests through telemedicine can play a key role in the monitoring20 of maternal health via text21 , voice messaging and mobile apps22 . Online platforms23 are also serving as an information and communication hub for health facilities and supporting conversations between community health workers, midwives, clinicians, and expectant mothers. The Mobile Midwives project allows healthcare workers to monitor records of expectant mothers in Ghana via mobiles24 . HIV/AIDS For healthcare workers, web-based applications are hubs for HIV information and capacity building25 . Computer-based surveys are changing the scope of HIV research and prevention26 . Broadband allows collaborative research of scientists around the world by integrating data27 much faster than previously, where repositories were isolated. Patients can share stories and experiences28 , support each other29 , reach counselors30 , manage their personal health records and receive reminders for appointments/medication via mobile31 . Environment Smart use of ICTs can reduce GHG emissions by up to 25% (Broadband Bridge report32 ). Mobile technology alone could lower GHGs by 2% by 202033 . E-commerce could lower energy consumption and GHG emissions by 30% over traditional retail34 . Teleconferencing and telecommuting could replace air and land travel via video/ audio conferences. ICTs could potentially save up to 7.8 Gigatons of carbon dioxide emissions by 2020 (GESI, 201235 ). Shifting newspapers online could potentially save 57.4 million tons of CO2 emissions over the next decade (ACI, 2007). Partnership
 The benefits of new technologies, especially ICTs, should be made available by Governments in cooperation with the private sector36 . ICTs are facilitating and enabling new global partnerships, including crowd-sourcing, collaborative authoring, teleconferencing and teleworking37 . The UN Secretary-General’s Panel of High-Level Eminent Persons recently renewed calls for global partnerships as part of the post-2015 development agenda. Chapter3
  • 31.
    Chapter 31 Chapter3 Featured Insight 8: Innovationin Spectrum Helping Promote Development Even in developed economies, there are gaps in wireless coverage, access points and base stations may become overloaded in busy areas, and broadband may be unaffordable for many. Hundreds of millions of wirelessly-connected devices are coming online, needing wireless connectivity and bandwidth and increasing the demand for spectrum resources. Microsoft believes innovation in Dynamic Spectrum Access (DSA) and TV White Spaces can help connect billions more people and devices to the Internet. In February 2013, a partnership was announced between Microsoft, the Kenyan Ministry of Information and Communications, Indigo Telecom (a Kenyan ISP), and Adaptrum, a pioneer in white space technologies. The Mawingu project (or “cloud” in Swahili) will deliver low-cost, high-speed wireless broadband to locations unserved by even electricity, connecting poor, remote or low population areas. While they have ample unused radio spectrum, the areas of Kenya chosen for the Mawingu pilot lack access to affordable or reliable broadband. Most of these locations also lack basic infrastructure (such as electricity and paved roads) and are difficult to serve with existing wireline and wireless technologies. To serve these areas more affordably, a new approach is needed.The Mawingu network relies on ‘unlicensed’ or ‘license-exempt’ wireless technologies (e.g.,Wi-Fi and TV white space base stations/end- user devices).To maximize coverage and bandwidth, while reducing costs, radios use complementary spectrum bands available to license- exempt devices, including 13 GHz, 5 GHz, 2.4 GHz, and unused UHF TV band spectrum. When complete, the network will cover some 67,000 people.To reduce operating costs and to introduce power, with 75% of Kenyans lacking access to electricity, the project uses solar energy to power base stations and charge devices. Availability and affordability gaps affect people in Africa, Asia, and Latin America disproportionately. Mawingu aims to reduce access costs, so more people can come online affordably. Project partners are working to identify the most crucial services and ensure their delivery and deployment via low-cost, affordable Internet access.The social impact will also be significant. From e-health to education to improved communications, Mawingu is delivering teacher training and other educational benefits via computer labs and tablets. Since February, broadband has now reached three remote schools, a Red Cross outpost, a health clinic near Nanyuki, an Internet kiosk, and local government offices. Students at Gakawa School now have a computer lab, teacher training, and can connect with the world. Source: Microsoft. Featured Insight 9: Delivering the Benefits of Broadband to the Unconnected Connecting the 4-plus billion people not yet connected to the Internet will require creativity, greater investment in wireless networks and innovation in service delivery. Most of the unconnected live in rural emerging economies.To bridge the connectivity gap in rural areas, more wireless networks are needed to extend the reach of the Internet. Organizations such as Inveneo, a non-profit social enterprise, are demonstrating that with creative and innovative design, implementation and management, remote wireless networks can bring the promise of the Internet to rural areas. Inveneo has successfully connected distant communities to the Internet,
  • 32.
    32 Chapter3 such as theremote island of Mfangano located at the mouth of the Winam Gulf on the Kenyan side of Lake Victoria.There, Inveneo partnered with a local NGO, Organic Health Response (OHR), to design, build and support wireless connectivity that relies on a 90 kilometer wireless highly directional 5.8 GHz WiFi link (travelling mostly over water) and powered by a hybrid solar/wind electrical system38 , serving the Ekialo Kiona (EK) center, a computer center, library and training facility available for use by all of the island inhabitants. Inveneo has engaged in similar remote wireless network deployments around the world, including connecting schools over long-distance Wi-Fi across islands in Micronesia; connecting a network of 100 ICT centers in rural Uganda providing ICT data services, agricultural education and crop pricing information; and an initiative to connect over 20% of Haiti’s population outside Port-au- Prince to 1+ Mbps enterprise-grade broadband. In the Dadaab region in northern Kenya, Inveneo partnered with NetHope (a consortium of NGOs) and Cisco to bring better, more reliable Internet and inter- agency communications to the many humanitarian agencies working in relief efforts in what was the largest refugee camp in the world with close to 500,000 refugees.The partnership designed the “DadaabNet”, extending Orange’s licensed service with Inveneo’s long-distance WiFi to connect relief agencies allowing them to employ bandwidth-intensive applications (such as file-sharing, video conferencing and VOIP). Source: Cisco. A holistic approach should be adopted to face the different challenges of the telecom sector, taking into account infrastructure deployment and also the feasibility of acquiring devices such as tablets and smartphones, and ensuring that those accessing the networks have the right skills to access content that adds value. A good example of this approach is the free Digital Libraries programme launched in Latin America, which has proved a very successful experience in terms of digital inclusion, and is still expanding and growing in different countries. Education is the foundation stone for development and other goals. The Broadband Commission’s Working Group on Education, chaired by UNESCO, noted the vital role of ICTs in improving and enhancing educational outcomes: “in the twenty-first century, education can no longer be separated from technology… Access to quality education for all – which includes access to ICT – is an imperative for building inclusive and participatory knowledge societies”39 . As the digital world surrounds us, technological literacy is increasingly vital for participation in everyday life. Education should empower learners to interpret and actively engage in the new formats and content of digital culture. Although these benefits are far from automatic, given the right conditions, broadband can help enhance the quality of education, create more interactive learning opportunities and contribute to lifelong learning (Featured Insights 10 and 11). Featured Insight 12 details the experience of the Millennium@ EDU programme involving some of the largest firms in education and technology for improving education through broadband.
  • 33.
    Chapter 33 Chapter3 Featured Insight 10: Broadbandfor Education Broadband connectivity alone will not improve the quality of education. Governments need to enable the conditions for technology use in schools (i.e., networking classrooms, training teachers and supplying educational resources).The real challenge is to help teachers and students use ICTs and broadband in relevant and authentic ways that actually improve learning and foster the knowledge and skills necessary for participation in knowledge societies. As new ICTs are introduced, governments must support educators while they explore what works best in the context of their classrooms, schools and regions, and help them share their knowledge to contribute to the body of evidence regarding best practices for ICT in education.Teachers should be the first beneficiaries of this opportunity to get support. As Open Educational Resources (OERs) expand, the availability of free quality resources increases. While many countries have broadband policies in place and many Ministries of Education have called for broadband in all schools, progress towards reaching these goals is difficult to track, especially because many developing countries do not distinguish between connection types when collecting data related to ICT access and use. One study that used this level of precision was conducted by the UNESCO Institute for Statistics (UIS) in Latin America and the Caribbean in 2010/2011, and in Arab States in 2013. Of the twenty-two countries and territories in the region that provide data disaggregated according to bandwidth, the study found some with impressive strides in broadband connectivity in schools. Several small Caribbean countries (including Barbados, the British Virgin Islands, Saint Kitts & Nevis, Saint Lucia & Saint Martin) report that now all primary and secondary schools have fixed broadband connections (UIS, 2012). Uruguay has provided fixed broadband to 95% of primary schools and 100% of secondary schools. Connectivity remains a challenge for several larger countries in the region, however. For example, in Colombia, 75% of primary and secondary schools have Internet connectivity, but only 9% of all schools are connected via fixed broadband. Data on ICT in schools in the Arab region show a contrasting picture. While several countries in the Gulf region have achieved high rates of ICT access in schools, other countries in the region face significant barriers to access ICT in education. For instance, in Egypt, only 25%, 25% and 11% of computers in primary, lower secondary and upper secondary schools respectively are connected, constraining Egypt in its efforts to spread a culture of ICT-assisted instruction by a basic lack of devices and Internet connectivity40 . Source: Broadband CommissionWorking Group on Education,chaired by UNESCO. Featured Insight 11: THE experience OF THE Digital Culture ProgramME Digital inclusion is crucial for sustained economic growth and social development.Telmex, through the Education and Digital Culture Programme coordinated with the Slim Foundation, is pioneering the digital inclusion agenda in Mexico, through initiatives such as the Technological Institute of Telmex.This Institute offers free education and digital inclusion activities and has benefited more than 3.6 million people of all ages, levels of education, and socio-economic segments of the population. Major categories of the Programme include (among others): Aldea Digital (Digital Village) This is an inclusive and open access
  • 34.
    34 Chapter3 space, where peoplebelonging to all sectors of  society develop skills for the digital era.The last event in March 2013 was visited by over 154,000 people and 103,011 of them were trained in 4,292 workshops. It obtained the Guinness World Record as the “Largest Digital Inclusion World Event”. Digital Classrooms and Libraries These classrooms and libraries (more than 3,600) are located in schools and public places, where best practices for digital education are applied and innovative ICT projects implemented.These spaces provide developmental and educational opportunities for children, youth and adults through computers, with specialized software in education and connectivity. Additionally, they offer the possibility to borrow computer equipment for free, just as traditional libraries operate with books.This promotes the inclusion of students, teachers and parents in the digital culture.The programme contributes to the education of a new generation of highly qualified people in science, technology and other sectors. Innovation Hub This is a technological innovation space where digital and face- to-face human networks can meet and interlink, with next- generation equipment and very high connectivity, aiming at youth and adults interested in generating and sharing knowledge in active participation with virtual communities.This programme also encourages entrepreneurship and innovation in the digital age. Source:Technological Institute of Telmex. Featured Insight 12: Millennium@EDU Programme The Millennium@EDU Programme was launched in January 2013 at the Education World Forum in London and it will last until end 2015. It aims to touch the life of 15 million students around the world, 1% of the total student population, by providing a comprehensive solution that encompasses specific education hardware, two choices of operating systems, productivity tools, educational software, and services, including the Intel Teach Elements Online Professional Development Courses. Millennium@EDU is a multi-stakeholder initiative led by the private sector including large multinationals involved in education and technology to help achieve the MDGs.The initiative includes the establishment of National Projects led by local promoters from the public and private sector to boost the local tech industry with the support of global companies by responding to the needs of communities. Promoters of Millennium@EDU include: Intel, SanDisk®, Pasco®, ECS Elite Group,Video Net, Microsoft, JP,Triple C, 1 Global Economy, Converge, and Be Bright, which are participating with a full range of complementary solutions that constitute the ‘Millennium@EDU Educational Package’. Education devices and productivity tools offer two operating systems, educational content, a warranty, a deployment plan and transport to destination. In the Philippines, ‘Philippine Normal’ helps teachers to integrate technology into classrooms. A local education solutions provider delivered Millennium packages and financing through a local bank to make them affordable. Launched in June 2013, the programme reaches at least 1,000 students and will roll out to 13,000 students.The Advanced Science Technology Institute (ASTI) runs pilots of hardware, software, content, and infrastructure solutions to introduce a new curriculum and personalized learning approaches. Intel provides a robust Intel Celeron Dual Core processor plus respective chipset, the Intel Education Software Suite, and Intel Education Resources, which include Classroom Mgmt., British Council and Khan Academy educational videos. Intel’s professional courses provide teacher training to over 10 million teachers across the globe. Source: Intel.
  • 35.
    Chapter 35 Chapter3 Cisco has developeda low-cost solution to deliver education activities, skills training and healthcare services to remote regions. The low-cost, low power consumption platform supports the delivery of educational content and services developed by partner education facilities and healthcare institutions. Already pilot projects in several States in India have resulted in over 600,000 student hours of education delivery, 10-12% improvement in attendance and a 19% increase in the performance of nine schools across three districts of the state of Karnataka. Healthcare services have been delivered via twenty centers, across eight districts in three states (Karnataka, Rajasthan and Madhyapradesh), resulting in over 50,000 patient consultations, with hundreds of treatments for malnourished children and consultations with expectant mothers. Perhaps one of the most pivotal recent developments in broadband is the use of m-commerce and mobile money. Exclusion from formal financial systems is often identified as a major obstacle to development41 . At its most basic level, mobile money is the provision of financial services through a mobile device, but it can also include payments, remittances and transfers, financial services (e.g. insurance products) and banking (e.g. checking account balances). By 2012, there were already 110 mobile money deployments, with over 40 million users, and some US$240 billion worth of items had already been purchased worldwide using mobile payment systems in 2011, rising to US$670 billion by 2015 (Juniper Research42 ). In areas where it has proved successful, mobile money has created a platform for start-ups to build on, and promises to bring many more of the world’s unbanked people into the formal economic sphere of activity (Featured Insight 13). Enabling cash transfers over large distances (and between countries) could prove a major transformation in modern economic activity, and another building block in growing the global economy. Featured Insight 13: M-Commerce driving socio-economic development Today, around three-quarters of all transactions in the world are still made in cash. Credit and debit cards are common payment methods in industrialized countries, but not in developing countries, where access to financial services is limited. Mobile phones are transforming the way people live, and are a driving force for socio-economic development (Featured Insight 7). Mobile penetration stands at 96% globally, and higher in emerging markets such as the Middle East (109%) and Latin America (114%)43 . There is growing acceptance of mobiles as enablers of access to credit and banking services for improving livelihoods and digital and financial inclusion, and creating new financial ecosystems. Interoperability and regulation affect the uptake of mobile services, as they can help interconnect mobile money services, boost transaction volumes, and grow the market, as long as different mobile money services are compatible. Interconnected networks increase the value of mobile financial services, as they add more connections. Ericsson is trying to establish a new open ecosystem, with the common goal of making mobile money services ubiquitous and valuable for end-users. Since the 2010 earthquake in Haiti, various initiatives have been tested to distribute financial aid to reach the people that need it the most. In Haiti, with fewer than two bank branches per 100,000 people, four different electronic distribution solutions have been tried. Mobile money has been
  • 36.
    36 Chapter3 successful in theHaiti, where since 2010, some US$6 million in transfers have been disbursed to 24,000 beneficiaries via mobile money by six NGO programmes (Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation). Mobile money can help bridge gender gaps in developing countries, and address key constraints to women’s access to financial services. Illiterate, rural women are perfectly able to learn to use and appreciate such services. Ericsson aims to connect banks, money transfer organizations, payment service providers and ISPs to form a flexible, interoperable ecosystem through its Open Money vision, and has negotiated agreements with Western Union, EuroGiro and others. Ericsson’s M-Commerce solutions (e.g., Ericsson Converged Wallet, Ericsson Wallet Platform, and Ericsson M-Commerce Interconnect) create a seamless platform integration with money transfer networks, enabling mobile operators to offer money transfers and other mobile financial services. It is our vision that one day everyone with access to a mobile phone will be able to spend, send and receive money, as easily as sending a text message. Source: Ericsson. Satellite technology also offers strong potential to support attainment of the MDGs, including across large and/or remote areas (Featured Insight 14). Today, satellite service providers are playing a vital role in enabling e-Services to be converted into mobile services, such as m-Health, m-Education, m-Government, and m-Commerce. Satellite broadband also provides for safety and security services, such as early warning and disaster relief services, ocean or sky surveillance services, Earth observation and meteorological services, for example. Featured Insight 14: Satellite at the Service of Developing Countries Satellite solutions can bridge vast distances to bring knowledge and assistance where they are most needed.Today, for example, Intelsat’s fleet of 50+ satellites and robust terrestrial infrastructure enables students in outlying areas to access the same educational opportunities as people in urban sites. Intelsat and Mindset (a developer/ distributor of educational materials in Africa) have partnered to offer distance learning, conferencing and telemedicine via satellite through high-speed Internet access and educational materials to schools, hospitals and clinics in South Africa, as well as homes across Africa44 . Intelsat provides satellite capacity for telemedicine in Morocco, enabling doctors at the Children’s National Medical Center in Washington D.C., U.S., to conduct consultations and training with healthcare professionals in Morocco. Intelsat’s satellite technology is also supporting the fight against HIV/AIDS in Africa in Burundi and Burkina Faso45 . Remote clinics can be connected by the Internet using DVB/SCPC technology from Intelsat’s gateway hub-station in Fuchsstadt, Germany, to gain access to medical databases, training and remote diagnosis. Bush doctors can access high-throughput IP two-way connectivity with leading hospitals in Africa and worldwide, while patients can be monitored regularly. SES supports a joint SAHEL-ESA telemedicine project for e-health initiatives and has established a pan- African satellite-enhanced e-Health platform to bring training and tailored content to nurses, establish communications between remote healthcare facilities and medical centers of excellence, and collect health data from pilot sites. SES is developing a satellite ICT solution to overcome isolation and lack of terrestrial infrastructures
  • 37.
    Chapter 37 Chapter3 among African communitiesthrough: • Rural radio: e.g. assisted radio services to support agriculture in the Democratic Rep. of Congo; • Space4Edu: e.g. eLearning service to support education in rural schools in South Africa; • Electoral e-Training: e.g. online services and courses for the electoral management bodies of the Economic Community of Central African States (ECCAS) to support more transparent elections. For example, SES facilitated satellite broadband connectivity during recent elections in Burkina Faso, connecting up the Independent Electoral Commission in Burkina Faso (CENI) to support local and legislative elections in December 2012. SES provided satellite broadband connectivity to election HQ and 45 district offices, allowing for the secure collection and transfer of data. SES is supporting the NGO, Development Alternatives Inc., and USAID in Malawi on the ‘Feed the Future’ project, equipping three villages with satellite broadband to educate agricultural communities in Malawi. José Toscano,Director-General of ITSO; Esteban Pacha,Director-General of IMSO; Christian Roisse,Executive Secretary of EUTELSAT IGO. As the 2015 timeline defined to reach the MDGs approaches, a global discussion has started on how to shape the global post- 2015 development agenda, building on the lessons learned in the continuing implementation of the MDGs. The UN is currently conducting global consultations, including online consultations, to take into account the views of as many stakeholders as possible on how to build “The Future We Want”, drawing on the outcome of the 2012 Conference on Sustainable Development46 (Rio+20), and ongoing discussions on the future international framework for development. In March 2013, the Broadband Commission established a Task Force on Sustainable Development and the Post-2015 Development Agenda to explore how broadband can best contribute to achieve development goals. In 2013, the Broadband Commission issued an Open Letter to the UN Secretary-General’s High-Level Panel of Eminent Persons, calling for broadband to be prominently recognized in the post-2015 framework for sustainable development, in recognition of the pivotal role broadband will play in our connected future47 .
  • 38.
    38 Chapter3 ENDNOTES 1. See theMillennium Declaration at: www.un.org/millennium/declaration/ares552e.pdf 2. “India’s Tablet Revolution: How a $40 device is going to change the lives of billions”, Vivek Wadhwa, Foreign Policy, 24 June 2013, at: http://www.foreignpolicy.com/ articles/2013/06/24/indias_tablet_revolution?page=0,0 3. BCG & Telenor Group (2012), The Socio-Economic Impact of Mobile Health, http://telenor. com/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/BCG-Telenor-Mobile-Health-Report-May-20121.pdf. 4. McKenzie (2012). Internet Impact on Aspiring Countries. 5. Page 15, OECD Communications Outlook, 2013. 6. Davis, Susan (2013). “Can Technology End Poverty?” Harvard Business Review Blog, Susan Davis, 22 March 2013, available at: http://blogs.hbr.org/cs/2013/03/can_ technology_end_poverty.html?goback=%2Egde_3209639_member_226221237. 7. Katz et al (2012), “The Impact of Broadband on the economy: research to date and policy issues”. 8. GSMA & Boston Consulting Group (BCG): “Socio-Economic Impact of Allocating 700 MHz Band to Mobile in Asia-Pacific”. 9. Katz et al (2012), “The Impact of Broadband on the economy: research to date and policy issues”. 10. GSMA & Boston Consulting Group (BCG): “Socio-Economic Impact of Allocating 700 MHz Band to Mobile in Asia-Pacific”. 11. GSMA and Analysys Mason, “Assessment of economic impact of wireless broadband in South Africa”. 12. Aydin, Cengiz Hakan; Evrim Genc Kumtepe; Figen Unal Colak; Alper Tolga Kumtepe (2012), “Second Phase Evaluation Report of the One Computer Per Child Project in Kocaeli, Turkey”, January (2012). 13. Takang, Armstrong (2012), Intel EMPG Nigeria Academic Impact assessment report, December 2012. 14. Intel Corp. (2010), “Power to a New Generation: San Luis Case Study”. 15. Source: http://www.ida.gov.sg/Business-Sectors/Education/Infocomm-All-Schools 16. Intel (2013), “Women and the Web” report, available at: http://www.intel.com/content/ dam/www/public/us/en/documents/pdf/women-and-the-web.pdf 17. Connect To Learn is a partnership founded by the Earth Institute, Ericsson and the Millennium Promise, which aims to harness the transformative solutions of the ICT industry to address global educational issues through the building of powerful PPPs. See: www.connecttolearn.org/splash and http://www.ericsson.com/thecompany/ sustainability_corporateresponsibility/enabling_communication_for_all/connect_to_learn 18. Contribution by the Association of Progressive Communications to the Broadband Commission, June 2013. 19. HealthyChildren.org is the only parenting website backed by 60,000 pediatricians committed to the well-being of children where parents can find general information related to child health and specific guidance on parenting issues. More on http://www. healthychildren.org/english/our-mission/Pages/default.aspx 20. OCCAM’s Maternal Health Campaign at: http://www.occam.org/maternal%20 health%20campaign.html 21. Text4baby is a service to provide support for pregnant women and with babies under one-year-old with free SMS on topics related to prenatal care, baby health and parenting. Available at https://text4baby.org/ 22. My Pregnancy Today app, for example, is a pregnancy apps with week-by-week foetal development images, explanations for how your pregnant body will change over time and a due date calculator. 23. Kujua, for example, is a web-application for sending and receiving regular messages and forms, and also scheduling time-target confirmation message which can run in laptops, netboooks, , tablets, or smartphones and uses new database technology to provide scalability and flexibility. More on http://medicmobile.org/2013/06/25/announcing-kujua/ 24. The Mobile Midwife project aims to improve antenatal and neonatal care among the rural poor by using voice or text messages to provide relevant health information during the pregnancy and after the birth. In addition, community health workers can keep electronic records and retrieve patient information using their mobile phone. More on: Grameen Foundation 2011, Mobile technology for community health in Ghana: What it is and what Grameen Foundation has learned so far.
  • 39.
    Chapter 39 Chapter3 25. See forexample the series of HealthHIV Webinars, which are trainings, for HIV/ AIDS primary care providers and free to anyone with an internet connection and an interest in providing assistance to people at risk for, or living with, HIV. See: http:// www.healthhiv.org/modules/info/webinars.html 26. Rosser, Wilkerson, Smolenski, Oakes, Konstan, Horvath, Kilian, Novak, Danilenko & Morgan (2011). The Future of Internet-based HIV Prevention: A Report on Key Findings from the Men’s INTernet Sex Studies. 27. HIVToolbox is one example of an web application for investigating HIV which integrates much of the knowledge about HIV proteins and allows virologists and structural biologists to access sequence, structure, and functional relationships, available at: http://www.bio-toolkit.com/HIVtoolbox/project/ 28. The Body-HIV AIDS maintains an interactive discussion board and blogs on HIV/ AIDS related topics, see: http://www.thebody.com/cgi-bin/bbs/ubbthreads.php 29. People with HIV/AIDS can join online networks such as HIVAidsTribe and PatientsLikeMe to interact with others, share stories, commentaries, videos, or news, and discuss issues of relevance to people with HIV/AIDS while maintaining their privacy.  30. The Terrence Higgins Trust has an online platform with services and information to people living with HIV/AIDS. They have also launched a mobile application called Life Plus. Available at: http://www.tht.org.uk/myhiv 31. Reminders can be sent via SMS, email or mobile health applications for smartphones such as the motionPHR. An specific application for patients with HIV/AIDS is, for example, the Red Ribbon, Your HIV AIDS Health Manager, a secure mobile PHR that stores information on medications, supplements, immunizations, conditions, allergies, current problems, procedures, and lab results.  It allows users to access their health records and receive medication reminders.   32. “The Broadband Bridge: Linking ICT with Climate Action for a Low-Carbon Economy”, a report by the Broadband Commission for Digital Development, available at: www.broadbandcommission.org 33. GSMA (2009). Mobile’s Green Manifesto. November. http://www.gsmworld.com/ our-work/mobile_planet/mobile_environment/green_manifesto.htm 34. Carnegie Mellon, Green Design Institute, “Life Cycle Comparison of Traditional Retail & E-commerce for Electronic Products”. 35. Smarter 2020 report, produced by GESI and launched in 2012, see: http://gesi. org/SMARTer2020 36. MDG Target 8F, as quoted at: www.un.org/millenniumgoals/global.shtml/. 37. “Towards a renewed global partnership for development Synthesis Report of UNTT Thematic Think Pieces”. 38. Read more at: www.inveneo.org/2012/08/90km-wireless-link-for-mfangano-island/ 39. “Technology, Broadband and Education: Advancing the Education for All Agenda”, the Broadband Commission’s Working Group on Education, chaired by UNESCO, available at: http://www.broadbandcommission.org/work/working-groups/ education/BD_bbcomm-education_2013.pdf 40. UNESCO Institute for Statistics, Information and Communication Technology (ICT) in Education in Five Arab States, 2013 (forthcoming). 41. As an example, see Collins et al. (2009) and the research from the Institute for Money, Technology & Financial Inclusion (imtfi.uci.edu). 42. http://www.juniperresearch.com/viewpressrelease.php?pr=250 43. Ericsson Mobility Report 2013. 44. See: http://www.intelsat.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/12/cs-delivering- education-to-africa.pdf. 45. For further information, see: http://www.intelsat.com/wp-content/ uploads/2012/12/cs-education-to-fight-aids.pdf. 46. See the outcome document of Rio+20, “The Future We Want”, available at: http:// sustainabledevelopment.un.org/futurewewant.html 47. See the Open Letter from the Broadband Commission for Digital Development to the UN Secretary-General’s High-Level Panel of Eminent Persons, available at: http://www.broadbandcommission.org/documents/bbcom-OL-EminentPanel.pdf
  • 40.
    4In October 2011,the Broadband Commission for Digital Development established four targets for tracking universal access to broadband and digital inclusion for all at the Broadband Leadership Summit. In March 2013, the Commission added a fifth target calling for gender equality in access to broadband by 2020. This chapter tracks progress towards achieving these targets to answer the important question, “How universal is broadband today?”. 4.1 Advocacy Target 1: Making broadband policy universal – by 2015, all countries should have a NBP or strategy or include broadband in their UAS Definition The vital importance of national policy leadership is now increasingly understood by ICT stakeholders around the world. Policy leadership provides a clear vision to identify opportunities, constraints and actions around the supply and demand of broadband. Although in many countries, broadband deployment has been realized through the efforts of the private sector, Governments play an essential role in ensuring a stable regulatory and legal framework to foster and incentivize investments, create a level playing-field amongst the different actors present in the market, establish adequate spectrum policy and reasonable spectrum allocation, and ensure long-term and sustainable competition. Governments can also implement programmes such as e-government, digital literacy initiatives and connected public institutions and locations.   Progress on policy leadership is relatively recent, with an explosion in the number of countries introducing broadband plans in 2009-2010 (Figure 4). Prior to 2006, most plans focused on information society issues, with broadband coming to the fore from 2008 onwards. More recently, Digital Agendas have grown in popularity, incorporating a cross-sectoral perspective. By mid-2013, some 134 or 69% of all countries had a national plan, strategy, or policy in place to promote broadband, and a further 12 countries or 6% were planning to introduce such measures in the near future (Figure 5). However, some 47 countries (or nearly a quarter of all countries) still do not have any plan, strategy or policy in place. Even when 40 Evaluating Global Growth in Broadband
  • 41.
    countries have plans,achieving progress in implementation may prove challenging or slow. Recent ITU/Broadband Commission/Cisco research (2013)1 suggests an opportunity cost associated with the absence of a broadband plan. Factoring out the impact of average income per capita, market concentration and urbanization, this research suggested that countries with Plans are associated with fixed broadband penetration some 2.5% higher on average than countries without Plans – a significant margin of advantage. In mobile, the impact of a Plan may be even greater – countries with Plans are associated with mobile broadband penetration some 7.4% higher on average than countries without Plans2 , suggesting that national policy leadership can help establish a positive vision for the development of broadband within a national market. Featured Insight 15 offers insight into Qatar’s experience with its National ICT Plan 2015, while Featured Insight 16 describes Malaysia’s High-Speed Broadband (HSBB) project. Annex 1 provides the list of National Broadband Plans. 41 Chapter4 NumberofCountrieswithNBPs 2006 2010 2007 2011 2008 2012 2005 2009 2013 17 31 38 53 64 102 123 133 134 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Source: ITU/UNESCO Broadband Commission and ITU Telecommunication/ICT Regulatory Database. Figure 4: Growth in National Broadband Plans, 2005-2013
  • 42.
    42 Chapter4 Notes: Based ondata for 193 countries. National broadband plan includes: a plan,strategy or policy specific to broadband; digital plan,agenda, strategy or policy; or an ICT plan, strategy,or policy. Yes 134; 69.4% No 47; 24.4% Planned 12; 6.2% Number of Countries with Plans, mid-2013 World Map, according to status of National Broadband Plan (NBP) NBP - yes NBP - planningNBP - no No data Figure 5: Status of National Broadband Plans, mid-2013 Source: ITU/UNESCO Broadband Commission and ITU Telecommunication/ICT Regulatory Database.
  • 43.
    43 Chapter4 Featured Insight 15: Qatar’sNational ICT Plan 2015 and its Experience with Qnbn Over 100 Governments have now adopted broadband plans identifying opportunities, constraints and actions around the supply and demand of broadband. Governments can play a critical role in driving deployment and adoption by ensuring fair competition, with low barriers to entry and encouraging private investment. A holistic approach to developing broadband is most likely to engender success.  Qatar’s “National ICT Plan 2015: Advancing the Digital Agenda” is based on five strategic thrusts: • Improving Connectivity – ensuring the deployment of advanced, secure infrastructure. • Boosting Capacity – enhancing digital literacy and developing skills to enable innovation. • Fostering Economic Development – creating an environment for an innovative & vibrant ICT industry. • Enhancing Public Service Delivery – ensuring the use of innovative apps to improve public services. • Advancing Societal Benefits – leveraging ICT to improve the ways society and government provide education, healthcare and services to Qatar’s people. Over the next five years, Qatar will build a world-class broadband ICT infrastructure with the capacity and speeds needed to achieve Qatar Vision 2030. Qatar will invest US$550 million to accelerate the roll-out of a nationwide high- speed, open, reliable, secure and affordable broadband fibre network to Qatari homes, businesses and Government. A number of regulatory instruments will help equip locations (including sports venues) and mega-projects with tools for open and reliable access in preparation for the expected growth in new developments and FIFA 2022-related venues. Furthermore, ten programmes have been developed to unleash the potential and benefits of broadband, while realizing the positive transformational impact on social and economic welfare: modernizing the legal and regulatory framework; cybersecurity; digital inclusion; ICT human capital; innovation and entrepreneurship; digital content; second generation i-Government; e-Education; e-Health; and Internet and society.These programmes demonstrate Qatar’s belief that a holistic approach can positively impact all walks of life – from work and education through to leisure, health and wellbeing. Qatar topped the rankings for Arab States in ITU’s IDI Index and ranked 30th globally. Qatar’s first National Broadband Plan is due to be released in 2013, and reflects the Government’s commitment to broadband while providing guidance to the market to ensure broadband opportunities are realized and maximized.The Plan provides policy actions to maximize the use of broadband in view of human, social, economic and environmental development in Qatar. Qatar ranks in the top ten countries worldwide for individual Internet user penetration in Annex 5. Source: ICT Qatar.
  • 44.
    44 Featured Insight 16: Policy-drivenBroadband Innovation in Malaysia In 2009, with total broadband penetration at 9.4%, the Malaysian Government announced a subsidy of RM 2.4 billion (US$0.75 billion) for Telekom’s High-Speed Broadband (HSBB), aiming to transform Malaysia into a knowledge society and a high-income economy. Huawei is extremely proud to have been chosen as the broadband infrastructure partner.The active involvement of Government and other public policy- makers is crucial for broadband innovation. Governments can create the appropriate conditions and ensure universal service for all citizens, including a level playing- field for competition. Once these conditions are ripe, the development of innovation clusters can gather momentum. Malaysia’s HSBB project aims to “expand the communications network to ensure more equitable access to Information and Services”, and to “bridge the digital divide”. HSBB service offers special packages for low-income households in both urban and rural areas.To ensure fair play and competition for all operators and providers, the Government subsidy for Telekom Malaysia, issued under a PPP agreement, committed Telekom Malaysia to open its network up to competitors.This competitive, open market will help to create innovation clusters over the long-term. To improve education and ICT skills, the Malaysian Government and Telekom Malaysia introduced partial waivers for the cost of broadband, as well as tablets for first- and second- year university students – over 100,000 students have benefited. By February 2013, broadband penetration in Malaysia had doubled, and the HSBB project may also increase national GDP by 0.6% and create 100,000 jobs by 2018. Source: Huawei. Chapter4 4.2 Advocacy Target 2: Making broadband affordable – by 2015, entry-level broadband services should be made affordable in developing countries. The affordability of broadband access plays a critical role in broadband diffusion and it can prove a key barrier to extending access to broadband in developing countries. Broadband is becoming more affordable around the world – over the past five years, fixed- broadband prices as a share of GNI per capita have dropped by 82%3 . By 2012, the majority of countries had reached the Commission’s target of offering basic fixed- broadband services at <5% of monthly GNI per capita, but broadband remains unaffordable in many parts of the developing world. Huge discrepancies in affordability persist. By 2012, fixed broadband services remain expensive, accounting for 30.1% of average monthly incomes in developing countries (compared to just 1.7% in developed countries)4 . In 2012, the number of developing countries where broadband cost less that 5% of average income remained the same as in 2011, at a total of 48 (with 22 developing countries in 0-2% and 26 in 2-5% in Figure 6). Assuming that people can afford broadband when it costs less than 5% of their annual income, fixed broadband access is unaffordable
  • 45.
    Chapter 45 Chapter4 for 3.9 billionpeople, and mobile broadband unaffordable for over 2.6 billion people around the world5 . Availability and affordability gaps are disproportionately impacting people in Africa, Asia- Pacific, and Latin America. However, more developing countries are approaching the target threshold – the number of developing countries where broadband cost between 5-10% of average income has increased from 15 in 2011 to 24 in 2012 (with 18 developing countries in 5-8% and 6 in 8-10% in Figure 6). Policy- makers can address affordability by regular monitoring, regulation, potential subsidies, increased competition, and tiered services. Many plans recognize affordability as a key priority. Nevertheless, effective competition is still widely recognized as the most effective mechanism to date to lower prices and increase affordability for the majority of the population. Effective competition reduces the need for other interventions in the long- term and can facilitate technology neutrality, letting markets decide the dominant technology for the future. Countries can develop pro-competitive policies – for example, through: eliminating potential distortions in termination rates; promoting fair and non- discriminatory access to essential facilities (such as the local loop or submarine cables); and facilitating the entry of new operators in the market, among other options. Source: ITU. 36 36 22 22 18 6 19 4 4 7 19 1 5-8 8-10 10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 >502-50-2 0 Numberofcountries Fixed-broadband sub-basket value 2012 (percentage of monthly GNI per capita) 10 20 30 40 50 60 Developed Developing Figure 6: Fixed Broadband Sub-Basket for Developing Countries, 2012
  • 46.
    46 4.3 Advocacy Target3: Connecting homes to broadband – by 2015, 40% of households in developing countries should have Internet access. Access to broadband or the Internet at home is one of the most inclusive ways of bringing people online. At home, all household members can have access – no matter whether they have jobs, go to school, are male or female, children, adults, elderly, or have a disability. Research has shown that children with Internet access at home perform better in school. Globally, 41% of all households will be connected to the Internet by end 2013; in the developing world, 28% of households have Internet access (Figure 7), compared with over three-quarters or 78% of all households in the developed world. Of the 1.1 billion households still not connected to the Internet, 90% are in the developing world. At current growth rates, the 40% target will not be achieved by 2015, but with the rise of the mobile Internet, access may improve very quickly. Annex 4 presents national rankings. A number of NBPs specifically include a focus on household access as a key national priority – for example, Singapore revised the Code of Practice for Info-comm Facilities in Buildings (‘COPIF’) in May 2013, to require new residential homes to be pre-installed with optical fibre (Featured Insight 17). In terms of technologies by which these households are connected, a growing number of national surveys accommodate broadband connectivity via mobile, but a major target for many NBPs is percentage of households passed by fixed broadband technology. In terms of fixed broadband technology, Point Topic (2013)6 suggests market shares have remained remarkably stable over recent quarters, with Digital Subscriber Lines (DSL) accounting for nearly six out of ten fixed broadband subscriptions, while fibre optic FTTx and FTTH account for over 22% of the global market for fixed broadband (Figure 8). This implies that many countries and operators are still continuing to engage in upgrades to their existing copper-based networks, to maximize the returns on their investments. For fixed broadband penetration, the top ten countries are all located in Europe, except the Republic of Korea, which ranks fifth for fixed broadband penetration per capita globally. The only non-European entrants into the top twenty rankings are Canada (12th), Hong Kong (China) (16th), and the United States (20th). Mobile broadband is today connecting many more homes. Five countries have a mobile broadband penetration in excess of 100 connections per capita - Singapore, Japan, Finland, Republic of Korea and Sweden. Thirty countries have mobile-broadband subscriptions in excess of a ratio one per two inhabitants, compared to just thirteen last year. Our mobile broadband future discussed in Chapter 2 is being realized more quickly than anticipated. Chapter4
  • 47.
    Chapter 47 Chapter4 0 7% 33% 34% 46% 61% 77% 2005 2006 20072008 2009 2010 2011 2012* 2013* RegionalAverages (Percentageofhouseholdswithinternetaccess) 30 10 40 60 AfricaAsia & PacificArab States CISThe AmericasEurope 80 90 20 50 70 Figure 7: Proportion of Households with Internet Access in Developing Countries, 2002-2015 0 15 5 20 20.5% 28% 30 10 25 35 40 40% 45 2002 2003 2009 2004 2007 2010 2005 2006 2008 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 GlobalAverage (PercentageofhouseholdswithInternetaccess) By 2015, 40% of households should be connected to the Internet Target Source: ITU. Note: * Estimates. Households with Internet Access, Global Average Households with Internet Access, Regional Averages
  • 48.
    48 Chapter4 19.16% 1.86% 0.32% 55.47% 1.16% 19.34% 2.69% Cable Copper OthersFTTHSateliteFTTx Wireless Q3 2011 Q4 2011 Q1 2012 Q2 2012 Q3 2012 Q4 2012 Q1 2013 TechnologyShare(%) Cable Copper FTTHFTTH FTTx Figure 8: Global Fixed Broadband Market Share by Technology, 2011-2013 Broadband Market Share by technology, 2011-2013 Broadband Market Share by technology, Q1 2013 0 30 10 40 60 80 90 100 20 50 70 Source: Point Topic (www.PointTopic.com). Source: Point Topic (www.PointTopic.com).
  • 49.
    Chapter Featured Insight 17: NewHomes in Singapore to have in-built FTTH broadband The Rep. of Singapore boasts a population of 5.3 million people7 , and ranks among the Top 3 in surveys of networked readiness8 and e-government efforts9 . In 2011, 85% of households had broadband access and by Q1 2013, there were over 10.3m broadband subscriptions10 . Singapore views the prevalence and adoption of new and emerging technologies as critical to the long- term development of its economy. In 2006, Singapore embarked on its sixth masterplan, Intelligent Nation 2015 (“iN2015”), earmarking broadband network connectivity as a priority area to meet Singapore’s economic and social development needs.This led to the development of Singapore’s ambitious “Next- Gen NBN”, a new, all-fibre network delivering speeds of up to 1 Gigabit per second (“Gbps”) to homes and businesses.To achieve this vision, an ultra-high speed broadband network is needed everywhere, as well as an enabling infrastructure for Singapore to become a smart nation. Robust infocomm infrastructure could spur the development of new knowledge-based sectors, including R&D, business and social analytics, and creative industries. To enhance Singaporeans’ quality of life, broadband-enabled innovative services are being deployed to homes, schools and businesses. Today, Next-Gen NBN has achieved over 95% coverage nationwide, with 20 providers serving more than 330,000 fibre-optic subscribers. Besides competitive pricing, operators offer new ultra-high speed services, such as interactive TV applications, cloud services, and learning resources. To ensure new homes are ready for Next-Gen NBN, IDA revised the Code of Practice for Info-comm Facilities in Buildings (“COPIF”)11 in May 2013, to require new residential homes to be pre-installed with optical fibre, and each living room and bedroom to be provided with Category 6 cabling capable of carrying data speeds of more than 1 Gbps.The revised COPIF means that homeowners will no longer be inconvenienced by fibre installation after they move in, and can now order services over fibre on demand.The provision of Category 6 cabling in-premises also facilitates ultra-high speed home-networking and access to fibre services, so a greater variety of services can be delivered to all parts of the home.The revised COPIF in 2013 should ensure homes are built for infocomm needs and benefit consumers with a richer broadband experience.These efforts are working - in Annex 4, Singapore ranks third in the world for household Internet penetration. Mr.Leong Keng Thai,Deputy Chief Executive/Director-General (Telecoms and Post),IDA Singapore. 49 Chapter4
  • 50.
    50 4.4 Advocacy Target4: Getting people online – by 2015, Internet user penetration should reach 60% worldwide, 50% in developing countries and 15% in LDCs. By the end of 2013, some 2.7 billion people will be online, equivalent to a global penetration rate of 39% (up from 32.5% or 2.27 billion Internet users at the end of 2011). In the developing world, Internet penetration will reach 31% by the end of 2013 and 10% in the LDCs (Figure 9). At current growth rates, this target looks unlikely to be achieved. By 2015, the Broadband Commission predicts that despite the growth of mobile broadband, global Internet user penetration will reach 45% worldwide, far short of its target of 60%, while Internet user penetration will reach 37% in developing countries, far short of its target of 50%. Based on ITU data, Intel (2013) forecasts that at current growth rates, Internet user penetration in developing countries will climb above 40% by 201412 . Annexes 5, 6 and 7 give national rankings. The top ten countries for Internet usage in Annex 5 are all located in Europe, except for New Zealand (8th) and Qatar (10th). Policy-makers can help stimulate demand in many developing countries, with a clear plan of digitalization in public services (education, health, city services, etc.) that can enable citizens to become familiar with and use new technologies. Public consultations and public-private cooperation are also essential, so actors can work towards the same priorities. Chapter 7 provides some policy recommendations to universalize broadband as quickly as possible, while Featured Insight 18 details the efforts Government and industry are making in the Rep. of Korea to connect the entire population to high-speed broadband, including rural communities. Chapter4 Source: ITU. Figure 9: Internet User Penetration, 2000-2015 Per100inhabitants 2000 2001 2004 2007 2002 2005 2008 2003 2006 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 0 40 20 10 50 70 30 32.5% 24.4% 6% 15% 50% 60% 60 80 90 100 World Developing LDCs 60% of global population should be online 39% 31%
  • 51.
    Chapter 51 Featured Insight 18: ConnectingPeople in Korea The Republic of Korea has fostered solid infrastructure by building a nationwide 100 Mbps broadband convergence network from 2004 to 2010, necessary to deliver broadcasting, telecommunications and Internet services, to wired and wireless subscribers. Of 15 million high-speed Internet subscribers, 95.9% or 14 million subscribers have access to the ultra- fast broadband converged network. In contrast, only 2.2%, or 30,000 subscribers in rural areas have access to a network at only 2 Mbps, limiting the delivery of high-speed services.Various telecom and broadcasting services such as IPTV, e-learning and e-health have become common for those living in urban areas, thanks to a 100 Mbps network. So far, delivery of such services to small rural communities has been nearly impossible. Considering the relatively low quality of the educational, medical and cultural environment in rural communities, the need to improve the network as a way to deliver high-quality education and healthcare services to farmers and fishermen is vitally important. To bridge the digital gap between rural/urban areas and revitalize the rural agricultural and maritime economy, Korean central and local governments and a telecom provider have invested in a matching fund (1:1:2) in 2010 to build a 100 Mbps broadband network in towns with fewer than 50 households in rural areas. By 2012, the network had been built in 2,530 towns, and will soon be extended to 13,200 towns, eventually achieving nationwide coverage. Korea works continuously to upgrade its wired network to prepare for the future.The Korean Government launched the Gigabit Internet project in 2009, providing Internet service at speeds up to 1 Gbps, ten times faster than the current 100 Mbps. By 2012, 8,300 households in ten cities used Gigabit Internet service, and the Government aims to achieve 90% nationwide Gigabit Internet coverage by 2017. To ensure all people have Internet access, the Government initiated a public WiFi project in 2012, providing free-of-charge WiFi service in public places such as parks, museums and libraries. In cooperation with operators, the Government is implementing WiFi networks in public places and shares the networks to reduce service costs, and manage mobile data traffic. In 2012, three mobile carriers in Korea built 2,000 public WiFi zones nationwide, and are planning to deploy 10,000 zones in total by 2017. Korea ranks in the top five countries for both fixed and mobile broadband penetration in Annexes 2 and 3, and has the highest household penetration in the world in Annex 4. Source: National Information Society Agency (NIA),Rep.of Korea. Chapter4
  • 52.
    52 Chapter4 Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database Note:ITU estimates. 4.5 Advocacy Target 5: Achieving gender equality in access to broadband by 2020. Sex-disaggregated data are not yet available for broadband connectivity. Based on Internet usage data as a proxy indicator, by the end of 2013, however, ITU estimates that some 1.3 billion Internet users will be women13 (37% of all women worldwide will be using the Internet – Figure 10), compared with 1.5 billion men online (41% of all men), equivalent to a global Internet gender gap of 200 million fewer women online. The report of the Commission’s Working Group on Broadband and Gender, “Doubling Digital Opportunities” (2013), examines the different methods for estimating Internet gender gaps14 . This gender gap is more pronounced in the developing world, where 16% fewer women than men use the Internet, compared with only 2% fewer women than men in the developed world (ITU, 2013). Without further action, Intel (2013) forecasts that the Internet gender gap could grow to a total gender gap of 350 million in three years’ time. This suggests that, in many countries, women are coming online more slowly and later than men, with serious implications for the ability of women to use the Internet to access information and develop the vital ICT skills needed to participate and work in today’s digital economy. Figure 10: The Gender Gap: men and women online, totals and penetration rates, 2013 74% Women Women WomenMen Developed Developing World Men Men Billionsofpeople 0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 80% 29% 33% 37% 41% Female Internet users Male Internet users % of all men/women
  • 53.
    Chapter 53 Chapter4 Endnotes 1. “Planning forProgress: Why National Broadband Plans Matter”, ITU/Broadband Commission for Digital Development/Cisco, 1 July 2013 – available from www.broadbandcommission.org 2. “Planning for Progress: Why National Broadband Plans Matter”, ITU/Broadband Commission for Digital Development/Cisco, 1 July 2013 – available from www.broadbandcommission.org 3. ICT Facts and Figures 2013, ITU, Geneva. 4. ICT Facts and Figures 2013, ITU, Geneva. 5. Thanki, Richard, “The Economic Significance of License-Exempt Spectrum to the Future of the Internet”, June 2012. 6. Point Topic (www.PointTopic.com). 7. Department of Statistics, Singapore (June 2012). 8. World Economic Forum (WEF) Global Information Technology Report (GITR) 2013. For the fourth straight year, Singapore ranked #2 in the Network Readiness Index (NRI) which measures the preparedness of an economy to use ICT to boost competitiveness and well-being. In addition to being second, Singapore has been the top-ranked Asian economy in the WEF Global IT Report for the past four years (i.e. 2010 to 2013). 9. Waseda University World E-Government Ranking 2013: Singapore topped the Waseda rankings for a fifth consecutive year. 10. IDA Infocomm Usage, Households and Individuals: http://www.ida. gov.sg/Infocomm-Landscape/Facts-and-Figures/Infocomm-Usage- Households-and-Individuals 11. IDA Singapore: The COPIF was introduced in 2000 to ensure that developers and/or owners of buildings and developments provide adequate space and facilities for the deployment and operation of installation, plant and systems which are used for providing info- communication services to the buildings. The COPIF also specifies the duties to be observed by developers and/or owners of buildings and developments, and telecommunication licensees in relation to the provision, maintenance and utilization of the relevant space and facilities provided, as required under COPIF. 12. Page 25, “Women and the Web”, Intel, January 2013, available at http://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/documents/ pdf/women-and-the-web.pdf. 13. ITU ICT Facts and Figures 2013. 14. “Doubling Digital Opportunities”, Broadband Commission Working Group on Broadband & Gender, forthcoming, September 2013, available from www.broadbandcommission.org
  • 54.
    5According to ITU,Internet users are projected to reach 2.75 billion in 2013 (Table 1), up from 2.27 billion in 2011, with around a third of all humanity now online1 . However, this still leaves some two-thirds of the planet’s population to be connected. How can this be best achieved? This Chapter explores some of the means and mechanisms by which broadband can be universalized by government and industry and other stakeholders working in partnership2 . There is a significant body of evidence to suggest that private and competitive markets have successfully accelerated service delivery to a large customer base, boosting market growth, enhancing innovation, increasing subscriptions and reducing prices3 . However, evidence is growing that private, competitive market provision does not always provide last- mile access to every subscriber, mainly due to the higher marginal costs of providing access to remote users. Costs increase dramatically for connecting the last subscribers, threatening the commercial viability of serving these areas (Figure 11). ITU defines universal service as every household or individual in a country having the opportunity to access telephone and/or ICT services4 . Although satellite may have higher overall costs per subscriber for connecting subscribers initially, the marginal costs of connecting additional subscribers are relatively low, and increase in a ‘bit-step function’ (although there are obviously still capital costs associated with all technologies). Conversely, fibre and wireless may have lower costs for the bulk of first subscribers to be connected, but for the last subscribers to be connected, marginal costs escalate quickly. Figure 11 demonstrates the step changes in incremental roll-out costs once fibre-to-the-curb/cabinet (FTTC) and fibre-to-the-home (FTTH), wireless and satellite reaches 60-70% population coverage. The key to unlocking universal service is solid consideration of how to fund the last 5-10% of subscribers, and who should bear these additional costs. Boosting deployment of broadband networks and increasing penetration of telecommunication services in rural and isolated areas require huge investments. Governments have an important role, but should avoid inappropriate interventions and distorting or setting negative incentives for commercial players. More investments are needed to service remote areas, relative 5454 Universalizing Broadband
  • 55.
    to large andhighly populated cities. It is important not to punish operators for having “market power” in towns and small villages, where other operators may not invest sufficiently. Competition regulation should take into account the special features and characteristics of different markets. Countries vary in the boldness of their targets: in fact, not all countries currently envisage connecting the last 5-10% of their population or households. To date, NBPs have often contained benchmarking or global targets for rolling out broadband to populations or priority groups and communities – often in phases with rolling targets for specified years; often with specified speeds; sometimes with specified technologies. A number of countries have specified universal access service (UAS) as a national policy priority – e.g., Denmark and Finland (Figure 12). One advantage of setting national targets for coverage and broadband speed is that 5555 Chapter5 Figure 11: The Costs of Connecting the Last Subscribers Source:Australia,National Broadband Network Implementation Study,6 May 2010, Library of Parliament,at: http://data.dbcde.gov.au/nbn/ NBN-Implementation-Study- complete-report.pdf. Note:Amounts quoted in Australian dollars. 90 90 5,000 10,000 15,000 20,000 25,000 30,000 35,000 91 92 93 94 Premises covered (%) Capitalcostperpremisesactivated (AUS$perpremises) 95 96 97 98 99 100 Satellite Wireless Fibre
  • 56.
    targets can provideclear signals by Governments (and regulators) of their commitment to establishing advanced and modern infrastructure. National targets may also include a type of universal service obligation (USO), embodying social and public policy objectives within commercial and competitive markets. In this regard, countries should take care to ensure that national targets do not become a blunt tool that fails to take into account the needs and geography of certain areas (e.g. for remote or rural areas, or other marginalized populations). Global targets may fail to take into account the on-the-ground needs of specific areas, local geography or the needs of local population. Targets need to remain relevant and realistic, rather than abstract or overly ambitious. NBPs are sometimes formulated in addition to existing Universal Service and Access (UAS) definitions, although not all countries actually have USOs in force (e.g., Afghanistan, Lebanon, Libya, and South Africa do not impose USOs on incumbent carriers). In Mexico, specific obligations have been imposed on the incumbent, Telmex, for the deployment and operation of “public telephone booths” in some rural villages, as well as telephone lines in villages with few inhabitants, to be funded by the incumbent. In Switzerland, broadband has been included in the scope of the country’s USOs since 2008 – the operator charged with USO must provide a broadband connection to the whole population, via DSL or satellite or other technologies (at least 600 Kbps downloads and 100 Kbps uploads, and monthly subscription < CHF 69). Finland recognized every citizen’s right to access a 1 Mbps broadband connection in July 56 Chapter5 Figure 12: Targets set by National Broadband Plans Source: ITU. Note:Australia’s targets specify 100% geographic coverage, with 93% at 100 Mbps and 7% at 12 Mbps. EU objectives are 30 Mbps for all EU households and 100 Mbps for 50% of EU households,by 2020,shown as [HH]. Finland 2016 Denmark 2020 Australia, US Sweden 2020 Sweden 2015 New Zealand 2019 Germany 2014 [HH] Spain 2015 Europe 2020 [HH] Paraguay 2014 Colombia 2014 Brazil 2014 [HH] Spain 2011 Slovak Republic 2020 Austria 2013 United Kingdom, France, Europe 2012 Europe 2020 0 0 10 40 80 20 50 90 30 70 60 100 20 40 8060 Broadband Speed (Mbps) Coverage(%populationorhouseholds) 100
  • 57.
    Chapter 2010 as alegal right, while recent national legislation extended USO to broadband, with the objective of a basic 1 Mbps broadband connection available to all by 2011. Different regions have adopted different approaches to extending universal access. Europe has a marked preference for Plans, with a total of 38 countries or 88% of European countries having a Plan and/or UAS definition (Figure 13). Africa was well-endowed with NBPs from early in the first decade of the new millennium, partly because ICTs have been included in IMF/World Bank Poverty Reduction Strategy Papers (PRSPs). The region with the fewest National Broadband Plans is the Arab States, which have generally revised their USOs to include broadband. The Americas and Asia-Pacific are the regions most likely to make use of a Plan, in combination with a UAS definition (Figure 13). More developing countries are including broadband in their definitions of universal service. In 2010, two-thirds of the 144 developing countries had a UAS definition. Of those, 49 had included Internet dial-up within their definition, and 36 out of the 99 countries included broadband in their definition of UAS. This is a large increase on the situation five years earlier, in 2005, when just 21 developing countries included Internet dial-up in their UAS definitions and only one included broadband. Including broadband in UAS definitions is one key policy commitment to digital inclusion for all; the choice of policy instrument is also important. Whether via a national plan, USD or as part of the operations of the USF, various strategies are available to overcome different barriers to access (Table 3). 57 Chapter5 Figure 13: Choosing a Policy Instrument Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Regulatory Database. UAS definition includes broadband Both a plan and UAS definition National Broadband Plan only Africa Americas EuropeArab States Asia-Pacific CIS 0% 10% 30% 20% 40% 50% 60% 59% 69% 52% 66% 33% 88% 70% 80% 90% 100%
  • 58.
    Table 3: Barriersto Access and Strategies to Overcome Barriers Barrier/obstacle Examples of strategies to overcome the barriers 1. Low levels of purchasing power in certain rural and sub-urban areas • Subsidies to the benefit of end- users, to ensure broadband adoption, once access is secured • Discounted offers from operators to end-users • Telecentres for shared use to kick- start broadband markets • Public-private partnerships (PPPs) 2. Limited financial resources available via some USFs • Policy-makers should work with operators, depending on local needs and government funding, to ensure USF is properly sourced and effective. • Support (e.g. from international agencies) for ad-hoc projects. • Priority given to UAS projects based on strict and clear criteria 3. The low levels of ICT skills of some of the population • ICT training • Connecting up educational establishments • ICT lessons in schools and universities, and ICT equipment furnished at low or no cost 4. The lack of basic commodities (water, electricity, etc.) • Telecentres open to the public where access to commodities is guaranteed • Wi-Fi access in public spaces where access to commodities is guaranteed 5. The limited availability of consumer electronic equipment • Distribution of equipment directly, or subsidies for consumer electronic equipment by poor households • Review import duty regimes to ensure they are effective. • Equipment approval (supply) policies should not be too onerous or restrictive. 6. High tax rates on telecom services or equipment • Targeted tax and import duty reductions on broadband services and devices, including removal of luxury taxes. 7. Lack of infrastructure/ high costs of deployment • National broadband plan, including roll- out of a mutualized national backbone, as well as in-building infrastructure • Grants to operators to build out infrastructure • Sharing of infrastructure and works 58 Chapter5
  • 59.
    Chapter 8. Administrative delays in authorizations todeploy new infrastructure • Involve relevant agencies and Ministries early • Streamline licensing procedures • Eliminate red-tape and delays • Remove barriers and obstacles to owning land 9. Limited economic growth in certain areas • Ongoing subsidy programmes on the demand side, following investment on the supply side 10. Limitations in amount of spectrum available • Streamline spectrum licensing and re-farming practices • Implementation of the digital switch-over • More effective policies for spectrum allocation/assignment 11. Limited availability of relevant local content • Subsidies and awards for the development of local content • Development of e-government services, open government / freedom of information policies. As established, broadband deployment is a very important element for telecommunications development and private operators have a key role to play in this regard. However, some operators today face legal and regulatory barriers hindering investments that could help to develop the networks, such as over-regulation and lack of legal certainty. Governments should encourage investments in broadband networks including rural and isolated areas through appropriate incentives, with the main purpose of improving penetration and digital inclusion. Various firms now run connectivity programmes under their corporate social responsibility (CSR) initiatives. For example, Intel’s Reaching the Third Billion (R3B) programme is designed to increase access to technology for all citizens, help improve education quality, increase access to online services, and spur economic growth by applying the pre-paid miracle to broadband access. In two years, R3B has reached over 50 countries. Over 20 million more people have now joined the digital era due to the R3B programme. Ericsson has been working with Communication for All and Technology for Good since 2007, and participates in numerous initiatives in many countries, including the Millennium Villages Project. Many operators are also developing initiatives to broaden access to broadband in developing countries. For example, Telefónica launched its competition, ‘ConectaRSE para crecer’ (‘Be connected to growth’), in 2012 to identify the best ICT initiatives in rural 59 Chapter5 Source: Inter-American Development Bank (IDB).
  • 60.
    areas with socialand economic impact on their communities. The ‘Intégrame de Telefónica Perú programme’ (Make Me Part of Telefónica Peru) provides telephone, Internet and satellite digital TV in poor rural areas in 11 regions and 19 provinces in Peru, to 103,617 people benefiting from new ICTs. Telefonica also runs an incubation programme, Wayra, to fund promising entrepreneurs and provide them with communication facilities throughout Latin America and Europe (Featured Insight 19). The challenge now with many corporate initiatives is to achieve greater scale. Featured Insight 19: Wayra – supporting entrepreneurship Wayra (meaning ‘wind’ in Quechua) aims to act as an accelerator for the development of future Silicon Valleys in countries where Telefónica is present. Growth opportunities come from ideas, but talent does not always find the right channel, financing and support and may sometimes emigrate, as the only way forward. Wayra was created in Latin America in April 2011 to identify ideas with strong potential in ICT and to boost their development, providing them with the technology, mentoring and financing they need. Entrepreneurs are invited to submit their projects to Wayra, which then selects a number to take forward. Successful projects gain financing (in exchange for a 10% share), access to Telefónica resources (including management and technical expertise) and a place to work. Wayra is present in countries throughout Latin and Central America, including Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, Peru and Venezuela, as well as Spain, and has recently also been launched in Europe in the UK, Ireland and Germany and the Czech Republic. Wayra aims to achieve a significant impact on the economy of those countries where it operates: • A total of 13,748 projects were submitted in 2012, of which some 180 start-ups have been selected. • Wayra hosts 12 academies in 7 Latin American countries (Brazil, Argentina, Colombia, Mexico, Peru, Chile & Venezuela) and 5 European countries (Spain, United Kingdom, Germany, Ireland and Czech Rep). • More than 17,000 ideas and projects have been received. • Over 230 new companies have been selected for acceleration with investment of €7.5 million by Telefónica. Source:Telefonica. 60 Chapter5
  • 61.
    Chapter USFs can alsoplay a role in extending access, usually overseen by Ministries or regulators. Typically funded through a levy on operator revenues, Funds finance projects in certain areas and/or technologies. A GSR 2011 Discussion Paper notes that first-generation USFs often funded universal service through cross-subsidization from monopoly revenues derived from higher margin international and long-distance calls before rate rebalancing, mainly for basic voice and public telephony in developing countries (e.g., Peru and Chile)5 . Often, as competition has increased, access deficit charges and interconnection charges have not proved sustainable for rural operators. Many modern USFs recognize the important role of competition, and no longer assume that the fixed line incumbent is the sole (or even necessarily a) universal service provider (USP), and have typically broadened their scope to enable the Fund to take a converged approach (e.g. India, Chile, Brazil, and the U.S.). These ‘second- generation funds’ rely increasingly on an output-based approach to funding to ensure transparency, fairness and the efficient and effective delivery of services. However, there is evidence to suggest that, in many countries, USFs have made only limited disbursements6 , while the World Bank has noted that well-resourced USFs have become a target for meddling, obstruction and bureaucracy in some countries7 . UAS programmes may also include demand-side initiatives. Thorough gap analysis is required to understand what UAS programmes should focus on – some countries are considering shifting their ICT development focus from voice to broadband. India was one of the first countries to extend the mandate of its USF to include broadband in 2008. The downside is funding broadband from operator levies may mean that these levies need to be raised, thereby increasing the cost of services, and potentially pricing the programme out of the market. An effective balance has to be achieved. The governance structure of USFs should be adapted to the local context and ensure coordination and viability checks. UAS programmes funded by USFs should be based on clear criteria (Featured Insight 20). Featured Insight 21 details how USFs can be used to promote broadband adoption. Featured Insight 22 describes the experience of the U.S. with universal service reform. Featured Insight 20: Universal Access & Service (UAS) Programmes UAS programmes must address both the supply and demand sides with some degree of flexibility (e.g. technology choice).The implementation of UAS programmes requires centralized control and close monitoring of progress. Given the broad scope of areas to be covered by universal access programmes and the typically limited amount of resources available to fund these programmes, prioritization of programmes is difficult but, at the same time, necessary. Attention must be given to the impact of a programme, the time needed to achieve a return on investment, and 61 Chapter5
  • 62.
    62 a sound cost-benefitanalysis.There is no single way to identify the most suitable projects, as this depends directly on market specificities, on the one hand, and on universal access policy objectives, on the other hand. UAS programmes need to be resilient to changes in technology, to ensure broadband is provided in the most efficient and cost-effective way during implementation.This is vital in the case of implementations lasting 3-5 years, a significant timeframe in the continuously changing ICT sector. The most suitable technology for providing broadband is relatively country- and locally-specific.The choice must be made based on criteria including affordability, QoS, geographic conditions, compatibility with end-user devices and estimated traffic. Selection of projects can be based on the following: • Compliance with overall UAS policy objectives. • Economic impact: economic growth through direct and indirect effects, and poverty reduction. • Economic sustainability in the long- term: the total costs, potentially quantified in terms of costs per capita and when needed, the nature and level of subsidies required. • The overall economic benefits versus the costs of the projects. Two useful financial indicators are the net present value (NPV) of the project and its internal rate of return (IRR) based on expected revenues and costs. • Social impact: the extent of the needs of the population that is affected by the project, the total size of the population affected, a reduction in the digital divide in societal terms (e.g. access to health and education services in remote areas) are a few examples. Quantitative impacts can be coupled with cost-benefit analysis. Source:The Inter-American Development Bank (IDB). Featured Insight 21: Universal Service Funds (USFs) & Other Subsidies to Promote Broadband Adoption USFs and similar subsidy programmes can help improve the availability and affordability of broadband for unserved or underserved citizens, so people everywhere can enjoy the benefits that broadband can bring. Historically focused on basic telephony services in remote areas, USFs are today being adapted to promote the adoption of broadband, by subsidizing content, devices, services, and digital training, as well as infrastructure. In many cases, USFs can kick-start the market and encourage operators to expand their reach, and provide connectivity to underserved citizens around the world. Despite these benefits, many USFs remain underutilized or are diverted for other uses.To achieve their aims, USFs should be distributed in a competitive and technology- neutral way. 21st century education is a new goal – for example, Turkey is equipping all schools with broadband, and students and teachers with computers, electronic whiteboards, and educational content, transforming education delivery and providing vital digital skills for the young emerging workforce. In Portugal, 3G auction proceeds were used to provide high-speed connectivity, notebooks, curricula and teacher training. Broadband penetration has risen from 13% to 50%, household PC penetration to 70%, and teacher ICT certification to 90% over two years8 . Malaysia’s USF has provided over a million netbooks to students from low-income families and driven broadband deployment to underserved areas, helping meet the goal of 50% household broadband penetration in 20109 . Colombia has used millions of dollars of USF Chapter5
  • 63.
    Chapter 63 funding to providebroadband connectivity to schools, hospitals and telecenters. India has developed a national ICT policy aiming to have at least one member of each household become digitally literate10 . To help more countries take advantage of broadband and optimize the use of USFs, Intel has launched a series of USF workshops, bringing together government leaders, NGOs and strategic partners to share best practices and help unlock the benefits of broadband and ICTs to all global citizens.With participants from ITU, USAID,World Bank, AHCIET, Regulatel, telecentres.org and delegates from Africa, Eastern Europe, Middle East, Asia, and Latin America, these workshops have maximized discussion and interaction among leaders to close the digital divide. This dialogue shows how the public and private sector can come together to unlock the benefits of broadband and ICT through effective use of USFs. Source: Intel. Featured Insight 22: Universal Service Reform in the United States In 2011, the U.S. regulator, the FCC, initiated an overhaul of its first-generation universal service programmes in order to promote broadband deployment and adoption. Specifically, the FCC replaced its ‘High Cost Fund’ with the Connect America Fund, which will make up to US$4.5 billion a year available for unserved areas, with two sub-funds: a Mobility Fund which supports mobile voice and broadband services; and a Remote Areas Fund to support alternative platforms (e.g., satellite, unlicensed wireless services) in areas where terrestrial broadband network deployment is expensive. Initial mobility funds were awarded through a nationwide reverse auction held in September 2012. Carriers specified the amount of support they would need to provide 3G or better voice and broadband mobile service to a previously un-served area, and support was awarded to the lowest bidder, with winners announced in October 2012. Carriers choosing to deploy 3G-based services must complete their project within two years of receiving funding; those providing 4G services must do so within three years. A second phase of the Mobility Fund will provide US$500 million annually for mobile services. The FCC is modernizing programmes to extend broadband to the un- served and underserved. In January 2012, the FCC adopted comprehensive reforms to its Lifeline universal service programme, to ensure that broadband and voice services are available to all low- income Americans. The FCC also announced a Broadband Adoption Pilot Program to test how Lifeline can be used to increase broadband adoption among low-income consumers, and sought comment on using universal service funds for expanding digital literacy training. In December 2012, the FCC announced 14 pilot projects to field test various approaches to using Lifeline to increase broadband adoption and retention among low-income Americans, which will provide broadband to 75,000 low-income consumers in 21 States and Puerto Rico. The FCC has also challenged industry to help close the broadband gap. Industry has responded by sponsoring the Connect to Compete programme, dedicated to providing low-cost broadband, computer equipment, and digital literacy training to low-income families. In 2012, leading ISPs, tech companies and non-profits committed US$6.5 million and thousands of dollars Chapter5
  • 64.
    64 through in-kind support(e.g., training, computers, discounts in broadband connectivity) to empower millions of families; all at zero cost to taxpayers. Qualifying families are eligible for broadband service for US$9.95/month and a computer for US$150. Other recent FCC programmes include the launch of a Healthcare Connect Fund to encourage the construction of broadband networks dedicated to healthcare providers. Under this programme, the FCC is offering significant discounts to healthcare providers (up to 65%) for broadband services, equipment and connections to research and education platforms to improve access to healthcare services, particularly in rural areas. Healthcare providers are urged to form regional and State-level consortia to save costs on dedicated services to enhance the delivery of e-health solutions. Source: FCC. Universal access and service is not just about access networks, but also about backhaul networks. Backhaul networks have a unique role to play in connecting more end-users, as they practically connect thousands of access network elements, as well as aggregating the traffic across the mass market, enterprise and government usage. Featured Insight 23 shows how service providers are creating their own converged backhaul networks, and realizing economies of scale by integrating mass-market fixed and mobile, and enterprise traffic over a single backhaul transport. Featured Insight 23: The Backhaul Gap to Reach the Next Billion Broadband users Significant attention has been devoted to national backbone and LTE spectrum, while backhaul is often taken for granted. Alcatel Lucent believes backhaul deserves more attention, when considering the challenge of the next billion broadband users.The backhaul network is the part of the network that connects the termination points of the optical fiber backbone or Points of Interconnection (POI) to the elements of the access network, which could be either wireless (such as LTE’s eNodeBs) or wireline (broadband access nodes for coaxial, copper or fiber access). Backhaul connects thousands of access network elements to hundreds of POIs.The backhaul network grooms and aggregates traffic and should be flexible, scalable, simple and reliable to accommodate the different service requirements coming from mass- market, enterprise and governmental services running through wireless and wireline networks. Backhaul networks include a wide variety of equipments and solutions: from wired access technologies based on copper (e.g.VDSL) or Fiber (e.g. GPON) to point-to-point links (such as 6 to 52 GHz microwave links, 60 and 80 GHz millimeter waves), non-line-of-sight links, and point- to-multi-point (operating below the 6GHz frequency range). By the end of 2013, it is expected that 80% of all this equipment will be Ethernet- compatible11 . All-IP backhaul is now a reality, effectively creating a single backhaul network, coping with all transport and service requirements. The market for IP backhaul is difficult to evaluate, given its spread, but the market for enterprise Ethernet services alone is expected to reach US$47 bn by 2016, growing at 13% annually from 201012 . The data explosion13 is driving the single IP backhaul transformation. Alcatel-Lucent’s primary research on the demand for 4G services Chapter5
  • 65.
    Chapter 65 suggests that thereis strong interest in entertainment services among consumers and in new services among business customers. Consequently, greater capacity mobile transport networks and cost- effective delivery infrastructure will be needed. Some service providers are creating their own converged backhaul networks, to realize economies of scale by integrating growing fixed and mobile, and enterprise traffic under a single backhaul transport. Legacy transport services (such as Time Division Multiplex (TDM) and Asynchronous Transport Mode (ATM)) and new transport services (such as Ethernet/IP traffic) can be combined into a single backhaul network by monitoring QoS-related parameters (such as jitter and delay) to meet the ‘deterministic behavior’ of TDM circuits when transported over fully-loaded packet links. New Ethernet backhaul transport providers are also emerging, offering Ethernet backhaul services across regions or countries14 . They offer flexible and Ethernet- friendly schemes based on peak/ committed flexible price schemes linked to service level agreements, independent of access media and distance. Legacy service migration is costly and complex. However, the scale of growth in broadband access nodes – particularly in small cells paired with value propositions from the new backhaul equipment and backhaul transport service providers – is driving legacy service migration. It took the telecom industry fifteen years to broadly agree on a single IP network. Now, backhaul is flourishing and needs to be nurtured with the help of policies and regulation that incentivize backhaul traffic consolidation. Service migration implies that not all legacy transport services will be sustained forever. Policy and regulation can help drive tough decisions (such as definitively leaving the long-lasting E1 transport service) and can provide incentives and benefits to move to Ethernet-based connectivity. Policy and regulation can also incentivize more backhaul transport wholesale offers competing in service value and innovation, and help accelerate backhaul transport network deployments and enable their profitability by easing rights of way, simplifying and providing transparency in site rentals and collocation requirements. Deploying backhaul transport networks is vital for obtaining better broadband services, as well as for unleashing economic growth. Source:Alcatel Lucent. Satellite technology is also playing a very important role in overcoming isolation and the lack of terrestrial infrastructures and in providing broadband services around the world for different applications and services. Today, nearly one- half of the world’s population lives in rural, hard-to-reach areas and satellite technology can play an important role for the delivery of broadband services in those areas. Both developed and developing countries rely on satellite technology for the delivery of broadband (there are still several countries which rely exclusively on satellite communication services to deploy broadband connectivity, such as Chad, Eritrea, Guinea, Liberia, and Sierra Leone15 ). Satellite broadband can prove crucial in coordinating crisis management and relief work during natural disasters or humanitarian crises, when terrestrial infrastructure may be unavailable. Satellite technology plays a key role universalizing broadband coverage, either on its own or as a complementary technology. Featured Insight 24 explores the impact of next-generation satellite on both developed and developing countries alike. Chapter5
  • 66.
    66 Chapter5 Featured Insight 24: Next-Generation SatelliteNetworks Eutelsat Broadband (ex Skylogic) operates High Throughput Satellite (HTS) in Europe which can provide high-speed Internet to 2 million households in 55 nations within continental Europe, as well as cities in Maghreb, Libya, Egypt,Turkey, UAE, Ukraine and Russia.The Eutelsat Ka Sat satellite delivers 20 Mbps in the downlink [reception] and 6 Mbps in the uplink [emission], with antenna which can be adapted for triple-play Internet,TV channels and IP phone for users. Ka Sat is the first HTS of its generation with its steerable beams - it has been in service since 2011 and has already proved a significant advance. Ka Sat has demonstrated its value in managing emergency situations: medical teams serving hundreds of refugees in Syria are connected via medical units and mobile hospitals to services provided by Ka Sat through the work of the NGO,Telecom without Borders. Education also benefits from Ka Sat in remote areas. In Turkey, 4800 schools are already connected and the Ministry of Education is extending coverage to build a nationwide network. Projects to provide Internet services using satellites similar to Ka Sat are now being developed in Africa – for example, a Libyan operator is leasing a full-beam capacity of Ka Sat to strengthen its infrastructure. Inmarsat Ltd provides mobile satellite FleetBroadband services which include satellite Internet, telephony, SMS Texting and ISDN Network for all modes of transport using portable domed terminal antennas capable of 500 kbit/s broadband speeds. Fleet Broadband is not only fundamental for shipping, aviation communications and other public or governmental communications, but also for emergency and humanitarian communications.Through Telecom Without Borders, Inmarsat facilitates emergency and humanitarian communications around the world. From 2014, new satellites of the Inmarsat fifth-generation will provide broadband downlink at speeds of up to 50 Mbps in Ka-band through its new Global Xpress network satellite. Iridium has announced a programme to operate a new generation of satellites from 2015 to respond to the demand of customers across an increasing range of industries including enhanced data services through satellite broadband. José Toscano,Director-General of ITSO; Esteban Pacha,Director-General of IMSO; Christian Roisse,Executive Secretary of EUTELSAT IGO. This Chapter has reviewed issues concerning the supply of broadband and infrastructure provision. However, it is essential to pay attention also to the demand side. An examination of end-user strategies to promote universal access is critical if objectives are to be achieved. Such strategies include subsidies for user equipment or ongoing usage fees, including models of sponsored connectivity that support government e-services. Creation of appropriate content is also a key enabler. The following Chapter examines some of the new and emerging issues concerning content in an increasingly broadband-connected world. There is no single recipe that is likely to work for all countries, but countries should instead relate their choices for universalizing broadband to their market needs and circumstances.
  • 67.
    Chapter 67 Chapter5 ENDNOTES 1. http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Documents/statistics/2013/ ITU_Key_2005-2013_ICT_data.xls 2. Traditionaluniversal service laws have tended to define a set of minimum telecom services to be made available to all end-users in a country (e.g., the EU’s Universal Service Directive). This Chapter examines the broader concept of “universalizing broadband” on the basis that expanding access to broadband services is beneficial, regardless of whether 100% population or geographical coverage is achieved. 3. ITU “World Telecommunication Development Report 2002: Reinventing Telecoms”, at: http://www.itu.int/ITU-D/ict/publications/ wtdr_02/. 4. ICT Regulation handbook, Chapter 5 dealing with Universal Access and Service www.ictregulationtoolkit.org/en/Section.3116.html 5. “Strategies for Financing Universal Broadband Access”, Global Symposium for Regulators (GSR) 2011, available from: http://www. itu.int/ITU-D/treg/Events/Seminars/GSR/GSR11/documents/06- Universal-broabdand-access-E.pdf 6. Sultana, Rasheda, Universal Service Fund Utilization: Lesson from Pakistan (December 23, 2011). Available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/ abstract=1976117 or http://dx.doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.1976117 7. World Bank studies of Telecommunication Services in Ghana and Senegal, 2003. 8. http://download.intel.com/newsroom/kits/research/2011/pdfs/ Intel_World_Ahead_and_Education.pdf 9. http://www.skmm.gov.my/Sectors/Broadband/National-Broadband- Initiative.aspx 10. http://defindia.net/national-digital-literacy-mission/ 11. Worldwide Macrocell Mobile Backhaul Equipment Revenues, Infonetics, September 2012. 12. Differentiating Wholesale Ethernet Access Services (TE012000443) OVUM Mar 2013 13. Alcatel Lucent expects a x25 growth of mobile broadband traffic by 2016, with reference to 2012 Alcatel Lucent data. 14. Telia Sonera, Colt and GTS offer regional wholesale Ethernet backhaul services while ATT, BT wholesale and Telstra are examples of national Ethernet backhaul services. 15. “Another Kind of Poverty – www.africa.slow – The last continent without fast, easy and cheap Internet access”, The Economist, August 27 2011.
  • 68.
    6 6868 6.1Freedom of Expression onthe Internet Greater access to the Internet has major societal implications, as the use of the Internet reshapes global access to information, communication, services, markets and technologies (Dutton 1999, 2004). The global availability of the Internet, along with new innovations (such as the ease with which users can create, as well as consume, text, sound and images) are making the Internet increasingly pivotal to the communicative power of individuals, groups and institutions with access to networks, as well as the skills to use them effectively (Dutton 2005; Castells 2009). Issues ranging from freedom of the press to the balance of world information flows in all sectors, from across the media to the sciences, will be tied to the Internet as the ‘network of networks’ – an interface between individuals and news, information, stories, research, cultures and entertainment flowing worldwide (Baer et al 2009). However, freedom is not the inevitable by-product of technological innovation and change. In parallel to the growth of the Internet, more controls and regulations have been applied in many countries. In many cases, these controls do not conform to international standards for justifiable limits on freedom of expression. Too often, they are not transparent, not intended for legitimate purposes, and not proportional to the types of speech they seek to limit. For example, filtering methods can be applied at points throughout the network1 (Box 1). Considerable attention has been devoted to State- or Government-sponsored or enforced filtering, but even State filtering can be implemented at different levels and by various parties acting on behalf of the State: individuals, institutions, service providers, or directly by government. Generally, those concerned about the civil liberties of Internet users would like filtering decisions to be made at the lowest possible level – as close as possible to the individual user. In all cases, decisions should be informed by international standards which view limitations as exceptions, rather than the norm, and where definite parameters are respected. Trends in Expression via content1 This Chapter has been authored by UNESCO.
  • 69.
    6969 Chapter6 Box 1: TheLocus of Filtering Technologies The most common points at which various approaches to filtering can be applied include: • Internet Service Providers: ISPs may be mandated, encouraged, or incentivized to filter content deemed by certain stakeholders as illegal or immoral, or prevent search results from specified websites. This filtering may be the result of individual actor or industry decisions, and/ or as a result of the wishes of a regulator or other government actor, or the public. ISPs also routinely filter spam and attempt to prevent infection by malware for reasons of stability and user protection. • Gateways to the Internet Backbone: State-directed implementation of national content filtering schemes and blocking technologies may be carried out at the backbone level, often with filtering systems set up at links to the Internet backbone (such as international gateways) in order to eliminate access to content throughout an entire country. • Institutions: Companies, schools, libraries and households may filter on the basis of their own criteria or on behalf of State authorities. • Individual Computers: Filtering software can be installed on individual computers, such as a personal computer, that restricts the ability to access certain sites or use certain applications. • Users: comprising actions taken to exclude users deemed to engage in activities characterized as unlawful (e.g. file sharing of music, malicious hacking, fraud, etc.). Source: Zittrain (2006) and Callanan et al (2009).
  • 70.
    70 Content control legislation authorizingfiltering has become more prevalent around the world. In democratic societies, issues of copyright infringement, hate speech, defamation, privacy protection, and child protection are at times a basis for Internet filtering or other content control. In a number of jurisdictions (but by no means all), ISPs need a legitimate basis prior to monitoring or filtering any kind of content, as they may otherwise be in breach of national protections or international conventions to which their country is party. For example, EurolSPA claims that any restriction of an individual’s fundamental rights should only be taken following a prior judicial ruling2 . Internet freedom is complex: a balance must be found between sometimes conflicting imperatives – including freedom of expression, rights to dignity and reputation, rights to safety, intellectual property rights, respect for privacy, freedom of association and belief, among others. Significantly, today is a time when fundamental freedoms are increasingly being tied to the Internet3 . Internet stakeholders (ranging from government and regulatory bodies to ISPs and civil society advocates) are increasingly addressing the issues tied to freedom of expression online in their work. This reflects the prominent function of the Internet in human communications, and also the way that the state of freedom of expression can be seen as both a barometer of, and a contributor to, other rights and freedoms. Online freedom of expression around the world is shaped by a multiplicity of policy issues, and not only those which directly address its concerns. For example, the control of spam and viruses is one well-accepted rationale for ISPs to justify monitoring of online traffic to protect users. However, other areas such as libel, defamation and intellectual property protection, are providing reasons for greater control of online content in ways that can fundamentally affect freedom of expression for multiple actors, ranging from users, webmasters and bloggers to ISPs. The disproportionate application of such controls can have more general repercussions and further constrain freedom of expression. Figure 14 introduces a broad conceptual framework for assessing the legal and regulatory trends that are shaping online freedom of expression around the world. This conceptual framework focuses attention on: 1. identifying and clarifying the diversity of associated actors, goals and strategies that affect freedom of expression and connection; and 2. facilitating more comprehensive and coherent discussion and debate on the ecology of legal and regulatory choices affecting freedom of expression on the Internet; and 3. establishing areas in which empirical research can inform debates over policy and practice. Figure 14 indicates the different considerations which impact upon each other, and upon the actual situation of freedom of expression at the centre: • Technical Innovations: refers to a host of measures, both hardware and software, that can bear on ‘digital footprints’ and anonymity, for example. Chapter6
  • 71.
    Chapter 71 • Digital Rights: meansthe application of all human rights (including freedom of expression, children’s rights, etc.) on digital platforms. Such platforms encompass, but may also go beyond, the Internet into cellular communications and offline devices. • Security considerations: relate to integrity of the network. • Internet Policy: designates government and intergovernmental interests (including national security). • User-Centric Policy: points towards usage and literacy online. • Industry Regulation and Policy: refers to practices and protocols within the many institutions which provide the infrastructure and services which enable Internet operations. To understand the state of freedom of expression on the Internet at any given time, it is necessary to factor in the interactive effects of these six surrounding considerations. Censorship of the Internet, as evidenced by national filtering of online content, appears to be becoming more widely practiced, even within States with liberal democratic traditions. Thus, concerns over issues such as Chapter6 Figure 14: The Ecology of Freedom of Expression on the Internet Technical Innovations Digital Rights Industry Regulation & Policy User- Centric Policy Internet Policy Security Status of freedom of expression in connection Source: UNESCO.
  • 72.
    72 child protection, spamand fraud are overriding issues regarding freedom of expression. These considerations are important to address in the digital age; however, disproportionate reliance on disconnecting users or filtering content could seriously undermine essential aspects of freedom of expression. The larger ecology of policies and regulations needs to be taken into account in balancing conflicting objectives - and even tensions - between freedoms. Balancing these conflicting values and interests is only likely to be resolved through multi-stakeholder sensitive negotiation and legal and regulatory analyses. This will probably vary across nations, as well as locally. Resolution of these balancing issues requires putting them within the broader view of the larger ecology of policies and regulations shaping freedom of expression. Industry has an important role in this debate. By engaging with the entire industry, as well as focusing on their own power to influence and shape the debate, ICT companies can better identify concrete steps that each actor in the ICT ecosystem can take to avoid or mitigate risks to human rights. Clearly defining respective roles and responsibilities is critical for developing a successful ICT ecosystem-wide approach in respect of human rights. For example, the Ericsson Discussion Paper (2013), “ICT and Human Rights, An Ecosystem Approach”4 , debates how the positive role of ICTs in fulfilling human rights can be enhanced, while misuse of ICTs by public authorities can be minimized. It presents measures to prevent misuse of ICT, without inhibiting the growth opportunities of ICTs. It examines how industry can meet the core expectations of stakeholders, as well as the roles and responsibilities of each member of the ICT ecosystem, and how they can best collaborate to promote positive human rights outcomes. Today, two types of filtering of content are emerging, variously applied in different nations and regions: 1) filtering for the protection of other rights (such as privacy or child protection); and 2) filtering to impose a particular political or moral regime. While these intentions are not always explicit or distinguishable, confusing them can lead to violations of freedom of expression. Chapter6
  • 73.
    Chapter 73 Chapter6 Box 2: Privacyand Freedom of Expression on the Internet The rights to privacy and freedom of expression relate to each other in complex ways. In many instances, respect for the right to privacy supports the right to freedom of expression, as it does other democratic rights. To give an obvious example, respect for privacy of communications is a prerequisite for trust by those engaging in communication, which is a prerequisite for the exercise of the right to freedom of expression. In other cases, however, respect for privacy can clash with the right to freedom of expression – for example, where a newspaper wishes to publish private details about a leading politician, perhaps because the newspaper believes this is in the public interest. These relationships are evident in both traditional and new ways on the Internet, as is evident from the two examples above with online communications systems and online media. Indeed, these issues have come into far greater relief, with the massive changes in freedom of expression brought about by the Internet and other digital communications systems (such as mobile phones). For example, the power of the State to track individuals’ activities via communications has increased hugely, in line with the massive increase in the data mining potential that digital systems enable. The right to privacy underpins other rights and freedoms, including freedom of expression, association and belief. The ability to communicate anonymously without anyone knowing a citizen’s identity, for instance, has historically played an important role in safeguarding free expression and strengthening political accountability, with people more likely to speak out on issues of public interest, if they can do so without fear of reprisal. The right to privacy can also compete with the right to freedom of expression, and in practice, a balance between these rights is called for. Striking this balance is a delicate task, and not one that can easily be anticipated in advance. For this reason, it has long been a concern of the courts to manage this relationship. Source: UNESCO Global Survey on Internet Privacy and Freedom of Expression,available at: http://www.unesco.org/new/en/communication-and-information/resources/publications- and-communication- ns/full-list/global-survey-on-internet-privacy-and-freedom-of- expression/
  • 74.
    74 Chapter6 Besides issues offreedom of expression, practically speaking, in many people’s daily lives, some of the most common challenges users are likely to encounter include the challenges of finding out about and understanding the terms and conditions relating to digital content products (Featured Insight 25). Featured Insight 26 explores some of the issues relating to protecting Intellectual Property in a broadband world. Featured Insight 25: Digital Content Products The OECD is examining trends and challenges in consumer purchases of digital content products. A report5 published by the Committee on Consumer Policy (CCP) shows that, with the development of broadband, products such as e-books and “apps” are increasingly supplied electronically over the Internet and other ICT channels through streaming, downloads or cloud computing platforms. Consumers today can readily access large files containing high-quality products. As the market matures, various consumer issues have emerged, requiring the attention of governments and other stakeholders. For example, a study carried out in the E.U. found that consumers had experienced over 2 billion problems over one year during 2010-2011, resulting in EUR 29.6 bn losses. Key consumer challenges include: • Contracts for digital content products often contain complex and lengthy terms and conditions; consumers often have difficulty understanding what they can do with their products (e.g. copying or sharing) and the extent to which they can play such products on different devices. • Consumer ability to access products offered by businesses located in other jurisdictions is sometimes limited. • The conditions under which consumer personal data may be collected, used and shared with third parties when consumers acquire/use digital content products, are not always understood. • Unauthorized charges have been reported, associated with “apps” and related products (“in-app purchases”), as well as misleading or unfair commercial practices (e.g., product updates). • Consumer ability to obtain redress in the case of problems with products (such as refunds, price reductions or product replacements) is usually more limited than for other types of products; in most countries, legal and private sector voluntary remedies vary, or are unavailable for streamed or downloaded products, depending on their treatment as a good, service, or sui generis product. Drawing on these findings, the OECD CCP is developing policy guidance to address the above issues. Source: OECD. Featured Insight 26: Intellectual Property and Broadband The role of intellectual property is central for the development of broadband e-infrastructures. Current efforts at the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) impact on five main areas: Content – Copyright infrastructure services need broadband to operate in the online environment, while broadband needs the support of effective copyright infrastructure (such as online registries and databases).WIPO works to ensure the international legal framework is an effective tool for the stimulation
  • 75.
    Chapter 75 Chapter6 and wide diffusionof creativity and knowledge in the digital environment. IP infrastructure – IP infrastructure needs to be updated for creativity to help stakeholders and users to identify, distribute and share content. Broadband can help copyright to facilitate the exercise and management of digital rights.WIPO is working on innovation infrastructure (TTOs,TMOs, IP hubs, incubation centers, technology parks & business centers) and the establishment of innovation networks (R&D networks/ IP hubs,TTO networks). IP awareness – Opportunities to raise awareness on intellectual property to promote creativity and innovation.WIPO is working on an Interactive Platform for Open Collaborative Projects, Innovation and Technology Transfer Support Structure for National Institutions and a planned innovation network. Public/private partnerships – Links between the public and private sectors will be enabled through the pipes as they facilitate easier and faster end-to-end delivery of services across multiple domains.The WIPO University Initiative connects ideas, technologies and partners from public and private sectors. Networked innovation – Innovation can arise from the nodal connections in the network. Using e-infrastructure, actors at different locations can create an intelligent network to collaborate. Mr.Francis Gurry,Director-General,WIPO. 6.2  Multilingualism and IDN uptake Internationalized Domain Names (IDNs)6 play a vital role in fostering the growth of local languages online, which needs to be more fully understood. Within a dataset of 200 million domain names (or 90% of the total registered domains), only 3.9 million, or 2% were IDNs7 . There is a strong link between IDN scripts offered in a country or territory, and the languages spoken in that country or territory (with 95% of registries limiting their deployment to cover local languages only). Challenges to basic usability need to be overcome, such as use in e-mail, support in browsers and mobile devices. UNESCO’s Director-General recently called on the technical community to “untangle these issues and release the full power of the Internet”. Internationalization of email depends, in large part, on the successful deployment of IDNs, with limited progress in this area. The first internationalized email was sent in June 2012, but the situation with internationalized email is even more complex than with the web. Not only does the domain name need to accept internationalized characters, but so do the username portion of the address, the email content and headers. This extended requirement for internationalization requires upgrades of both user software and the infrastructure that electronic mail uses for delivery. Progress on this is extremely slow. While email remains a challenge, the deployment and use of IDNs in browsers are making steady,
  • 76.
    76 Chapter6 albeit slow progress.While major browsers all support the use of IDNs in URLs, the problem is more difficult in browser- based applications. Many key content providers (such as Facebook, LinkedIn, Twitter, and Evernote) use email addresses as identifiers and support URLs as external references. Support for internationalized identifiers in applications lags behind support in browsers. The popularity of these applications, and their failure to support IDNs, impede successful uptake in many countries. While applications evolve to support IDNs, there needs to be broader deployment of IDNs outside the existing ccTLD environment. ICANN’s new gTLD programme has welcomed applications for new IDN gTLDs, but only 100 applications (5% of total) were IDNs, so for the foreseeable future, ASCII strings in the top-level domain space will continue to swamp IDNs. Uptake of IDNs in some regions is happening more quickly than in others. Two factors influence the speed of IDN uptake. First, country-specific issues such as localized content, linguistic and cultural homogeneity, and access to broadband influence availability and user acceptance of IDNs. Second, ccTLD issues including the number of local registrars, registration policies, prices and the market acceptance of the ccTLD, influence the availability of IDNs. Vietnam provides one example of the successful execution of an IDN strategy. IDNs under .vn were launched in March 2007, with limited uptake. A change in policy took place in April 2011, when IDNs were offered free of charge. The result is that, from a base of 98,000 IDNs in May 2011, by May 2012, there were 762,000 IDNs. The lack of availability of applications, services and user software that support IDNs is emerging as a global problem. While Internet infrastructure may provide a foundation for IDN deployment, IDN usage remains a problem, inhibiting wider use of IDNs, particularly in regions where non-Latin scripts are in use. There have been successes in the deployment of Internet infrastructure that supports IDNs, but user experience of IDNs lags significantly behind. While feedback from registrars indicates regional or sectoral differences in user awareness of IDNs, user awareness remains generally low. Local language content online has exploded over the past five years. The use of local scripts in domain names has progressed, as has work to enable the use of local scripts in email addresses. However, much remains to be done in terms of increasing end-user familiarity with this opportunity and guaranteeing adequate education and business channels for IDNs. Unless significant progress is made, the result could be an uptake of alternatives to IDNs to stimulate local content on the Internet. Strong cooperation and dialogue among all stakeholders (governments, registry operators, businesses and application providers) are crucial to ensure that communities can express themselves online in their own language.
  • 77.
    Chapter 77 Chapter6 ENDNOTES 1. UNESCO report,“Freedom of connection. Freedom of Expression. The Changing Legal and Regulatory Ecology Shaping the Internet”: http://www.unesco.org/new/en/communication-and-information/ resources/publications-and-communication-materials/publications/ full-list/freedom-of-connection-freedom-of-expression-the- changing-legal-and-regulatory-ecology-shaping-the-internet/ 2. See: http://www.euroispa.org/files/091016_euroispa_telecom_ review_am_138.pdf. 3. Report of the Special Rapporteur on the promotion and protection of the right to freedom of opinion and expression, Frank La Rue, Human Rights Council, Seventeenth session Agenda item 3, United Nations General Assembly, 16 May 2011 4. http://www.ericsson.com/res/thecompany/docs/corporate- responsibility/2012/human_rights0521_final_web.pdf 5. Report on Protecting and Empowering Consumers in the Purchase of Digital Content Products, OECD Publishing, Paris, doi: 10.1787/5k49czlc7wd3-en. 6. “An Internationalized Domain Name (IDN) is a domain name written in non-Latin scripts such as Chinese, Arabic, Hangul or Cyrillic”, page 12, EURid/UNESCO World Report on IDN Deployment 2012. 7. EURid/UNESCO World Report on IDN Deployment 2012.
  • 78.
    7 Policy Recommendations to Maximize the Impactof Broadband 1 7878 The full set of benefits conferred by broadband connectivity from an economic and social perspective should be recognized by public authorities, as well as by the private sector, in order to promote and boost broadband deployments. A thorough approach to broadband policy can include the timely adoption of national strategies encouraging national backbone roll-out, spectrum policies and practices, subsidies, taxes, user skills and trust, applications and content, competition policy, and other aspects of infrastructure, including backhaul and access. Effective policy and regulatory frameworks can act as vital levers to facilitate the development of broadband connectivity. To achieve this goal, all stakeholders need to be involved (including Ministries, regulators, agencies, industry associations, policy- makers, operators, users and academia). To enhance broadband connectivity and penetration, the following recommendations present possible effective actions in the policy and regulatory domains. 7.1Promote Market Liberalization Governments need to ensure that liberalization of the market encompasses all key elements of the broadband service delivery: international gateway, national and regional backbone, and Internet access. As mentioned in Chapter 4, recent ITU/Cisco/ Broadband Commission research suggests that there is a strong role for competition in boosting broadband penetration. Based on panel regressions of broadband penetration for 165 countries for ten years between 2001-2011, competitive markets are associated with broadband penetration levels some 1.4% higher on average for fixed broadband and up to 26.5% higher for mobile broadband1 . Competition has been a key driver of higher levels of uptake and investment in communication networks and services in many countries. Countries should implement pro- competitive regulation – e.g., by lowering termination rates that may effectively prevent price reductions in mobile voice markets. This chapter has been authored by Antonio García Zaballos and Felix Gonzalez Herranz of the Inter- American Development Bank (IDB), as the main authors.
  • 79.
    Chapter4 7979 7.2 Review and updateregulatory service obligations Given the speed with which the ICT sector is evolving, countries need to update their legislative and regulatory frameworks to provide businesses and users with legal certainty and allow for expanded electronic commerce, as well as the proper protection of personal data, copyright, rights in user-generated content, and other issues. However, necessary revisions need to be managed carefully in order to avoid radical changes to ICT or regulatory service obligations, as sudden changes in regulation can affect the future evolution of the sector. Updates and revisions to regulatory frameworks are best done on the basis of a cost- benefit analysis of each market sector. As explored in Chapter 5, appropriate regulations and service obligations are the foundations of an enabling environment for both innovation and return on investments, while meeting national goals of broadband connectivity. A balanced approach between these elements enables the private sector to provide universal connectivity and extend connectivity to less populated or less developed regions, while ensuring transparency and fairness. 7.3  Consider Open Access Approaches to Infrastructure Open access and infrastructure- sharing can impact future network growth. There are different strategies for open access2 , with varied definitions, terms and conditions. Open access has been interpreted to mean that all suppliers, whether in horizontal or vertical markets, are able to obtain access to the new network facilities on fair, reasonable and equivalent terms. This can include price terms (such as the price that the wholesaler is allowed to charge for access) and non-price issues (such as delivery times, service level agreements, clear product specifications, etc.). Depending on the model adopted, the terms and conditions of access can vary. Regulators need to balance incentives for investment in ultra-fast networks, while Chapter7Chapter7
  • 80.
    80 supporting competition. Open accessbecomes progressively less important moving up the infrastructure layers, provided that a framework exists for equitable, non-discriminatory, and competitive access to telecom facilities, and there is sufficient incentive in the regulation of open access to encourage investment in infrastructure3 . Examples of open access to bottlenecks in infrastructure include local loop unbundling (LLU), wholesale broadband access, ducts, in- building wiring or submarine cables. Roll-out and innovation in the lower layer services can be ensured by a balanced approach to open access. 7.4 Introduce and Develop a National Broadband Plan As explained in Chapter 4, countries with NBPs have higher fixed and mobile broadband penetration than countries without plans. The Broadband Commission for Digital Development has made a strong call for countries to develop a joint vision for leadership, through consultation and the involvement of all stakeholders. National Broadband Plans need to promote measures to foster both the demand side, as well as supply, if they are to prove successful. Even once introduced, Plans should be reviewed regularly to take into account changing market conditions. 7.5 Update and Utilize Universal Service Funds (USFs) As discussed in Chapter 5, depending on geography, population coverage and other potential challenges, several countries have used public funds and/or USFs to develop broadband in areas where the commercial provision of broadband is not readily viable. In those areas where private firms may be less willing to invest, USFs may make targeted interventions. USFs can be expanded to include programmes for broadband adoption, containing all the elements needed to get unserved or underserved people online, including content, subscriptions, devices, and digital training, as well as infrastructure. This will also assist in the optimum and timely deployment of funds, which should be committed in a technology- neutral way, and by competitive means, such as reverse auctions. 7.6 Review Licensing Schemes More modern approaches to regulation may be needed – such converged regulation, simplified licensing or unified licensing involving one unified license for the provision of any telecommunication service. Policy- makers can ensure that licensing schemes are technology-neutral, and consider unified licensing, so all operators are on a level playing-field with regard to UAS programme implementation, new innovators are encouraged to enter the market, and neither incumbent fixed nor mobile operators are disadvantaged. Changes to licensing schemes should be made based on careful consideration and thorough cost-benefit analysis. Chapter7
  • 81.
    Chapter 81 7.7 Review &Reduce Taxation Depending on the structure of services in each country, the revenues raised through taxation of ICT services and devices are generally likely to be less than the broader economic returns from greater use of telecommunication services benefiting the population and economy as a whole4 . The roll-out and use of broadband infrastructure should be promoted via suitable tools, such as: creating tax incentives for investments in infrastructure, tax reductions on devices, and using government funds as direct investment through PPPs. 7.8 Review Policy Frameworks for Spectrum Countries can ensure that spectrum policies and practices are in line with UAS goals, and assigned in a technology- and service-neutral manner, while striving to realize economies of scale and benefit consumers with their spectrum arrangements. Spectrum resources for broadband networks need to be harmonized on the global and regional levels. Policy-makers should carefully evaluate the needs and conditions in their country and enact policy frameworks that both encourage innovation and investment and enable efficient spectrum usage through a range of different mechanisms. Spectrum bands between 40–1000 MHz can be “beach-front” spectrum for mobile broadband in remote areas and for deep indoor coverage in urban areas. Advanced mobile broadband connectivity with very high peak data rates could use spectrum bands up to 6.5 GHz. Optimizing approaches to spectrum policy, allocation and management have become an important part of governments’ overall broadband policy portfolio. When exploring up-to-date or fresh approaches to spectrum management, it is vital to take into account the expected spectrum needs of different services (e.g., mobile and satellite services, among others). Chapter7
  • 82.
    82 Spectrum for multi-gigabitbackhaul systems also needs to be secured to avoid future bottle-necks. Some radiofrequencies allocated to cellular mobile networks are potentially underused in rural areas (due to lower population density and reduced mobile traffic) and could be made available on a co-allocated basis to mobile broadband services, subject to national and market circumstances. Operators should be encouraged to migrate 2G systems to new technologies (e.g., 3G/4G) for mobile broadband. Spectrum licensing fees could be reduced, or even eliminated, in under-served areas to lower cost-barriers to UAS providers. Another option is to allocate this spectrum under UAS obligations. Featured Insight 27 explores the implications of the digital dividend for expanding broadband coverage. Featured Insight 27: Harnessing the Digital Dividend for broadband coverage Today, the explosion in mobile applications and services and mobile devices (including smartphones and tablets) are driving huge increases in demand for rich content, producing incredible volumes of data traffic across mobile networks. Global mobile traffic is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 42% through 2015 (Analysys Mason).This steep trajectory of mobile data demand, combined with the continued expansion of mobile broadband networks, underlies the mobile industry’s call for additional spectrum allocations. Spectrum must be internationally harmonized to ensure consumers reap the benefits of scale economies in device manufacturing, and spectrum must be licensed with the exclusivity and certainty needed to ensure continued network investment and a high quality of service. Spectrum in the sub-1GHz frequency range is ideal for rolling out broadband service affordably across wide rural areas, as well as offering dependable service indoors, making its release a priority.The ‘Digital Dividend’ – spectrum that becomes available as countries make the essential, yet challenging, transition from analogue to more efficient digital television broadcasting – sits in this range. In 2007, ITU identified the upper portion of the television band (the 700MHz or 800MHz bands, depending on the region) for mobile broadband services. Countries are in various stages of clearing and releasing this spectrum, so it can be licensed for mobile. A handful of countries, including the U.S. and a number of European markets, have completed this. Release of the Digital Dividend is a golden opportunity for advancing national broadband objectives. The mobile industry is uniquely positioned to provide widespread broadband service to those who do not yet have it. Citizens around the world are just beginning to reap the true rewards of mobile. Proposals for experimental technologies and attempts to develop new business models risk obscuring the fact that licensed mobile services are the most viable, scalable and best-established model for extending broadband to citizens. Exclusively licensed spectrum for mobile is delivering on the goal of access for everyone, where other technologies fall short, and is providing direct employment and increasing productivity across many sectors. By following best practices in spectrum management, based on proven outcomes, Governments around the world will secure a bright future for their citizens through mobile broadband. Dr.Anne Bouverot,Director General,GSMA. Chapter7
  • 83.
    Chapter 83 7.9 Spur Demandand Introduce Measures to Stimulate the Creation of Local Content Increased public awareness and the ability to use broadband services are driving demand for broadband services and applications – for instance, through dedicated training, the development of e-learning or e-government services, the development of local content, or subsidies on broadband-related equipment in schools, universities, or telecentres. To increase demand, policy-makers should consider measures to stimulate the creation of local content. Governments can provide incentives for apps developer communities for example, to encourage the development of apps, particularly in the high social impact areas of health and education. As explained in Chapter 6, the Internet is a communications medium which individuals can use to exercise their right to seek, receive and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardless of frontiers, as guaranteed under Article 19 of both the Universal Declaration of Human Rights and the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. Therefore, the right of freedom of expression online should be preserved and ensured. Online privacy is important, but should not be used as a pretext for introducing limitations on freedom of expression. Media and information literacy are essential for literate use of the Internet, as well as observing the rights and respect for others, including linguistic minorities. Multilingualism is one aspect of cultural diversity in cyberspace; promoting the use of different languages online is the responsibility of all stakeholders. in some countries, liberal registration policies of IDNs have proven to be an effective policy measure to enhance multilingualism. The development of Internet-related language policies should also be encouraged at the national level, especially in countries with multiple languages. Capacity-building and training are required on Internet-related language policies among national and regional institutions to explore and adapt technological solutions, while partnerships between local Internet technical and content generating communities can also facilitate the spread of local multilingual content. Chapter7
  • 84.
    84 7.10 Support Accurate andTimely Statistical Monitoring Policy choices must be informed by reliable data and indicators on ICT developments. Statistical indicators are also essential to assess the impact of broadband policies and to track progress towards national and international broadband goals and targets (including the targets set by the Broadband Commission). Data collected at the national level should be based on internationally– agreed standards and definitions, such as those developed by ITU and the Partnership on Measuring ICT for Development5 . Data should be collected on a timely basis to monitor broadband infrastructure and access, prices and affordability, and broadband usage by individuals, businesses and public organizations such as Governments, schools and hospitals. 7.11Consider Undertaking Public Consultations on Policy Governments may wish to conduct a public consultation on broadband policy, including UAS. Consultations are a critical part of all policy development, and this is true for UAS as well. The full benefits of broadband for enhancing national competitiveness and empowering citizens are most likely to be realized where there is strong partnership between Government, industry and other stakeholders and where Governments engage in a consultative, participatory approach to policy in conjunction with key stakeholders. National Broadband Plans are one key means of dialogue, which should seek the views and engagement of all key stakeholders. Such Plans should be viewed more as part of a process towards building consensus around a vision for the development of broadband within a society, rather than the final outcome itself. Ultimately, there is no single way to improve broadband; there are many different ways, with different success factors, depending on existing country circumstances. It is the Commission’s belief that reviewing and implementing some of these policy recommendations (but not all, depending on country circumstances and national priorities) may help accelerate the deployment of universal broadband, to the benefit of all. Chapter7
  • 85.
    Chapter 85 Endnotes 1. “Planning forProgress: Why National Broadband Plans Matter”, ITU/Broadband Commission for Digital Development/Cisco, 1 July 2013 – available from www.broadbandcommission.org 2. ITU GSR11 Discussion Paper on Open Access Regulation in the Digital Economy, www.itu.int/gsr11. 3. D. Rogerson, quote from GSR 2011. 4. ITU Study on Taxing telecommunications/ICT services: an overview and workshop on the taxation of telecommunication services, led by Professor Martin Cave of the London School of Economics (LSE) and Dr. Windfred Mfuh of the University of Warwick, on 1-2 September 2011. 5. http://www.itu.int/en/ITU-D/Statistics/Pages/intlcoop/partnership/ default.aspx Chapter7
  • 86.
    86 AnnexAnnex1 Annex 1: Target1 – List of National Broadband Plans Economy Policy available? Year policy was adopted Title/details Afghanistan Yes 2008 Afghanistan National Development Strategy: 1387 – 1391 (2008 – 2013) Albania Yes 2008 E-Albania Algeria Yes 2008 E-Algérie 2013 Andorra Yes 2009 Universal Access Service Angola Yes 2010 White Book of Information and Communication Technologies, Livro branco das Tecnologias da Informação e Comunicação – LBTIC Antigua & Barbuda Yes 2012 GATE 2012 Argentina Yes 2010 Plan Nacional de Telecomunicaciones - Argentina Conectada Armenia Yes 2008 GOVERNMENT OF REPUBLIC OF ARMENIA DECREE No35 ON APPROVING THE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECTOR DEVELOPMENT CONCEPT PAPER Australia Yes 2010 National Broadband Network Austria Yes 2010 Broadband Austria - Breitband strategie 2020 Azerbaijan Planning Bahamas Yes 2003 Policy Statement on Electronic Commerce and the Bahamian Digital Agenda Bahrain Yes 2010 National Broadband Network for the Kingdom of Bahrain Bangladesh Yes 2009 Broadband National Policy Act 2009 Barbados Yes 2010 National Information and Communication Technologies Strategic Plan of Barbados 2010-2015 Belarus Yes 2011 National programme on accelerated development of services in the field of information and communication technologies for 2011–2015 Belgium Yes 2009 België : digitaal hart van Europa Belize Yes 2011 ICT National Strategy Benin Planning Bhutan Yes 2008 National Broadband Master Plan Implementation Project (NBMIP) Bolivia No Bosnia and Herzegovina No Botswana Yes 2004 Botswana’s National ICT Policy Brazil Yes 2010 National Broadband Plan (Plano Nacional de Banda Larga - PNBL) Brunei Darussalam Yes 2008 National Broadband Blueprint Bulgaria Yes 2009 National strategy of broadband development in Republic of Bulgaria Burkina Faso Yes 2006 Lettre de politique sectorielle 2006-2010 Burundi Yes 2011 Burundi/ ICT : National Projects for Broadband Connectivity Burundi Community Telecentre Network (BCTN) Cambodia Yes 2011 2015 ASEAN ICT Master PLAN / Cambodia ICT development Strategy 2011-2015 Cameroon No Canada Yes 2010 Broadband Canada: Connecting Rural Canadians Cape Verde Planning Central African Rep. Yes 2006 Politique, Stratégies et plan d'actions de l'édification de la Société de l'Information en République Centrafricaine Chad Yes 2007 Plan de développement des technologies de l’Information et de la Communication au Tchad or PLAN NICI
  • 87.
    87 AnnexAnnex1 Annex 1: Target1 – List of National Broadband Plans Economy Policy available? Year policy was adopted Title/details Chile Yes 2010 Strategy for Digital Development La Agenda Digital del Gobierno de Chile para el período 2010- 2014 / ICT as a part of Chile’s Strategy for Development: Present Issues and Challenges China Yes 2010 Three Network Convergence -National Government Investment Colombia Yes 2011 Live Digital - Vive Digital Comoros Planning Congo (Dem. Rep.) Yes 2009 Document de la Politique sectorielle des télécommunications et des technologies de l’information et de la communication (TIC) West Africa Cable System (WACS) Costa Rica Yes 2012 Estrategia Nacional de Banda Acha Côte d'Ivoire Yes 2010 Objectifs Strategiques du Government de Côte dÍvore en Matiere de Telecommunications et de TIC Croatia Yes 2011 National broadband development strategy in the Republic of Croatia, Strategy for Broadband Development in the Republic of Croatia for 2012–2015 Cuba Planning Cyprus Yes 2012 Digital Strategy for Cyprus Czech Republic Yes 2011 Digital Czech Republic - State policy in electronic communications D.P.R. Korea No Denmark Yes 2010 Digital work programme by the Minister of Science, Technology and Innovation. Djibouti Yes 2004 Plan d’action national pour l’exploitation des TIC en République de Djibouti pour le développement national, EASSy Dominica No Dominican Rep. Yes 2007 Conectividad Rural de Banda Ancha E‐Dominicana (includes rural broadband connectivity program) Ecuador Yes 2011 Estrategia Ecuador Digital 2.0 and Broadband Plan Egypt Yes 2011 National Broadband Plan - A Framework for Broadband Development El Salvador No Equatorial Guinea Yes 2010 GITGE (Gestor de Infraestructura de Telecomunicaciones de G.E.) Eritrea No Estonia Yes 2006 Information Society Development Plan 2013 Ethiopia Yes 2005 ICT Policy Fiji Yes 2011 National Broadband Policy Finland Yes 2005 Broadband 2015 Project, Kainuu Information Society Strategy 2007-2015 France Yes 2010 Plan national très haut débit Gabon Yes 2011 Digital Gabon: vaste Programme de réformes multi sectorielles dont la finalité est de faire du Gabon un Pays Emergent, à travers les pilliers suivants : Gabon Industriel, Gabon vert et Gabon des Services. Gambia Yes 2008 The Gambian ICT4D-2012 Plan Georgia No Germany Yes 2009 Breitbandstrategie der Bundesregierung Ghana Yes 2010 Broadband Wireless Access Greece Yes 2006 Digital Strategy 2006-2013
  • 88.
    88 AnnexAnnex1 Economy Policy available? Year policy was adoptedTitle/details Grenada Yes 2006 Information and Communication Technology (ICT) 2006-2010 /A Strategy And Action Plan for Grenada Guatemala No Guinea Yes 2009 Plan National de frequences/  Plan de développement de l’infrastructure nationale d’information et de communication de la République de Guinée 2001 – 2004 Guinea-Bissau No Guyana Yes 2011 E-Guyana Haiti No Honduras Yes 2010 Resolución NR 005/10- Normativa que regulará la prestación de servicios de telecomunicaciones con conectividad de banda ancha Hungary Yes 2010 Digital Renewal Action Plan Iceland Yes 2005 Telecom Policy Statement 2005-2010 India Yes 2011 National Optical Fibre Network Indonesia Yes 2010 Priorities Of The Ministry Of Communication And Information Technology Year 2010-2014 Iran Yes 2002 TAKFA Plan Iraq Planning Ireland Yes 2008 Ireland's Broadband Strategy Israel Yes 2012 The Communication Initiative: fiber-based national broadband network Italy Yes 2010 “Italia Digitale” Digital Italy Plan Jamaica Yes 2007 National ICT Strategy Japan Yes 2010 New Broadband Super Highway (Haraguchi vision II) Jordan Yes 2007 National ICT Strategy of Jordan Kazakhstan Yes 2010 Program of ICT Development Kenya Yes 2006 ICT Masterplan 2012-2017 Kiribati No Korea (Rep.) Yes 2009 Ultra Broadband Convergence Network Kuwait No Kyrgyzstan No Lao P.D.R. No Latvia Yes 2005 Broadband development strategy for year 2006-2012 Lebanon Yes 2008 Lebanese Broadband Stakeholders Group (LBSG) Lesotho Yes 2005 ICT Policy for Lesotho Liberia Yes 2010 - 2015 Government of Liberia’s Policy for the Telecommunications and Information Communications Technology (ICT) Libya No Liechtenstein Yes 2006 Communications Act - Law on Electronic Communication Lithuania Yes 2005 Strategy of Broadband Infrastructure Development in Lithuania in 2005-2010 Luxembourg Yes 2010 Stratégie nationale pour les réseaux à « ultra-haut » débit - L’« ultra-haut » débit pour tous Macao, China No Madagascar No Malawi Yes 2003 An Integrated ICT-led Socio-Economic Development Policy for Malawi Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
  • 89.
    89 AnnexAnnex1 Economy Policy available? Year policy was adoptedTitle/details Malaysia Yes 2010 National BB Implementation NBI Maldives No Mali No Malta Yes 2012 Provision of access at a fixed location Marshall Islands Planning Mauritania No Mauritius Yes 2012 National Broadband Policy 2012 - 2020 (NBP2012) Mexico Yes 2011 Digital Agenda Micronesia Planning Moldova Yes 2010 Hotărâre cu privire la aprobarea Programului de dezvoltare a accesului la Internet în bandă largă pe anii 2010-2013 Monaco No Mongolia Yes 2011 National program on Broadband Network up to 2015 year Montenegro Yes 2012 Strategy of electronic communication sector in Montenegro, Strategy for the Development of Information Society 2012- 2016 - Montenegro - Digital Society Morocco Yes 2012 Plan national pour le développement du haut et très haut débit au Maroc Mozambique Yes 2006 National ICT Policy Implementation Strategy 2002 and 2006 - Digital Inclusion in Mozambique Myanmar No Namibia Yes 2009 Telecommunications Policy for the Republic of Namibia Nauru No Nepal No Netherlands Yes 2010 Digital Agenda New Zealand Yes 2010 Ultra-fast broadband initiative, Five Point Government Action Plan for faster broadband Nicaragua No Niger Yes 2005 Plan de développement des Technologies de l’Information et de la Communication au Niger / Plan NICI du Niger Nigeria Yes 2013 National ICT Policy 2013 - 2018 Norway Yes 2001 Action plan on Broadband communication Oman Yes 2012 National Broadband Strategy Pakistan Yes 2007 National Broadband policy 2004, National Broadband Programme 2007 Panama Yes 2008 National ICT Strategy 2008-2018 Papua New Guinea Yes 2011 National ICT Policy and PNG LNG Fibre cable project Paraguay Yes 2011 Paraguay 2013 Conectado y Plan Nacional de Telecomunicaciones - PNT Peru Yes 2010 Plan Nacional para el Desarrollo de la Banda Ancha en el Péru Philippines Yes 2011 The Philippine Digital Strategy, Transformation 2.0: Digitally Empowered Nation Poland Yes 2010 Mega–Bill: The act on supporting the development of telecommunications services and networks Portugal Yes 2010 Digital Agenda 2015 (2010-2015) Qatar Yes 2011 Qatar’s National ICT Plan 2015: Advancing the Digital Agenda Qatar National Broadband Network (Q.NBN) Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
  • 90.
    90 AnnexAnnex1 Economy Policy available? Year policy was adoptedTitle/details Romania Yes 2007 The Regulatory Strategy for the Romanian Electronic Communications Sector for 2007-2010 Russian Federation Yes 2010 Information Society Strategy / Information Society Programme Rwanda Yes 2006 Regional Connectivity Infrastructure Program (RCIP) S. Tomé & Principe No Samoa Yes 2010 Broadband Spectrum Plan San Marino No Saudi Arabia Yes 2010 USF strategic Plan, Kingdom's strategy for the deployment of broadband services Senegal Planning Serbia Yes 2010 Стратегију развојa широкопојасног приступа у Републици Србији до 2012. Године - Strategy for the development of broadband in the Republic of Serbia until 2012 Seychelles No Sierra Leone No Singapore Yes 2005 Intelligent Nation 2015 (or iN2015) Slovak Republic Yes 2006 Operačný Program Informatizácia Spoločnosti (Operational program- Information society) Slovenia Yes 2008 Broadband Network Development Strategy (Strategija razvoja širokopasovnih omrežij v Republiki Sloveniji) Solomon Islands Planning Somalia No South Africa Yes 2010 Broadband Policy for SA Spain Yes 2010 Plan Avanza: Plan Avanza: 2005, Plan Avanza 2 aprobado el 16/07/2010 Sri Lanka Yes 2012 e- Sri Lanka, 2012 - HSBB NBP St. Kitts and Nevis Yes 2006 National Information and Communications Technology (ICT) Strategic Plan St. Lucia No St. Vincent and the Grenadines No Sudan No Suriname No Swaziland No Sweden Yes 2011 Broadband Strategy for Sweden Switzerland Yes 2007 The universal service with regard to telecommunications Syria No Tajikistan No Tanzania Yes 2004 National Information Communication and Technology Broadband Backbone (NICTBB) TFYR Macedonia Yes 2005 National Strategy for the development of Electronic Communications with Information Technologies Thailand Yes 2010 The National Broadband Policy Timor-Leste No Togo Planning Tonga Yes 2011 Tonga-Fiji Connectivity Project : Pacific Regional Connectivity Program (PRCP) Trinidad & Tobago Yes 2008 Trinidad & Tobago’s National Information & Communication Technology Strategy-Fastforward- Accelerating into the Digital Future Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
  • 91.
    91 AnnexAnnex1 Economy Policy available? Year policy was adoptedTitle/details Tunisia Yes 2012 La Stratégie Tunisienne pour le Haut-Débit (Tunisia Broadband Strategy, TBS) Turkey Yes 2006 Information Society Strategy 2006 -2010, Ninth Development Plan 2007 - 2013 Turkmenistan No Tuvalu No Uganda Yes 2009 Uganda Broadband Infrastructure Strategy National Position Paper Ukraine No United Arab Emirates No United Kingdom Yes 2010 Britain’s Superfast Broadband Future, Broadband Delivery UK United States Yes 2010 Connecting America: The National Broadband Plan Uruguay Yes 2007 Ceibal Plan Uzbekistan No Vanuatu Planning Vatican No Venezuela No Viet Nam Yes 2010 Master Plan of Viet Nam, from 2010 to 2015 and Prime Minister's Decree 1755/QD-TTg on the approval of a National Strategy on Transforming Viet Nam into an advanced ICT country Yemen No Zambia Yes 2006 National Information and Communication Technology Policy Zimbabwe Yes 2005 National Information and Communication Technology Policy Framework Connection to the undersea cable initiatives promotes broadband usage Economies Hong Kong, China Yes 2008 2008 Digital 21 Strategy - Moving Ahead Chinese Taipei Yes 2011 Broadband for Villages and Broadband for Tribes Cook Islands Yes 2003 National ICT Policy Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Regulatory database, Broadband Commission for Digital Development. Annex 1: Target 1 – List of National Broadband Plans
  • 92.
    92 AnnexAnnex2 Annex 2: FixedBroadband Penetration, Worldwide, per 100 inhabitants, 2012  Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012 1 Switzerland 41.9 50 Russia 14.5 2 Netherlands 39.4 51 St. Lucia 13.8 3 Denmark 38.2 52 Azerbaijan 13.8 4 France 37.8 53 Grenada 13.7 e 5 Korea (Rep.) 37.6 54 Trinidad & Tobago 13.6 6 Norway 36.9 e 55 China 13.0 e 7 Iceland 34.5 e 56 Bahrain 12.7 8 Belgium 34.1 57 Dominica 12.6 9 Germany 34.0 58 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 12.4 10 United Kingdom 34.0 59 Chile 12.4 11 Liechtenstein 33.0 60 Moldova 11.9 12 Canada 32.9 e 61 United Arab Emirates 11.7 13 Luxembourg 32.6 62 Seychelles 11.7 14 Sweden 32.2 63 Lebanon 11.7 15 Malta 31.7 64 Mexico 10.9 16 Hong Kong, China 31.6 65 Argentina 10.9 17 San Marino 31.0 66 Bosnia and Herzegovina 10.8 18 Andorra 31.0 e 67 Mauritius 10.6 19 Finland 30.4 68 Turkey 10.5 20 United States 28.0 69 Serbia 10.2 21 Japan 27.9 70 Costa Rica 10.0 22 New Zealand 27.8 71 Kazakhstan 9.7 23 St. Kitts and Nevis 27.2 e 72 Brazil 9.2 24 Belarus 26.6 73 Georgia 9.1 25 Singapore 26.1 74 Malaysia 8.4 26 Estonia 25.7 75 Colombia 8.4 27 Macao, China 25.5 76 Montenegro 8.3 e 28 Austria 25.2 77 Panama 8.2 29 Australia 25.1 78 Qatar 8.2 30 Slovenia 24.6 79 Ukraine 8.1 31 Spain 24.3 80 Saudi Arabia 6.8 32 Barbados 23.8 e 81 Venezuela 6.7 33 Greece 23.5 82 Armenia 6.6 34 Hungary 22.9 83 Thailand 6.2 35 Ireland 22.7 84 Suriname 5.7 e 36 Portugal 22.3 85 Antigua & Barbuda 5.6 e 37 Israel 22.2 e 86 Tuvalu 5.6 e 38 Italy 22.1 87 Maldives 5.5 39 Latvia 21.5 e 88 Ecuador 5.4 40 Croatia 20.3 89 Albania 5.0 41 Lithuania 19.5 90 Viet Nam 5.0 e 42 Cyprus 19.2 91 Brunei Darussalam 4.8 43 Bulgaria 17.6 92 Tunisia 4.8 44 Poland 16.6 e 93 Peru 4.8 45 Uruguay 16.6 94 Dominican Rep. 4.4 e 46 Czech Republic 16.6 95 Jamaica 4.3 47 Romania 15.9 96 Iran (I.R.) 4.1 48 TFYR Macedonia 14.6 97 El Salvador 3.9 e 49 Slovak Republic 14.6 98 Guyana 3.9
  • 93.
    93 AnnexAnnex2 Rank Economy 2012Rank Economy 2012 99 Cape Verde 3.8 147 Angola 0.2 e 100 Mongolia 3.6 148 Lesotho 0.1 e 101 Belize 3.1 149 Papua New Guinea 0.1 e 102 Algeria 3.0 e 150 Uganda 0.1 103 Jordan 3.0 151 Zambia 0.1 104 Namibia 2.8 152 Kenya 0.1 105 Bahamas 2.8 e 153 Mozambique 0.1 106 Egypt 2.7 154 Burkina Faso 0.1 107 Kyrgyzstan 2.6 155 Togo 0.1 e 108 Oman 2.5 156 Tajikistan 0.1 e 109 Bhutan 2.2 157 Sudan 0.1 110 Philippines 2.2 e 158 Benin 0.1 111 South Africa 2.2 e 159 Timor-Leste 0.1 e 112 Morocco 2.1 160 Cuba 0.0 113 Sri Lanka 2.0 161 Ethiopia 0.0 114 Syria 1.8 162 Madagascar 0.0 115 Djibouti 1.7 e 163 Gambia 0.0 116 Nicaragua 1.7 e 164 Turkmenistan 0.0 e 117 Kuwait 1.6 e 165 Comoros 0.0 e 118 Fiji 1.5 166 Rwanda 0.0 119 Lao P.D.R. 1.5 e 167 Niger 0.0 120 Tonga 1.4 e 168 Mali 0.0 121 Indonesia 1.2 e 169 Myanmar 0.0 e 122 India 1.1 170 Nigeria 0.0 123 Paraguay 1.1 e 171 Congo 0.0 124 Bolivia 1.1 172 Tanzania 0.0 e 125 Libya 1.0 e 173 Malawi 0.0 126 Vanuatu 1.0 174 Guinea 0.0 e 127 Kiribati 1.0 e 175 Cameroon 0.0 128 Botswana 0.8 176 Burundi 0.0 e 129 Honduras 0.8 177 Liberia 0.0 e 130 Senegal 0.7 178 Eritrea 0.0 131 Uzbekistan 0.7 179 South Sudan 0.0 132 Yemen 0.7 180 Central African Rep. 0.0 133 Zimbabwe 0.5 181 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 0.0 134 S. Tomé & Principe 0.5 e 182 Guinea-Bissau 0.0 e 135 Pakistan 0.5 183 Nauru 0.0 136 Nepal 0.4 e Afghanistan n/a 137 Solomon Islands 0.4 D.P.R. Korea n/a 138 Bangladesh 0.3 Guatemala n/a 139 Gabon 0.3 e Haiti n/a 140 Swaziland 0.3 Iraq n/a 141 Ghana 0.3 Marshall Islands n/a 142 Côte d'Ivoire 0.2 e Micronesia n/a 143 Cambodia 0.2 Samoa n/a 144 Equatorial Guinea 0.2 Sierra Leone n/a 145 Mauritania 0.2 Somalia n/a 146 Chad 0.2 Vatican n/a World average 9.1 Notes:The table includes ITU Members. n/a - not available. e - ITU estimates. Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database. Annex 2: Fixed Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, per 100 inhabitants, 2012 
  • 94.
    94 AnnexAnnex3 Annex 3: MobileBroadband Penetration, Worldwide, per 100 inhabitants, 2012 Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012 1 Singapore 123.3 50 Azerbaijan 33.3 2 Japan 113.1 51 Belarus 32.8 3 Finland 106.5 52 Portugal 32.5 4 Korea (Rep.) 106.0 53 Uruguay 32.0 5 Sweden 101.3 54 Indonesia 31.9 e 6 Australia 96.2 55 Zimbabwe 29.7 7 Denmark 87.5 56 Namibia 28.8 8 Norway 84.6 57 Chile 28.0 9 United States 74.7 58 Armenia 27.6 10 Hong Kong, China 73.5 59 Montenegro 27.0 e 11 Luxembourg 72.6 e 60 Egypt 26.9 12 Estonia 72.5 e 61 Mongolia 26.7 13 Qatar 72.1 62 South Africa 26.0 e 14 United Kingdom 72.0 63 Romania 23.7 15 Iceland 71.7 e 64 Hungary 23.1 16 Bahrain 67.1 65 Cape Verde 22.5 17 Israel 65.5 e 66 Georgia 22.4 18 New Zealand 65.2 67 Ecuador 22.2 19 Ireland 64.2 68 TFYR Macedonia 21.6 20 Netherlands 61.0 69 Mauritius 21.5 21 Malta 57.6 70 Maldives 21.5 22 Oman 56.7 71 Uzbekistan 20.7 23 Austria 55.5 72 Antigua & Barbuda 19.9 e 24 Spain 53.2 73 Viet Nam 19.0 e 25 Russia 52.9 74 Albania 18.4 26 Croatia 52.3 75 China 17.2 e 27 France 52.2 76 Botswana 16.6 28 Italy 51.8 77 Sudan 16.4 29 Latvia 51.2 e 78 Turkey 16.3 30 United Arab Emirates 50.9 79 Dominican Rep. 15.4 e 31 Monaco 50.8 80 Panama 15.0 32 Canada 50.0 e 81 Costa Rica 14.5 33 Poland 49.3 e 82 Libya 13.8 e 34 Liechtenstein 48.5 83 Malaysia 13.5 35 Greece 44.5 84 Argentina 12.4 e 36 Czech Republic 44.0 85 Swaziland 12.0 e 37 Saudi Arabia 42.8 86 San Marino 11.0 38 Kazakhstan 42.0 87 Bosnia and Herzegovina 10.9 39 Switzerland 41.4 88 Fiji 10.8 40 Germany 41.0 89 Jordan 10.7 41 Bulgaria 40.3 90 Nigeria 10.2 42 Serbia 40.2 91 Morocco 10.0 43 Slovenia 37.1 92 Mexico 9.7 44 Brazil 36.6 93 Nauru 9.6 45 Barbados 36.4 e 94 Seychelles 8.7 46 Slovak Republic 34.9 95 Lithuania 8.6 47 Cyprus 33.8 96 Brunei Darussalam 7.6 48 Belgium 33.7 97 Uganda 7.6 49 Ghana 33.3 98 Bolivia 6.7
  • 95.
    95 AnnexAnnex3 Rank Economy 2012Rank Economy 2012 99 Solomon Islands 6.3 147 Gabon 0.0 e 100 El Salvador 5.5 e 148 Guinea 0.0 e 101 Ukraine 5.5 e 149 Guinea-Bissau 0.0 e 102 Paraguay 5.5 e 150 South Sudan 0.0 e 103 Tunisia 5.2 151 Comoros 0.0 e 104 Moldova 5.1 152 Djibouti 0.0 e 105 Colombia 4.9 153 Somalia 0.0 e 106 India 4.9 e 154 Iran (I.R.) 0.0 e 107 Venezuela 4.7 155 Kiribati 0.0 e 108 Guatemala 4.5 e 156 Micronesia 0.0 e 109 Sri Lanka 4.4 157 Tuvalu 0.0 e 110 Honduras 4.2 158 Vanuatu 0.0 e 111 Philippines 3.8 e 159 Turkmenistan 0.0 e 112 Senegal 3.8 160 Cuba 0.0 e 113 Malawi 3.5 161 Dominica 0.0 e 114 Rwanda 3.2 162 Grenada 0.0 e 115 Mauritania 3.2 163 St. Kitts and Nevis 0.0 e 116 Bahamas 2.8 e 164 St. Lucia 0.0 e 117 Peru 2.8 165 Burkina Faso 0.0 e 118 Bhutan 2.5 166 Burundi 0.0 e 119 Kenya 2.2 167 Algeria 0.0 e 120 Congo 2.1 168 Equatorial Guinea 0.0 121 Syria 1.8 e 169 Guyana 0.0 122 Mozambique 1.8 e 170 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 0.0 123 Jamaica 1.6 e Afghanistan n/a 124 Angola 1.5 e Andorra n/a 125 Tanzania 1.5 e Cameroon n/a 126 Trinidad & Tobago 1.5 Congo (Dem. Rep.) n/a 127 Gambia 1.2 Côte d'Ivoire n/a 128 Nicaragua 1.0 e D.P.R. Korea n/a 129 Lao P.D.R. 0.8 e Iraq n/a 130 Togo 0.7 e Kuwait n/a 131 Mali 0.7 Kyrgyzstan n/a 132 Zambia 0.7 Lesotho n/a 133 Ethiopia 0.4 Liberia n/a 134 Benin 0.3 Macao, China n/a 135 Pakistan 0.3 Madagascar n/a 136 Lebanon 0.3 e Marshall Islands n/a 137 Bangladesh 0.2 Nepal n/a 138 Yemen 0.2 Niger n/a 139 Haiti 0.2 Papua New Guinea n/a 140 Thailand 0.1 e S. Tomé & Principe n/a 141 Belize 0.1 Samoa n/a 142 Myanmar 0.0 e Sierra Leone n/a 143 Eritrea 0.0 Tajikistan n/a 144 Suriname 0.0 e Timor-Leste n/a 145 Central African Rep. 0.0 e Tonga n/a 146 Chad 0.0 e Vatican n/a World average 22.1 Notes:The table includes ITU Members. n/a - not available. e - ITU estimates. Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database. Annex 3: Mobile Broadband Penetration, Worldwide, per 100 inhabitants, 2012
  • 96.
    96 AnnexAnnex4 Annex 4: Percentageof Households with Internet, Developing Countries, 2012 Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012 1 Korea (Rep.) 97.4 50 Tunisia 20.6 e 2 Qatar 88.1 51 Suriname 20.2 e 3 Singapore 87.7 e 52 Peru 20.2 4 Macao, China 81.0 e 53 Venezuela 20.2 e 5 Bahrain 79.0 54 Tuvalu 19.7 e 6 Hong Kong, China 78.6 55 Algeria 19.4 e 7 Israel 73.4 e 56 Philippines 18.9 e 8 Brunei Darussalam 72.4 e 57 Thailand 18.4 9 United Arab Emirates 72.0 58 Viet Nam 15.6 e 10 Saudi Arabia 66.6 e 59 Iraq 15.6 e 11 Kuwait 65.2 e 60 El Salvador 15.0 e 12 Malaysia 64.7 61 Mongolia 14.0 13 Lebanon 64.0 e 62 Cape Verde 13.7 e 14 Cyprus 62.0 63 Libya 13.7 e 15 Barbados 57.9 e 64 Dominican Rep. 13.7 e 16 Kazakhstan 52.6 e 65 Honduras 13.2 e 17 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 49.7 e 66 Namibia 13.0 e 18 Uruguay 48.4 67 Tonga 12.0 e 19 Belarus 48.3 68 Bhutan 11.6 20 Antigua & Barbuda 48.2 e 69 Kenya 11.5 e 21 Argentina 47.5 e 70 Swaziland 11.4 e 22 Costa Rica 47.3 71 Ghana 11.0 e 23 Turkey 47.2 72 Sri Lanka 10.3 e 24 Azerbaijan 46.8 e 73 Bolivia 10.0 e 25 Brazil 45.4 e 74 Uzbekistan 9.6 e 26 Chile 45.3 e 75 India 9.5 e 27 Jordan 43.6 e 76 Guatemala 9.3 e 28 Mauritius 42.0 e 77 Botswana 9.1 e 29 Seychelles 41.9 e 78 Nigeria 9.1 e 30 Oman 41.9 e 79 Guyana 8.9 e 31 Trinidad & Tobago 40.0 e 80 Pakistan 8.3 e 32 Morocco 38.9 81 Gabon 7.9 e 33 Syria 38.0 e 82 Nicaragua 7.4 e 34 China 37.4 e 83 Angola 7.2 e 35 Maldives 34.3 e 84 Turkmenistan 6.7 e 36 Egypt 32.3 85 Gambia 6.7 e 37 St. Lucia 32.2 e 86 Indonesia 6.5 38 Colombia 32.1 87 Kyrgyzstan 6.3 e 39 Georgia 32.0 88 Senegal 5.8 e 40 Panama 31.6 89 Malawi 5.6 41 Sudan 29.3 90 Djibouti 5.1 e 42 Iran (I.R.) 26.5 e 91 Tanzania 5.1 e 43 Mexico 26.0 92 Lao P.D.R. 5.1 e 44 South Africa 25.5 e 93 Zimbabwe 4.9 e 45 Armenia 25.4 e 94 Burundi 4.7 e 46 Fiji 24.4 e 95 Yemen 4.7 e 47 Jamaica 23.0 e 96 Mozambique 4.7 e 48 Paraguay 22.8 e 97 Solomon Islands 4.2 e 49 Ecuador 22.5 98 Uganda 4.2 e
  • 97.
    97 AnnexAnnex4 Rank Economy 2012Rank Economy 2012 99 Nepal 4.1 e 123 Niger 1.4 e 100 Cambodia 3.9 e 124 Côte d'Ivoire 1.4 e 101 Cuba 3.8 e 125 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 1.3 e 102 Lesotho 3.7 e 126 Congo 1.3 e 103 Tajikistan 3.6 e 127 Guinea 1.3 e 104 Cameroon 3.5 e 128 Eritrea 1.1 e 105 Mauritania 3.4 e Bahamas n/a 106 Comoros 3.4 e Belize n/a 107 Haiti 3.4 e D.P.R. Korea n/a 108 Burkina Faso 2.8 e Dominica n/a 109 Zambia 2.8 e Equatorial Guinea n/a 110 Papua New Guinea 2.7 e Grenada n/a 111 Madagascar 2.7 e Kiribati n/a 112 Mali 2.5 e Marshall Islands n/a 113 Rwanda 2.4 e Micronesia n/a 114 Benin 2.4 e Nauru n/a 115 Central African Rep. 2.4 e S. Tomé& Principe n/a 116 Chad 2.3 e Samoa n/a 117 Bangladesh 2.1 e Sierra Leone n/a 118 Ethiopia 1.9 e Somalia n/a 119 Afghanistan 1.9 e St. Kitts and Nevis n/a 120 Myanmar 1.8 e Timor-Leste n/a 121 Guinea-Bissau 1.6 e Togo n/a 122 Liberia 1.6 e Vanuatu n/a Average all developing countries 24.0 Notes:The table includes ITU Members. n/a - not available. e - ITU estimates. Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database. Annex 4: Percentage of Households with Internet, Developing Countries, 2012
  • 98.
    98 AnnexAnnex5 Annex 5: Percentageof Individuals using the Internet, Worldwide, 2012 Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012 1 Iceland 96.0 50 Croatia 63.0 2 Norway 95.0 51 Chile 61.4 e 3 Sweden 94.0 52 Lebanon 61.2 e 4 Denmark 93.0 53 Cyprus 61.0 5 Netherlands 93.0 54 Brunei Darussalam 60.3 e 6 Luxembourg 92.0 55 Oman 60.0 e 7 Finland 91.0 56 Trinidad & Tobago 59.5 e 8 New Zealand 89.5 e 57 Italy 58.0 9 Liechtenstein 89.4 e 58 Montenegro 56.8 10 Qatar 88.1 59 Greece 56.0 11 Bahrain 88.0 60 Argentina 55.8 e 12 United Kingdom 87.0 e 61 Dominica 55.2 e 13 Monaco 87.0 e 62 Bulgaria 55.1 14 Canada 86.8 e 63 Uruguay 55.1 e 15 Andorra 86.4 e 64 Morocco 55.0 16 Switzerland 85.2 65 Albania 54.7 e 17 United Arab Emirates 85.0 66 Azerbaijan 54.2 e 18 Korea (Rep.) 84.1 67 Saudi Arabia 54.0 e 19 Germany 84.0 68 Kazakhstan 53.3 e 20 Antigua & Barbuda 83.8 69 Russia 53.3 e 21 France 83.0 70 San Marino 50.9 e 22 Australia 82.3 e 71 Romania 50.0 23 Belgium 82.0 72 Brazil 49.8 e 24 United States 81.0 e 73 Colombia 49.0 25 Austria 81.0 74 St. Lucia 48.6 e 26 Slovak Republic 80.0 75 Serbia 48.1 e 27 St. Kitts and Nevis 79.3 e 76 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 47.5 e 28 Kuwait 79.2 e 77 Costa Rica 47.5 29 Japan 79.1 78 Seychelles 47.1 e 30 Estonia 79.0 79 Belarus 46.9 31 Ireland 79.0 80 Jamaica 46.5 e 32 Czech Republic 75.0 81 Georgia 45.5 e 33 Singapore 74.2 e 82 Panama 45.2 e 34 Latvia 74.0 83 Turkey 45.1 35 Israel 73.4 e 84 Dominican Rep. 45.0 e 36 Barbados 73.3 e 85 Egypt 44.1 37 Hong Kong, China 72.8 86 Venezuela 44.0 e 38 Hungary 72.0 87 Moldova 43.4 e 39 Spain 72.0 88 China 42.3 e 40 Bahamas 71.7 e 89 Grenada 42.1 e 41 Malta 70.0 90 Tunisia 41.4 e 42 Slovenia 70.0 91 Mauritius 41.4 e 43 Lithuania 68.0 92 South Africa 41.0 e 44 Malaysia 65.8 93 Jordan 41.0 e 45 Bosnia and Herzegovina 65.4 e 94 Viet Nam 39.5 e 46 Poland 65.0 95 Armenia 39.2 e 47 Macao, China 64.3 e 96 Maldives 38.9 e 48 Portugal 64.0 97 Mexico 38.4 49 TFYR Macedonia 63.1 e 98 Peru 38.2
  • 99.
    99 AnnexAnnex5 Rank Economy 2012Rank Economy 2012 99 Uzbekistan 36.5 e 147 Botswana 11.5 e 100 Philippines 36.2 e 148 Nepal 11.1 e 101 Ecuador 35.1 149 Lao P.D.R. 10.7 e 102 Tuvalu 35.0 e 150 Kiribati 10.7 e 103 Tonga 34.9 e 151 Vanuatu 10.6 e 104 Cape Verde 34.7 e 152 Marshall Islands 10.0 e 105 Suriname 34.7 e 153 Pakistan 10.0 e 106 Bolivia 34.2 e 154 Haiti 9.8 e 107 Guyana 34.3 e 155 Gabon 8.6 e 108 Fiji 33.7 e 156 Djibouti 8.3 e 109 Ukraine 33.7 e 157 Rwanda 8.0 e 110 Nigeria 32.9 e 158 Turkmenistan 7.2 e 111 Kenya 32.1 e 159 Iraq 7.1 e 112 Paraguay 27.1 e 160 Solomon Islands 7.0 e 113 Thailand 26.5 161 Bangladesh 6.3 e 114 Iran (I.R.) 26.0 e 162 Congo 6.1 e 115 Micronesia 26.0 e 163 Comoros 6.0 e 116 Cuba 25.6 e 164 Cameroon 5.7 e 117 El Salvador 25.5 e 165 Afghanistan 5.5 e 118 Bhutan 25.4 e 166 Mauritania 5.4 e 119 Belize 25.0 e 167 Cambodia 4.9 e 120 Syria 24.3 e 168 Mozambique 4.8 e 121 Kyrgyzstan 21.7 e 169 Lesotho 4.6 e 122 S. Tomé & Principe 21.6 e 170 Malawi 4.4 e 123 Sudan 21.0 171 Togo 4.0 e 124 Swaziland 20.8 e 172 Benin 3.8 e 125 Libya 19.9 e 173 Liberia 3.8 e 126 Senegal 19.2 e 174 Burkina Faso 3.7 e 127 Sri Lanka 18.3 e 175 Central African Rep. 3.0 e 128 Honduras 18.1 e 176 Guinea-Bissau 2.9 e 129 Yemen 17.4 e 177 Côte d'Ivoire 2.4 e 130 Ghana 17.1 e 178 Papua New Guinea 2.3 e 131 Zimbabwe 17.1 e 179 Mali 2.2 e 132 Angola 16.9 e 180 Chad 2.1 e 133 Mongolia 16.4 181 Madagascar 2.1 e 134 Guatemala 16.0 e 182 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 1.7 e 135 Indonesia 15.4 183 Guinea 1.5 e 136 Algeria 15.2 e 184 Ethiopia 1.5 e 137 Uganda 14.7 e 185 Niger 1.4 e 138 Tajikistan 14.5 e 186 Somalia 1.4 e 139 Equatorial Guinea 13.9 e 187 Sierra Leone 1.3 e 140 Nicaragua 13.5 e 188 Burundi 1.2 e 141 Zambia 13.5 e 189 Myanmar 1.1 e 142 Tanzania 13.1 e 190 Timor-Leste 0.9 e 143 Namibia 12.9 e 191 Eritrea 0.8 e 144 Samoa 12.9 e 192 D.P.R. Korea 0.0 e 145 India 12.6 e Nauru n/a 146 Gambia 12.4 e South Sudan n/a World average 35.7 Notes:The table includes ITU Members. n/a - not available. e - ITU estimates. Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database. Annex 5: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Worldwide, 2012
  • 100.
    100 AnnexAnnex6 Annex 6: Percentageof Individuals using the Internet, Developing Countries, 2012 Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012 1 Qatar 88.1 50 Maldives 38.9 e 2 Bahrain 88.0 51 Mexico 38.4 3 United Arab Emirates 85.0 52 Peru 38.2 4 Korea (Rep.) 84.1 53 Uzbekistan 36.5 e 5 Antigua & Barbuda 83.8 e 54 Philippines 36.2 e 6 St. Kitts and Nevis 79.4 e 55 Ecuador 35.1 7 Kuwait 79.2 e 56 Tuvalu 35.0 e 8 Singapore 74.2 e 57 Tonga 34.9 e 9 Israel 73.4 e 58 Cape Verde 34.7 e 10 Barbados 73.3 e 59 Suriname 34.7 e 11 Hong Kong, China 72.8 60 Guyana 34.3 e 12 Bahamas 71.8 e 61 Bolivia 34.2 e 13 Malaysia 65.8 62 Fiji 33.7 e 14 Macao, China 64.3 e 63 Nigeria 32.9 e 15 Chile 61.4 e 64 Kenya 32.1 e 16 Lebanon 61.3 e 65 Paraguay 27.1 e 17 Cyprus 61.0 66 Thailand 26.5 18 Brunei Darussalam 60.3 e 67 Iran (I.R.) 26.0 e 19 Oman 60.0 e 68 Micronesia 26.0 e 20 Trinidad & Tobago 59.5 e 69 Cuba 25.6 e 21 Argentina 55.8 e 70 El Salvador 25.5 e 22 Dominica 55.2 e 71 Bhutan 25.4 e 23 Uruguay 55.1 e 72 Belize 25.0 e 24 Morocco 55.0 73 Syria 24.3 e 25 Azerbaijan 54.2 e 74 Kyrgyzstan 21.7 e 26 Saudi Arabia 54.0 e 75 S. Tomé & Principe 21.6 e 27 Kazakhstan 53.3 e 76 Sudan 21.0 28 Brazil 49.9 e 77 Swaziland 20.8 e 29 Colombia 49.0 78 Libya 19.9 e 30 St. Lucia 48.6 e 79 Senegal 19.2 e 31 St. Vincent and the Grenadines 47.5 e 80 Sri Lanka 18.3 e 32 Costa Rica 47.5 81 Honduras 18.1 e 33 Seychelles 47.1 e 82 Yemen 17.5 e 34 Belarus 46.9 83 Ghana 17.1 e 35 Jamaica 46.5 e 84 Zimbabwe 17.1 e 36 Georgia 45.5 e 85 Angola 16.9 e 37 Panama 45.2 e 86 Mongolia 16.4 38 Turkey 45.1 87 Guatemala 16.0 e 39 Dominican Rep. 45.0 e 88 Indonesia 15.4 40 Egypt 44.1 89 Algeria 15.2 e 41 Venezuela 44.1 e 90 Uganda 14.7 e 42 China 42.3 e 91 Tajikistan 14.5 e 43 Grenada 42.1 e 92 Equatorial Guinea 13.9 e 44 Tunisia 41.4 e 93 Nicaragua 13.5 e 45 Mauritius 41.4 e 94 Zambia 13.5 e 46 Jordan 41.0 e 95 Tanzania 13.1 e 47 South Africa 41.0 e 96 Namibia 12.9 e 48 Viet Nam 39.5 e 97 Samoa 12.9 e 49 Armenia 39.2 e 98 India 12.6 e
  • 101.
    101 Annex6 Annex 6: Percentageof Individuals using the Internet, Developing Countries, 2012 Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012 99 Gambia 12.5 e 123 Malawi 4.4 e 100 Botswana 11.5 e 124 Togo 4.0 e 101 Nepal 11.2 e 125 Benin 3.8 e 102 Haiti 10.9 e 126 Liberia 3.8 e 103 Lao P.D.R. 10.8 e 127 Burkina Faso 3.7 e 104 Kiribati 10.8 e 128 Central African Rep. 3.0 e 105 Vanuatu 10.6 e 129 Guinea-Bissau 2.9 e 106 Marshall Islands 10.0 e 130 Côte d'Ivoire 2.4 e 107 Pakistan 10.0 e 131 Papua New Guinea 2.3 e 108 Gabon 8.6 e 132 Mali 2.2 e 109 Djibouti 8.3 e 133 Chad 2.1 e 110 Rwanda 8.0 e 134 Madagascar 2.1 e 111 Turkmenistan 7.2 e 135 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 1.7 e 112 Iraq 7.1 e 136 Guinea 1.5 e 113 Solomon Islands 7.0 e 137 Ethiopia 1.5 e 114 Bangladesh 6.3 e 138 Niger 1.4 e 115 Congo 6.1 e 139 Somalia 1.4 e 116 Comoros 6.0 e 140 Sierra Leone 1.3 e 117 Cameroon 5.7 e 141 Burundi 1.2 e 118 Afghanistan 5.5 e 142 Myanmar 1.1 e 119 Mauritania 5.4 e 143 Timor-Leste 0.9 e 120 Cambodia 4.9 e 144 Eritrea 0.8 e 121 Mozambique 4.9 e D.P.R. Korea n/a 122 Lesotho 4.6 e Nauru n/a Average all developing countries 27.5 Notes:The table includes ITU Members. n/a - not available. e - ITU estimates. Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
  • 102.
    102 Annex Annex 7: Percentage of Individuals using the Internet, Least Developed Countries (LDCs), 2012 Rank Economy 2012 Rank Economy 2012 1 Tuvalu 35.00 e 25 Mauritania 5.37 e 2 Bhutan 25.43 e 26 Cambodia 4.94 e 3 S. Tomé & Principe 21.57 e 27 Mozambique 4.85 e 4 Sudan 21.00 28 Lesotho 4.59 e 5 Senegal 19.20 e 29 Malawi 4.35 e 6 Yemen 17.45 e 30 Togo 4.00 e 7 Angola 16.94 e 31 Benin 3.80 e 8 Uganda 14.69 e 32 Liberia 3.79 e 9 Equatorial Guinea 13.94 e 33 Burkina Faso 3.73 e 10 Zambia 13.47 e 34 Central African Rep. 3.00 e 11 Tanzania 13.08 e 35 Guinea-Bissau 2.89 e 12 Samoa 12.92 e 36 Mali 2.17 e 13 Gambia 12.45 e 37 Chad 2.10 e 14 Nepal 11.15 e 38 Madagascar 2.05 e 15 Haiti 10.87 e 39 Congo (Dem. Rep.) 1.68 e 16 Lao P.D.R. 10.75 e 40 Guinea 1.49 e 17 Kiribati 10.75 e 41 Ethiopia 1.48 e 18 Vanuatu 10.60 e 42 Niger 1.41 e 19 Djibouti 8.27 e 43 Somalia 1.38 e 20 Rwanda 8.02 e 44 Sierra Leone 1.30 e 21 Solomon Islands 7.00 e 45 Burundi 1.22 e 22 Bangladesh 6.30 e 46 Myanmar 1.07 e 23 Comoros 5.98 e 47 Timor-Leste 0.91 e 24 Afghanistan 5.45 e 48 Eritrea 0.80 e Average all LDCs 7.1 Notes:The table includes ITU Members. e - ITU estimates. Source: ITUWorld Telecommunication/ICT Indicators database.
  • 103.
    ADSL Asymmetric DigitalSubscriber Line ATM Asynchronous Transport Mode CAGR Compound Annual Growth Rate ccTLD country code Top-Level Domain CO2 Carbon Dioxide COPIF Singapore’s Code of Practice for Info-comm Facilities in Buildings CSR Corporate Social Responsibility CTL Connect To Learn DSA Dynamic Spectrum Access DSL Digital Subscriber Line EuroISPA European Internet Service Providers Association FCC Federal Communications Commission (US regulator) FTTC fibre-to-the-Cabinet (FTTC) FTTH Fibre-To-The-Home Gbps Gigabits per Second GHG Greenhouse Gas(es) GSI Global Standards Initiative GSM Global System for Mobile Communications GSMA GSM Association GSR Global Symposium for Regulators gTLD generic Top-Level Domain HSBB High-Speed Broadband project (in Malaysia) HSDPA High-Speed Downlink Packet Access HSPA High-Speed Packet Access HTS High Throughput Satellite ICT Information and Communication Technology IDA Info-comm Development Authority (of Singapore) IDNs Internationalized Domain Names IP Internet Protocol IRR Internal Rate of Return ITU International Telecommunication Union LDCs Least Developed Countries LLU Local Loop Unbundling LTE Long-Term Evolution MDGs Millennium Development Goals NBN Next-generation Broadband Network NBP National Broadband Plan NGN Next-generation Network NGOs Non-Governmental Organizations NIA National Information Society Agency (Rep. of Korea) NPV Net Present Value OECD Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development OER Open Educational Resources PPP Public-Private Partnership Qnbn Qatar’s National Broadband Network R3B Reaching the Third Billion (Intel Corporation) SIM Subscriber Identification Module SMS Short Message Service TDM Time Division Multiplex UNESCO United Nations Scientific and Cultural Organization UAS Universal Access and Service UASF Universal Service and Access Fund UIS UNESCO Institute for Statistics USAID United States Agency for International Development USF Universal Service Fund USO Universal Service Obligation WIPO World Intellectual Property Organization List of acronyms and AbBreviations
  • 104.